IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 11.25 2.5 '- Ilia Sf i^ 12.2 » 1.4 - 6" 2.0 1.6 <^ /^ -» ^^./ <$> 05m, Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 <^ ^ V iV •1>^ % V r^ ^ 1^1^'* u ^ ..^t^ \ w^ CIHM Microfiche Series (IVIonographs) iCIMH Collection de microfiches (monographies) Canadian rnstitLte for Historical IVIicroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techniques et bihlingraphiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, ara checked below. n Coloured covers/ Couvertui'e de couleur Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagee Cr^vers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restauree et/ou pelliculee Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cattes geographiqucs en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. otISer than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illusttations en couleur Bound with other material/ Relie avec d'autres documents Tight binding may caust shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La reliure serree peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distorsion le long de la marge interieure D Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these h<^ve been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouteei; lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela etait possible, ces pages n'ont pas ete filmees. Z^, Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplementaires: Various pagings. This Item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filme au taux de reduction indique ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 12X 16X J\ 20X L'Institut a microfilm^ !e meilleur exemplairc qu'il lui a eti possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-£tre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la methode normale de f ilmage sont indiques ci-dessous. □ Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur □ Pages damaged/ Pages endommagees □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaurees et/ou pellicultes Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages decolorees, tachetees ou piquees □ Pages detached/ Pages detschees Showthrough/ ansparence QQtjality of print varies/ Qu< ,te inegale de I'impression □ Continuous pagination/ Pagination continue Q Includes index(es)/ Comprend un (des) index Title on header taken from:/ Le titre de l'en-t§te provient: □ Title page of issue/ Page de titre de la livrai; □ Caption of issue/ Titre de depart d( on depart de la livraison □ Masthead/ Ge Generique (periodiques) de la livraison 22X 26 X 30X 24 X 28X J 32X lu'il cet de vue e tion les The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: iVIational Library of Canada The images appearing h«re are :he best quality possible considering tha condition and legibility ot the oriyinal copy and fn keeping with the filming contract specifications. Orig.nal copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back c^ver when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — ♦- (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate tne method: L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grdce i la g6n6rosit6 de: Biblioth^que nationalo du Canada Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettet6 de I'exempiaire filmd, et en conformit6 avec les conditions du conirat de filmage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est i.nprim^e sont film6s en commengant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont film6s en commenpant par la premidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un dos symboles suivants apparattra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ► signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre film6s d des taux de r6duction diff6rents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Stre reproduit en un seul clich6, il est film6 d partir de Tangle sup^rieur gauche, de gauche d drolte, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images ndcossaire. Les diaqrammes suivants illustrent la mdthode. 32 X 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 1^ National Librarv of Canaaa Bibliotheque nationale dij Canada "-A.XJTIIOK.IZEr> TE3C'r-BOOK:S.»» Ax iNTrtODUCTORY Lati]^ Book. Intended as an Elementary Drill Book on the Inflections tnd Princi- ples of the Language, and as an Introduction to the authoi's Gram- mar, Header, and Composition. By Albekt IIarknkss, Ph. D., Professor in Brown University, lamo. lea Pages. A LATm Grammar. For S jliools and Colleges. By Albert IIarknksr, Ph. D., ProfefwoT in Brown University. ISriio, 35S Pages. A Latiis^ Reader. Intended as a Companion to the author's Latin Grammar ; with Ref- erences, Suggestions, Notes, and Voeaoulary. By Albert Uarkness, Ph. D., Professor in Brown University. 12mo. 212 Pages. ^/ A First .Greek Book. Comprising an Outline of ^he Forms and Inflections of the Language, a complete Analytical Syntax, and an Introductory Greek Reader, with Notes and Vocabularies. By Albert Uarkness, Ph. D., Pro- fessor in Brown University, author of Ilarkness's Latin Grammar, kc, &c. 13mo. are Pages. COI'r, CLARK & CO,, PUBijISIIEKS, 17 and 19 KING STREET EAST, TORONTO. XJOPP, CLARK & CO:S PUBIjIUATIONS. d Princi- •'s Gram- , Ph. D^ Profeaaor with Ref- ARKNE8S, .anguage, I Reader, , D., Pro irammar, A. Latin Grammar for Scliools and Colleges By A.. IIARKNESS Ph.D.. Profedser in Brown University. To explain the general plan of tht ',?ork, the I'uv .liabcra ask the attention of teachers to the following extracts from the Preface : 1. This voltime is designed to present a systematic arrangenient of the ^reat facts fend laws of the Latin language ; to exhibit not only grammatical forms and ccnstructions, but also those vital principles v tiich underlie, con- trol, and explain them. 2. Designed at once as a text-book for the class-room, and a book of •eference in study, it aims tc introduce the beginner easily and pleasantly to he first principles of the language, and yet to make adequate proviflioQ for the wants of the more advanced student. 8. By brevity and conciseness in the choice of phraseo'ogy and corapact- cecs in the arrangement of forms and topics, the author has endeavored to compress within the limits of a convenient manual an amount of carefully- selected gi-ammatical facts, which would otherwise fill a much larger volume. '. He has, moreover, endeavored to present the whole subject in tlie , of modem scholarship. Without encumbering hi spages witi. any un- necessary discussions, he has aimed to enrich them with tha practical r mills of the recent labors in the field of philology. 6. Syntax has received in every part special attention. An attempt has been made to exhibit, as clearly as possible, that beautiful system of laws which the genius of the language — tliat highest of all grammatical authority — has created for itself. 6. Topics which require extended illustration are first presented in their completiuesa in general outline, before the separate points are discussed in detail. Thus a smglo page often foreshadows all the leading features of an extended discussion, imparting a completeness and vividness to the impress- iou of the learner, impossible under any other treatment. *l. Special care has been taken to explain and illustrate with the requisite fulness all difficult and intrcate subjects. The Subjuactive Mood — that ewvereat trial of the leacber's patience — has been preserited, it is hoped, m a form at once simple and compreheneire. GI S£ A NEW PKACTICAL AND EASY METHOD OF LEARNING TUB GERMAN LANGUAGE. BY F. All N, txxrroB OP puucsoi-ht and pkofkssor at the COLUTOE 0FHB-T33. FIEST C0TJB8E. SECOND AFRICAN fllOM THE EIGJITII LOXLUN EDITION. TORONTO: COPP, CLARK & CO., 47 FRONT STREET EAST. 1877. y -111 A45 PREFACE. Learn a foreign language as you learn your motkei tongue : this is in a few words tlio method which I havu adopted in this little work. It is the way that nature her- self follows, it is the same which the mother points out in speaking to her child, repeating to it a hundred times the same words, combining them imperceptibly, and succeeding in this way to make it speak the same language she speaks. To learn in this manner is no longer a study, it is an amuse- ment. Supposing the pupil to have learned his own language by principles, I thought it proper to add a few rules, which will serve to shorten the course and render the progress more secare. Tkk AUTIIOII. TABLE OF THE OEIIMAN DECLENSIONS. ARRANOEO By Dr. MABTIN WEISS, won ME ITNIVKIISITY OP TiBIlLIff, LATH TOKNOn AND GERMAN «A«T^l^ AT Till. BOYAL COLLKOB DUNOANNON. .1 I I I Almost every German Grammar used in England states a different number of Declensions. Dr. Ncehden whoso Grammar is in every respect unquestionably the best, has attempted to reduce the number of Declensions to four, and I think most successfully. But German Grammarians have not adopted his system. WENOEnoRN who tries to imitate the Latin gives five Declensions, whilst Dr. Render in his anxiety to smooth the way to the learner, has made appear an absurd doctrine of one Declension. In Germany itself Grammarians follow either Adeluno or Klopstock. The system of the former being the best and offering the least confusion to the student. I have tried in the following table to arrange the Declensions of all German Nouns upon Adeluno's plan. L 6 •k «. «. "o .E ♦ ,** & S .2i « S ^ p o « is I hit 'S/?mmrm o/' O'cmimf Curfxnt Hand r/j />• ^^//f^^^n^^- (^.^ '"J A The Sma/f ^4lphabct. .<*-- X X a b c d e .■^ 1 1 m n -jy -f" o ^'P ^q r ^s s ss t 1-^ yf,--> tfi'^ U V vv •a: ue oe ae (. t Hand Oe/7/ta// Ca/jfta/ Uffrrs- ^, :^y^ <^-.:^ JU0j'.j> YJ :l^ ^-^J^^M Douh/e Letters ari^ Combmat, Ions ^.-^^.^^-^:<^./^, II ^_^. ^■e oe ae THE rRONUNCIATION. I. THE ALPHABET. The German Alphabet is composed of the following twenty-six letters : 21, a, a. «, b, b. (5, c, c. '^, b, d. (S, c, e. Sv f, f. ®/ g. g. ^, t), h. ^, i, i. t, !, k. 1', I, 1. M, m, m. % n, n. O, 0, 0. % P, p. Q, q, q. 9?, r, r. ®/ f, «, s. s:, t, t U, u, u. SS, t), V. SK, nj; w. ^/ ^, X. ?). ^r y. 3/ a/ z. The vowels are : a, o, c, t, o, o, ii, U. The diphthongs or compound vowels are: ai, ei, an, an, cu ; all other letters are consonants. II. SIMPLE VOWELS. Every vowel, followed by two consonants, is pronounced Bhort: followed by only one consonant, it is lontr. ^, a, is pronounced like a in the English word /dt/ier. SWtcr, banfcn, gragc, ^SSotcr, lakit, ©alic. 21 C, rt, is pronounced like a in the English word care, tciltc, Uvm, miitkr, e. mcM, Sitiibcr. 8 ^^c O, IS pronounced like it in tlm T?,. *r i "lunler. ^^ "^^ J^nglish word ^^^K/ toiicn, ^of-jef^ Cdlyc, foiuicn, Tn It tl, |pronounccd lilco .^in the EtgS'word .../. He, II, IS pronounced like the French 7/ TT.. • no eo„esp. ,, _. in „. En^isII^^V""'^ '' tY\\h^ ; - ' 2)inttcr, tiuuc, ^ntfcit, 9?i|ffe g>, D, has the sound of the Gormon *• 1 i • 1 • . generally replaced. ''"'' ^' ^^ ^'^"^^^ ^t ^8 Iir. DOUBLE VOWELS. serves to indicate that the syllableSrion'j" '"'^'^ ^"^^ eaar, eccfc, ^oot. .xie, tc, is pronounced like rrr in +i,« t v 1 mmiJ. ^^ ^^ *^^e English word IV. DIPHTHONGS. .oundetontX: tllfoteut 1*? ™Jr'^ ™'' ''» mlv one syllabic ' ^" 'J"'"'''? "' » ^ra word letter ord me. ivord ]i02)e ;Iisli word rord roof. There is -'• hich it is htliongs, )nd only 3h word 9 ?«itc, ^alfciv rcibcii, ^^fl"v% raitbcit, Mait, or. ^^f'"' , ^'^"^'"' f^niit, Ufu and m, arc both pronounced like ay in the t.iighsh word joy. '' "*° joy. 5)Jcdit|e, ■53cntcr, gcitcr, V. CONSONANTS. , The pronunciation of the consonants differ but little in the two languages; the scholar should remark the following pecuharities. ©, C, before d, c, and i, is pronounced like ts Gnfar, Gcbar, Gitronc* l.etore_n,_o, it, before a consonant and at the end of a i!M), at the beginning of a word is pronounced like /5? except m words derived from the French, whe» t nro serves the French pronunciation. ' ^ ° ff)oiv eijarratan, In the middle or at the end of a word cf; has a pronun- cia ion quite peculiar to the German language, and moio or less gutteral, but for which no corre'pondin. sS can be found in English ; it is like the Scotch.! in the word M after a, o, u, an, but softer after o, e, i o, a, i cu, and after a consonant. ' ^ ®f> 9Jancf), nlcr)t.s, Si'?' Jirrfjc, incfjcn/ na5^ T.T ^^f '^ pronounced like so when these conso nants belons to the mnt .,. radical svllalle 1* iuacfjfctf, 10 But the cf) preserves its gutteral pronunciation, wlicn It stands before the « or f by contraction or in i com- posed word. nacfifcfjcii, md)\m, bcs SQx\d}i instead of bc« 33itd;cS m, rt, at the beginning of a syllable is pronounced like the English^ m the word good; but between two vowels in the middle of a word, and at the end of a syL labJe, It has a sound like the d;, only much softened. GCl)eu, groji, (S^abc, ^^ogcn, eicg, artiiv ategen, ^rug, ricOtlq. Alter n at the end of a word it is pronounced like l very sort k, ©aijo, Oting, eprmig. labf ' ^^ ^ ^^^"^^ aspirated at the beginning of a syl- 4»^iV ^rtrt, ^ccr;t, ^«"!' , dimmer, ^-rciljcit. Ihe aspiration becomes however almost imperceptible before an e m the end-syllables. ^ 9fctf)C, ^ur;c, fcf;cn. ^ After a yowe or a t, the I) is not pronounced, but only indicates that the syllable is lono-. -^ ^ofjit, ©trofi, "" s:fjicr, ,^1, I, only stands at the beginning of a syllabic, and IS pronounced like the English y in the word ^6^5. ' Oar;r, ^ocfj, ^ugcnb! cr replaces the double f, and is pronounced short ©tocf, ^ritd-c, 2(cfer, AjU, <|tt, has the sound of qu in En^-lish Q«at, Qucirc, °Oucr. Hkfthl'F ' r ^'^ Resinning of a syllable is pionounced "^ ®ommcr, 9?eifc, ^aus, The long J is placed at the beginning and in the middle, S only at the end of syllables, "if in a non! ■M ition, when in a com' ronounccd tween two d of a syl. ened. 2cd like t ; of a syl. )rceptible but only 11 composed word tlicro are two f, one after another, they ure written [[. "^ , SBaffcr, luiffcn, miiffcn. f{ IS onl^ placed at the end or in the middle of syl. l.ibles ; It IS always preceded by a long vowel, and haa tlie sound of the English ss. ^^ i^^"^"^' flro^, ffic^cii. «Ct), fci) is pronounced like the English sh. edjattcu, (Bd)nk, ^^?citfclic, frf)fnfeit, has the sound of/ i^atcr, sQ^cid mi). il^S, iv IS pronounced like the EnWish v. . SKclt, Sicfe, SBaub. ^, J IS sounded like ^5. Ml Sorn, ,^0(3, ^eit, swansiji, ipcr.5. ^ replaces the double 3 and is pronounced very hard. iblo, and t. bort nouneed ver, like in the a non- VI. SYLLAEIO ACCENT. The Germans never pronounce several successive syl- lables one after the other with the same force ; the prin- cipal syllables are pronounced with a louder, and the others with a softer tone. The end-syllables in German words are pronounced very softly. The accent is always laid upon the radical syllable, that IS, upon the one which includes the principal idea- thus in the word ©crecfjttafctt (justice) which is derived trom rcdjt (just), the second syllable is pronounced more strongly than the rest In compound words, the first syllable always has the accent, because it presents the principal idea and modi- bes the ioiiowmg one : ^(umcngartcn, (SJartcnWumc. i if 1 i i! I i PART r. 1. Hifigular. id; 6in, I am ; bu bi\i, tliou art ; cr i|}, Jie is ; /•/ttra/. \p,r jfnb, we nre ; «f)r fcib; you aro ; ®„* J . i''' f'"''/ tliey arc. »t, good; grof, grcnt, Lirr^c. bjV • W^m lu.i 2. I am little. Thou art youn-. We are ti.-Prl rpi are rich. Art thon Qlnb? v ° ''i- are tiieci. iJicy 8. p., , ^ 5riid;t; not. &.r^f.,b ,„cl„ an„. ei„, ji, „4/ ^^(3/' ©u'tfrili^; nf HpT Ho ,-3^ski„f to-:iU:.T Thej™ not rich. Is ho Act diligent? -TUu'arttl Id ."tron^'. Tlioy aro not happy. Ho is not polite. Arc they not faithful ? Is she not rich ? lie is not wicked. reii), rich; sick. c ift onf. «lti id) 3? einb 1. Tlicy she oldV f^). Am cnt : ite. Bi'fc, umid)? t niiibe r i\t nid)t Masculine nouns : Ux iPatcr, tlio fntlier; bcv (SJarfcn, U.o pnrJcn : /•6-mini«c " ; bie mmcx, t!.o ni..tl.er ; bic Gtabt, tl.e l.o\vn : Neuter " ; bai3 Jttiib, the child ; ba« ^au«, tlic lioiiso. irijon, beflutiful, fine; lang, long; t)oA), high; ncu, new; unb, and; jcljr, very. » > ; » ^l _ .cr 33atcv ift nnt. ;5Mc a)?itttcr ift tranvig. ®a3 fiiiib t)t faitl ^)cr (Garten ift iticfjt fcl)r laitg. ®ic etabt ift axon iiiib rctcfj S)n3 .^ait^ ift nirf^t rjocf;. S\t bcr ©artcn fd)on? {^)t bcr ilMitcv frauf? ^ft bad £liib nicfjt Mm? Qh ba3 Apaiidncu? ®cr initci- imb bic aJZiittcr finb oUtrfai-r;. Observation. All German subatantives begin with a capital letter. A\ hen two ot more substantives follow each other, the article must be repeated before each, unless they are all of the same gender. G. The house is not new. The mother and (the) child are ill Ihc town is very beautiful. The child is not nau-hty. The father is very old. The house and (the) garden are very largo. Is the mother not happy ? The l.ou.se is not very old. Is the garden not very fine ? ilie house is very small. Masc. bicfcr 33aitm, this tree. -''''.•'«. bicfc (^rau, this woman. ^'cut. bicfcS *4Jfcvb, this horse. Xstfcbcr':;"'^'""' ''"^""' "^^^' iufvicbcn, content:.d, satisfied', ©icfer d^lamx ift fcfjr nrm. ©iefc^s Jvcnftcr ift fefir rmrf, ©Icfe^lume ift fcf^on. ©icfcd ^^fcr ift fiXtub ftarf ^4i bicfc Srau Qtikfticf)? liefer mcv LI b cf 1) ,t r fhb mcf;t sufncbcit. ^Dicfcr ^uitm ift fcljr grofs t k Si i\t md)t \)6\m. ^iit bit traurig obc • ran^ ' TL a Is woman is tired. This this child good or naughty ? Th mountain man is not high. la is not satisfied u h!l hr^nv A . fi "'^^ '^'"^ •^'^^«^^*- ^' *^^'« ^'■^'•^lon small oi argo? Art thou nor crmtenteJ V This window is not o.pe.u Is this house oM o< ,10 v> / Thid tree is very fine Js this man rich or poor? This lown is very dull (traui'iij). 9. Ncut. ciWf a Miisc. I'em. (Sill; cine, mcin, mciiic, mciii, my; cctii; bcinc, bciit, thy ; ba«!Omi;, tho 1,00k; bcr fircuub, tl.c 'friend; itaii; CI. a.^^^^^i^^^ Lou.s«; u,o where, l,icr, here ; tied;, still, yet jabVbllt. ' ^'""'' yjtcm ^ynibcr ift traurio. a^clnc ecf;iucftcr ift fraitf » cm «) i,t frijiiii. c^ft bchi (iiartcii orojj? t due mb r out :> ^ OMc m ^fcrb f(ciu ? ^art ift norf; d S ^nibcr „ mciit grciinb. ^dn 33atcr ift itirfM Ijicr. 2Bo K Sh a'i^'^ ^f /"ciu ABnannd;t l;icr? Ot icinc Stl^' 10. Charles is my brotlicr. This cliild is my sister. Thou art my friend. Tliy garden is very large/ Where is t Iv mother? A friend is fuithfuh Is this Siild th^ broth ^ Ih s horse IS still young. Where is my pen ? ^ Th y pcn IS here. Louisa is still a child. Thy brother is-^idll" My friend is very diligent. n. Masc. J'm. Ncut. Uitfcr, unfcrc, uiifcr, our ; cuiv, cucrc, eucr, your; ,^ «l)r/ iOrc, il)x, their. hJ;;;Sa"'vay:"'^' ^'^* ^'^^'''' '''" '^''"^"'^-•' t'^ ^fMlrc, the door; •Iways written with a capital I-.tte,- ^""^ I*'""''"" " Nbcii? ^;) (ft 30r ^iid)? Unfcr pau^' ift' aft. 'Uiifcit don small oi V is not (/'pen. ory fine. Ja 11 (truurig). Sebcr, the pen liiirk's; iiouifc, J lit. cr ift fraitf. ' Oft bciitc Off; clit ^'tiib. cftcr. ©fill :cr. 5lBo ift cine ^lutkv •5i3 ruber itnb ?tcr. Thou hero is thy ly brother? Thy pen er is idle. c, the door; from polite- ib. For tlie L! prouoHu is itf. Unfcr Diefc grnu |c 'ft cure !.o=ijtcr 3!t=» t. Unfcrf 16 irr)iire ift iiiiiitvroffcn. :t;{cfcr Jb^atcr unb bicfc ajhtttcr fiiib fcl;r traitno; iljr ©ulju ift immcr frouf. ' 12. Our father is good. Our mother is little. Our child IS 11. l3 this man your brother? I^ this woman your vrtiond' T '"'^' '' '"' ^'''^^^''*' I«01iarl«s not youi inend ? Louisa i j not your sister. 13. RUin, little, smnll ; ffcfncr, smaller ; ""/ «1J ; alter, older ; {irop, great ; flrojjcr, greater ; Jlincj, young ; jmuicr, younger; nr„v^ ncipig, diligent; jicifliger, more diligent. a ^t::riV=i:^;i^?rE^7;i::?.sr ^^^ ^^^^-^ --^ W. f frfjoucr uub niH5(icf;cr, atS bcr ,^itnb. ml^ S ^arl ft ftnrfcr, Qls icf). Sir finb 3ufricbcncr, al^ i,r. Sfc atnu? Gr i|t cirtcr, aOcr f(dncr, aUVicf;. "^^ I»"fl<^^^ 14 My brother is more diligent than thou. Tuou art not your. ;:r than he. lie ig taller and strong than J Your H.;n xs younger tMn this child. The moon t BmruUr tnnr. die sun. Art thou older than I? T?,'s do ' is finer than this cat. Your sister is politer than yoif I am more contented than thou. You are richer tC we. Wo are more unhappy than you. ^^ "^^^^^^ ^'^^^^ 15. G5ut, good ; ttcffet; better ; 1)0(1); high ; {,c(,cr, higher ; f icfcr, bicfc, bicfcs, this, this one , -r-*«'f .r. . i'^-'^'r im, icmS, thiii, that onii. fc^JWcr, heavy; i,axt, hard; tl)CUcr, dear'; j, 0/ 80, as ; ju, too 16 JOtcm ^n\d) i)^[r[)oiiciv aU jciilnS. DJJciiic gcbcr ift beffcr •T,^'/^'^- ^'^J ^^^^f)t ift Oiirtcr, aU ba« tsifcit. ©icfcr 413crq 2)n3^ra i|t mrfjt fo Ijavt, dQ ba5 eifcit. Oft^TirbnitS mifjt jroBciv n(5 jcncS? Sft ba5 «rci trjcuvciv af^ bai Qikn? J)cr_a}ioub Ift ntcljt fo qvo\^, ale bic Grbc. ®lcfc« ^iub ift PciBiflciv^ntS Knc.\ 5cnc ^raii ift (irmcr, ^5 bicfc. Unfcr mnm \\t ntdjt fo laiu] utib frijijit, nr« bicfcr. IG. (The) lead is heavier than (the) iron. This tree i: not so high as that. Is this book not better than tliat! Our garden is smaller than th is one. This house 13 higher than that one. (The) iron is more useful than (tlic) lead. I am not so old as he. (The) lead is not sodear as (the) steel Our town is larger and finer than this one. We are not so rich as this man, but wc are more contented than he. t wt die 17. Singular, id) r^at^c, I have ; ht ijaii, thou Imst ; cv, ftc l)cit, ho or slio has ; i lund. \vix r^abcn, we huve ; H)r l)CiU, etc l)abcn, you have ; ,^. ,„ ,, fie hilKV., tliev have. Je>cmufl;, J eu.y; SubuMO, Lewis ; fur, for; and), also ; Uwum/ why. ° Off) JjaDc 9?ccfjt. ®it I;aft Wnvcdjt. Sdy hah ciit ^itcfi S\VV""'^ S^rljabtcm^^fcrb. ^a^I unb Souifc ^abS 18. f^nS'^'^TT' ^^^\^^'^\^-'J pen? Louisa, hast thou my K^4 r"ht "l ""' -""^'' ^^^Sf^'*' "-stick, eft. often ;fi';i(;^.ii;;; ■ ^^-t^^^'^^^'"' -ntten; cn^aUcn, recUd, got;' m ?b:-ao JualtTv^c'sir '^''°"' ^" *'" """^"•''^^- --' -^'^ the object S'"??^" eicbicfcn-^ut-gci^;.^;;^ 7 'i; ^^.r;:; ^;; 53ucf ncfunbcu. .s;at bcii, ^h'uber bicfcii ^Zmlmnl '!i: f 1 18 We have sold the house and garden. Have bought this dog and this horse? and woman, tlie son and daughter, this letter. Where have you found Has thy brother bought this tree? tliis man. Hast thou lost this hat ? /his book and pen ? Hast thou air 1 have not yet seen the kin<^ en. Have you I have seen the man I have not written this book and cane ? This letter is for Hast thou not taken ■eady seen the king? So. Nom. tin ®Mtcn, ) , N^rn. nicm ^unb, ) Accus. ciiicii (S)avtcn, ] " S"'^^^- Ace. tncincn ^unb, \ "^^ '^''S- fZoiffi' "'" ^-."^i ^'I'^Jf^^' «^° «'''»"•: ^CX^i\d), tho table; bct iincijiift, the pencil ; bcr 9lad;bar, the neighbor. min ^rubcr ift fc^r gufricbcu ; cr l)at cincn 23ogct. aaft bit emeu _4l3ncf cxljaltm'i Sd) Ijabc mcincn f)ut ucrlorcn. gnt)cu(£ic iitcutcn ^itnb fdjoit Qefctjcn? SBtr f)ahcn eincn ^ifcT; imb^ciiicu etitfjt cjefauft. 2}?cin «riibcr hat bcineit etod gcnomincn. SBo l)a\t bn bctncn 4Btciftift gcfauft? miv ^nbcu imfcru S3ater imb imfcrc abutter uertoren. Qd\ hahc Jljreii «ricf lucljt crljartcn. §at bcht ^riiber unfcru ©ortcti uitb unfcr ^:)axiQ fdjon Qcfclicn? Unfcr gjadjbar \)at ben ^^ouia gcfcljciu ipaft bit bicfcii 35oget gcfauft obcr jcncii? 24. We have lost our dog. This man has lost a son and a daughter. Where have you found my pencil ? Have you already seen my brother and mother? I have boucrht a bonnet for my sister. Our neighbor has found thy knife and cane. Where hast thou bought this table? Ihy brotlicr has taken my chair. Have you written a etter ? We have found this stick and that one 25. Norn, fcin, fcinc, fciii, ©clcfctt, rend ; flcfaitnt, known ; bcr Onfcl, the uncle ; bic S:anlc, the ftunt ; bet ^mgcvfjut, tiie thimble ; btc ©djccrc, the scissors. mm ^rcunb ift trauvtg ; fcin SJatcr imb fcinc 9J?uttcr nnb fran!. mem Taiitc ift iiifricben ; i()r eoI)u imt ibre ■.iodjtcr finb fcl)r flcijiig. ipcinvidj Ijat fcincn etotf, feint 15 ai)runb fcuiSOicffcr Dcrforcit. goiiifc (jat ifircn JVInacvfiut. unb fctncn ©arten Dcilauft. ©icfc grau Ijat i^rcit l4nn m\> ijjr ^tnb t)crtorcn. ©icfc Zodjkv Ijat eincn «ricf fur il)rc Mter Qcfcf^riebcn. ^art fjat fciiicu ^atcr uicfit (icfannt £)ie 4,antc Ijat bciucu unb niclucu ^ricf tjcrcfcu. 26. The father has lost his son. This mother lias lost her daughter. My uncle has sold his watch. Our auni has sold her scissors. Henry has found his pencil. Louisa has found her thimble. I have seen this man and his son, this womf.a and her daughter. My mother has lost her pen and aer knife. My brother has taken t^^ J m^. ^^^^'^ ^^*^" yo'^r f^u^t; has she still her 7S^ n/' r^\'' '''"^ '^^' ^'^ ^^s lost his wife O^au). Charles has written a letter for his father. My aunt has bought this book for her son. 2T. r"T III !I^"1!''' ^\\r^^''' ' ^'«f'= ^TJuttcr, thi8 mother ; G.n. fccr aJcuttcr, of the mother ; bicfcr aJhittcr, of this mother. SJiepagb, the maid-servant; bic ^oni(]in, the queen; bic 9iact)bann the female neighbor; angcfcnmcn, an-ived; a^lxciH, departed. ^' 5;c ^nttcv bcr tiJulQin ift anocfoinutcn. ®cr SSatcr bcr TcacObarut lit aOgcrcift. Sd) Ijah, ben ®artcn bcr STantc flc cjem ^abcn ®ic ben ^Ictfttft bcr ©cTinjcfter (icfnnbcn? ?icjc m-au ift bic ©d;n;cftcr bcr 5r?acr;bartt ' SicfcSmi Mt bcr ^rubcr bcr ma^^: ®a. tinb liefer* ^?an% u!Z 28. _ The bonnet of the mother is beautiful. The sister of the queen is not beautiful. Is the father of the servant arrived ? Are you the brother of the (female) neilbor I am the sister of this woman. Hast thou taken thi t^VwT''\'- ^^T y^" «^«" '^' horse of the aunt ? We have known the father of this servant. 29. <^cn be. ^tinbc., of the child . bi^l liS,', " tl^J^. 20 t! ! M I i i h Jcr ecl;uf,marf)cr, tlio sl.ocnmkor; Jjcr erf)neibcn '■I cian ,v b c ' ' 7" -.v>-'vn/ tlie tailor; bcr ®art ba« 3immcr, the room ; fcaS SCdf, the people * ' ^ ^ the GenUi!el"[g^^^^^^^^^^ ""' °^^^' '""^""l^- '^-^ take « or c8 ia fimcbcn. Jd; f;aOe bcu ©artctAc^ Slf f Ii r m T rr , s- r^avt^^^"^*"^ ^'^ .8nnmcr3 ift tntmcr offcii. SD c buM Tiinbc^ ocfanut. S^cr eS3artcn bicfcS §aufcS iMrdu. 80. is file's,.'' h ^''\^''' 1 '^^^ Sarclcner. This woman of o f rr '' shoemaker. This child is the son of the tailor. The door of the house is not open. I have seen the son and daughter of the physician. We have spen the horse of the merchant. The ser;ant of he neighbor is the sister of this gardener. Wh/L the mcr'ch n "' '?r ^""1 1' ^aveSnown the sonVthis motl P, nf fi '"i -n^- '^ *^" ^''S^^^°^ i« faithful. The motlicr of this child is arrived. 31. jta?:^'^'""' '''' ""''^•^•^^•''' ^^^ SobcrmcTcv, the penknife; gclcm, likf dn/dnVdn""" '"''"' ^^''"' ^^''"' '^^^•' ""'^'^' ^^"^■^' -^ r) ca 35atcr3 ocfaiift. ^rfj fjadc ben mod kxti ^rubc -3 ber(orrit 'Tier ^^r'r'-ru rff^-o c>^^-*-f- ,. •-' . ^^ ' - -oiuouij J»caflb i|t bte :^ocIjtcr cures ©avtiievs. Wo ift bcr ^Jeflcii! ^ 21 tailor ; bcr ®drt r 5lrjt, tlie phjsi- is take e or es la irtucr^ ift fcfjr "SteS ift iinniLT Ocfcfjcn. 2iMi ft bit ben 53rcU igb bc3 :r offcit. ®ic 'en bte mntta- aufca ift trciit. This woman d is the son not open. I ^sician. We le servant of Why is the le son of this lithful. Tho uknifo; gc|1cm, t, are declined in bcr Sofjii te3 ^yjadjOarS :nt ongcfoni* ? ^M ^u I' r;abeu ocii t bn§ ^ait^ ircS 4Brubcr3 ,rojj. iliifcre bci* 3Jcgciu mm nnfcrcr 2};uttcf? „ ,.,, „,„ ,,,„,,,,„ ^nvl r;nt bcit gingcrljitt fcincr ^2. ( of "yTnole"'' I "all,"'.]"' " """• ^''^ y"" "'« ^""'■'nt ui my uncle.'' 1 am the servant of your tailor Tl>« F.cnknife of tliy brother is very good The r^rn nf \l Mster is not good. The houi^Tour aunrrLt^ llenry ]ias lost the letter of his f,fWr T. • i^ * found the pen of her brother T,. I^ouisa has uncle as fi.fe as thfs'oner W; h ve fou?d t'e t^ your neighbor's son (the hat of thrsoro 'y u neH ^or.) Lewis has read the letter of his frioml l.- has bought a flower for a child of her sTster. '^ 33. ^"om. bcr Srubcr, the brother ; Uat. bcm«3vui?cr, to the brother: iNow2.ba§9?ticI;, the book: btc ^rfihvft.v +i . •. A', tcm «,„<,/,, t„ tte Loot ; tcE Ift; to l^fattir not translated in German ^ ''^ auxihary verb /o c/^ ia ^tcfcs paii« gcljort bcm Onfct mcinc5 9?QfM)ar« ^mrr tycbenneiicr Gcricr;cit. ^«ft bu bcm Slr^t mciu ^urnc d irft ? m rjQbc bicfcm ^einbe ctncn SJogcf t^crfproXn ^dnrS ?.. 84. and aunt. M, sisfer S'icJ t'X^^^^^^ f ^'.■ii i'l mi I ! ! ii!i 22 chair to this child ? Have you lent an umbrella to thia woman? *Docs this garden belong to the king? (belon-s this garden &c.) No, it belongs to the sister of the king. We have sold our horse to the friend of our un- cle. Does this knife belong to this or to that servant? 35. ^om. cin 53u(J), ft Dook ; cine gcbcr, a pen ; *>«,.. ; ""'"' ^"*'' *° " ^«°^ 5 ''"<=f Scbcr, to a pen. Jcr 3^c ter, the cousin; bic 93afc, the female cousin; 9(malic, Amelia- ttx ®artncr, the gardener ; bic ©drtncrin, tlie gardener's wife. :i)icfcr ©artcii ocljorf cinein ©cfjufjinncrjcr. SDIcfcS 2«cffcr Oc )ort ciucu m}Cii> gouifc f)at mcinem 25atcr ciucn i f «it^ gcfdjtrft. telle Ijat ifjrer Wmbin einen'^SerfS ncrtc^cn. ©icfcr mam ijat eurer 5)?acf;kr{n cincn load q rfjtrft? ^aft bit meincm 33ater bicfe Ufir acneDcu? Lbt 86. I have lent my pen to a friend of my brother's. Hast «iou given thy cat to a friend (fem:) of my sister's? We have given the letter to a servant of the physician's Have you sent this flower to our gardener? This ear- den belongs to my cousin (masc. and fem.) This tm- Do ^vf' ""'i ^^long (belongs not) to your brother. oit.%W ^? Y^f,^ ^^'^'"S3 this pen) to thy brother or to thy sister? Has Henry written to his father or to his mother? Has Louisa written to her uncle or aunt? 37. 93ott, of, from, by. ^J,?" T^^^i^' bcr aWuttcr, or nonbcr flutter ; cf the child, Us St inbcs, or tjon bcm ^tnbc ; of the father, bcS g?atcr§, or Don bcm fflatcr ; of this garden, bicfcS ©artcns, or t)on btcfcm ©artcn • of my sister, mc.ncr (£d,iwficr, or »on mclncr e^cr. ?I:5i'[5^'lT;dlcbTJsTv:^'^ ^'^ mc„, .« speak, .««. mbrella to this king? (belongs sister of tlio md of our un- that servant? pen; ) a pen. Sfmalic, Amelia; r's wife. ®{cfc3 a^effcr :cr ciitcn ^rief fifitme gegcbcit. •m ^rcunbe ciit ncn g^ingcrljut incn S3oQc( gc- cjeDcu ? §abt tiler's. Hast my sister's? 3 physician's ? This gar- ) This urn- ^our brother, thy brother ! father or to icle or aunt ? en; Dc|lcr. ! Bpeak, we ar« 8 to a snbstan- 8 to a verb 23 92ac^Jar gcfaiift? ^rfj ^abc bicfc lUr t)on mcincm S S"V""i!«^."*^^'^ ''^'^^'''' Od/fprcd)c V t^ bfnf tonne ^f)rcr ©djioeftciv t)on bicfem ajianne unb bi [cr grtit ®p rijen @te jon mclnem iScttcr obcr meiner «afe? SchS , tttrb oon fcincm 5Batcr unb [ctner abutter gcS ^ ^ i 38. ^ K "^ have received this horse from my friend I havA ' bough^tbis cat of thy sister. LouisI h^s^t LuZ and d?„tt"of h"'' '" T^'^'^" letter from Lr son 39. £*6n, be«„tlf„n (*5„cr, acre bcauUful, t„ ,rf,s„„,, „„ ,„„^, it bos fdionfte tinb PuE v: ■ ? ^'"'^^'^^ "^'^^^ C>einn£fj I per W«b if, ?:s teSe? ?• .S 1/^;;^ ! ! ^-^ '7- 24 40. Itis, cSifi; that is, ba3 /R. This bird IS very littlp ; it is the smallest bird. Louisa s very beautiful; she is more beautiful than her sister (i he) silver is not so useful as (the) iron. The ti-er is not so strong as the lion. The tailor is the happiest man in he town. Ilenrv is more diligent than Lewis, but Charles IS the most cliligent. Th/umbrella is very beautiful; the umbrella of my cousin is the most beau^ t ilul. ^ You are not so poor as my cousin ; he is the poorest man in the town My chair is too high; this^nc is higher; but the chair of my mother is fhe hidiest. I have given my brother the best pencil and the best pen, 41. iN'om. Itjcr, who ? Hat. iccm, to whom? nr, . , . ^'^^- iucn, whom? aSaS, what; chvaS something; nicI;tS, nothing?; ^cmaub anvWlv somebody; Di.cmaub, nobody ; Ijicr, hoi'e ; ba, Aire ' ""^^^^^^^ Scr t|t bn? (v« ift bcr edjiicibcr ; c^ i\t Sciiiricf) • icfi r,in ba- ©o^n bcs 9(rstc«. mx \)ai bicfcn «rt f S icOcn flcl)oitbtc[cUr)r? @ic ocrjort mcincr ©djiDcftcr. 2Bcm fia- Jen ®ic beujut ocgcbcu? S3cu xmn r;aD n ©ic bicftl" um loicu? 3rf; ijaDc incfjts bcrlorcit. ^akn (2le etiuns ncfitn- belt? S25o;|t3f)r«ntber? erift4tfiic7 ^K^ men? 9iicmanb Ijat ifjre gcbcr gcnoumtcn. 42. Wlio is there ? It is my tailor; it is Charles. Who is that woman? It is the wife of the shoemaker; it is the Bervant of the neighbor. To whom have you lent you? knife? To the son of the gardener. To whom has your brother sold his dog ? To the sister of my friend. From wiiom hast thou received this bird? From the father ot this girl J\hat have you bought? I have bouglit an umbrel a for my cousin (fem.) What have you ™- I ;\ave taken nothing. Of whom do you speak ^ (tm-ccf,cii etc). I nm speakin^^ of nobody. Has anybody m m I M reac my letter? Nobody has read your lettei 25 % 43. st bird. Louisa than her sister n. The tiger is is the happiest ent than Lewis, Jmbrella is very the most beau- be is the poorest gh; this one is the highest. I .d the best pen. 3ciliaub, anybody ^ciiu-icf; : icf; Im'h ufjinacfjcr ; cQ ift L-icf cjcfrfjvicDcn ? 9?acfji)ar. mm :ftcr. Sent f)n^ Sic btcfe ^(imic Ijnbcu (£ie Dcr* ^ic ctwaQ gcfitit^ ^- -Sft ^^eiuaitb le Btbcr gciionu irles. Who is aker; it is the you lent your i^hom has your friend. From )m the father . have bouglit lat have you lo^you sprulv? ilas anybodj? iter. ^orn. hJofc^cr, trcfifio, UH-rrttcS, n-ho or wl.icl. j JS\m c^'-FT T" '"' '"'^' ^'' f?«^^'-» tJ^^ Dative. mm Xi]d)kv fiat bicfcn 2:i[cr) qcmarfit? ScWic arZanh jj b.cien 48ricf 9cfd;ric(,en? Scic^c^ liinb fatmvd^^ tf;cm mu fprccDeu ®ie ? ml mtdm ^rcZbV biff bu mti mmm? qnmidm ©artcn ^at er ben Set n fu be t ? md)t -^cber ^a)t bn ba? SBefrfjcr gran fiaft bu beiii SL negeDcn? , Scrc^cni 2)Zab(f;cn t^at bu bctnc?g^SSirae e auft? Jilt mdjcv ,^cber IjaDcn ®tc bicfcn Sriei Sri I)cn? a«it n)cm finb ©ic angcfomnini? ' ^ ^'^'^^'''* 44. , Where is your sister? She is in her garden Wh<^r« IS your brother? He is with (at the houfe on iis friend bLC' Whi^hr.V"^- 'V' gone out' K^ht VoTread^ m?A ^""'V'^ ^'"^ht? Whieh book hav^e youreaa.'' Which pen have vou taken 9 Wf,;^!, l^ • the most diligent? Vhieh Tteh irthe l]lf rTom htL'rtjn'tltr" ""\^' thisfiowe??- iTe nouse ot (Uci) which woman hast thou boucrht this bird ? In which house have you lost your th mble v With whom IS your brother departed? T^which man tt" ^W ^T- ^''^^ .""^^^^"^ ^ Which st'ck have yoS lost? Wiiich joiner has made this table ? ^ !Ccr 9Ij,fcr, the apple ; blc SIme, the pear ; gcqcfTcn eaten Onfer ocfaift flat irf^r Ln^^^^ifg^b"; l^S[«^^f" 5>cttcr gcfnnbcn hat, ift fefir mit o^^fi ?V 1 'r-"^*^' ^"" 26 flcr^ut Gcfimbcit, uicdfjcit inciiic erfjjjcftcv »crforcit fiat' foaii bit bcti 3(pfc( flcgcficn, mUljcn bit ocfiinbcn l)aft? Qd) Imbc bic ^ti-ncjcociKu, U)clff)c id) cicfauft Ijabc. C")icr ift bcVi?ann, lucrfjcm eic Of)rcn ^ricf flcncbcu fjabcn. y-)icr ift ble grau uicWjcr luir nn|cni ^luub ucrfaiift Iialicit. i>icr ift bcr ^Hrit DoiuucUIjcmiuii- fo oft fprccljcn. * '^ ' 46. )cr isjartcn, ben or ivcl(l;cn luir flctauft I)abcn. I have a dog which is very little. We have a cat which IS very fine. My father has height a house which IS very beautiful. Have you seen the umbrella which my mother has bougKt? Hast thou found the pear which thy brother has lost? We have seen the horse which your uncle has sold. Where is the thimble which you have found? I have taken the pencil which mv cousin has bought. Henry has eaten the apple which his brother has received. Have you seen the woman of whom we speak? Have you read the letter which I have written? Have you found the boy to whom this penknife belongs? «^ . . 47. Scricnigc iucW;cr, he who; bicjcntgc tvclc^c, she who; basicnioc ^M)cS that wLicli. ' . Ohs. Inatead of bcricnigc &c. may also be used bcr. bic bafi; foi instance : bcr, tcctdjcr. wi, vit vu», loi ©cricniflc, mid)cv 3itfricbcn ift, ift rcid;. ©icfcr ginacr^ i)ut t|t bcifcr, aU bcricnigc ineincr ©cfjmcftcr. S)icfc Ulir ift ncmcr, aU bicjcnioe bcincS «rubcr«. ©iefcS ^mQ ift fdiil. ncr, ats ba§icnige imfcrcs dladjhax^, Qd) f)abc meiuen feut i3cr(ovcu iinb bcu jncineS 33cttcrg. Sir r)aOeu bctnc mcx Ocfimben unb bic bcincS m'cunbcs. .^ciiirich fiat mcin 8ini* incr gcfc^cn iinb has, mcincS Onfct^. Apaft bit mcincn @tocf gciiommcn obcr bcii mcincg «rubcr«? ®a8 ift nidit bcinc ^ritmc, ba^ i|t bic mcincr Wllntkv, ^abcit ©ic mcin 3U?cffcr obcr ta^ bc^ ©drtncrg? ©prcdjcn ^° ^^^ alv>ay3 eontcnted. My dog k more faithful than that of my uncle. Our servant is ■m 27 crforcn fjnt? .f)afl [■)ici- ift bcr.iUJamt, .S^icr ift ble 5raii, ipicr ift bcr illr^t, ic ba«; for instnno*: Wo liave a cat it a house which umbrcHa which found the pear seen tlie horse 10 thimble which encil which my the applo which icon the woman he letter which oy to whom this ; baSjcnigc tucld^cs, ed bcr, ble bafi ; foi S)lcfcr ginger f. 3:)tcfc lU)r ift 3 $auS ift \d)0> Ijahc metnen ^nt abcu bctnc ^eber fi I)at mm ^int* bit nicincit ©torf 18 ift nidjt bciuc Sic mciu 2J?cffcr t mciucm ©oljuc Irf;c3 iDir Qcfauft 3cl. My dog la Our servant is •Scinrid), Ilonry ; •&cinvici;iS, Henry's; bcm ^cinrid;, 'm Henry ; I'Oii •^(inxid), of or froni irfinv aOilljcIm, William ; 3oI;ann, John ; timilic; Emily ; l>ci^t; is calk ' Btron-er than that of our nei^rhbor. My room is lar/rn, than tha of my friend. TlTis umbrelfa is fin r E ti.awh.ch we have bought. Have you taken my tn or that of mv sister? Tliis is not yoir pencil • it i^ tC ot my brotlier. I speak of my boolfand of t^l at o C mothe" lV"? 'r '''' ^'^ ^^"-^^^ ^-1 tha o cnnZ It' '? ^?*^ "''^^"^ "^y ^rP'« an J that of my cousin. My watch is better than that if my cousin (fem{ I have received your letter and that of^your brother! 49. ^OUt'ff, Loiiisft ; i'ouifcns, Louisa's ; fcr i'ouifc, to Louisa ; you S'outfcn, of or from Louisa. aPicn, Vienna ; Jioln, Cologne ; Vlad;cn, Aix-Ja-Chnpelle ; Sifts I ru '^'^''(lif^'.^^i" ?"^?^3 ^^"* ^^^ ^i'^^-'^""?? W "tt'^'f" ^f" H V"^ »^^ 9?^W an a.iiolo'^'%rd?:iinen'uf A?'7- T .1^*'"'^^*^ "'^^ - -'^^o^t Without tlio article refemill. "^''''' ."'"^ '•'™^''^ unchunged (icnitive and n in the I)Se ' '°'^'"^' ^" ^ ^'^'^ "^ *" tl'- ttiiu jjewis." ihey are in my fathor'« room- t^-v -i nenry. who has given this flower to Louisa? Wo ! 28 have received a letter from Lewis; ho is at Dusscl. dort. ihe s:stcr of Charles is very short. The bonnet ot Josephin* is too lar^'e. My nnclo lives in Vienna ?": ,.™3^ P^*^«'" '" ^'""'a- % friend goes to Colo'-ne. William 13 arrived from Amsterdam. Have you s^'en John and Lewis? My garden is larger than that of U^mily. Louisa is gone out with her mother, llenrv U departed with his friend FerJi^—d. TART II 51. A'om. bic Tifdjc, the tables ; OVtj. bcr JifciK, of tlio ULli'8 ; Dat. ben ^ifdjen, to tlio tables ; Ace. bie .lifdK, tlie tables. OA*. Snb8t|intive8 of one syllable take e in the plurnl. Thoae nouns the ra-lical vowel of which ia a, o, U, au. conora Iv olmnr!! !t inU, 4, a, u, «u. The Dative plural o'f ^ll " ubr/auSrl'/nnlnS ©ic g'rcitnbc ntctncS 33atcr8 finb augcfomntcn. !3^ic ©o()nc imfcrciS gjadjbnrS finb fcljr frcij3ta. H^ie ©tafifc © abtc SBtcu imb «crlm gcfcf;cn ? ^ar( f|at bic fiiitc Sir. ^ctmd unb g^cvbnianbs ocf»nbcn. m^m 23atcr kt bic «ricfc ?l''L9"//^^ '^^^ '^'^^^""'^"- ®'^« ^ifc« "ni> bas eitbcr &;• S^-^l"'^- ®ic Jfcvbc finb uiitjticfjer, al8 bic ^unbc. lOtc aWogbc cures 5«arf)bar8 finb fefjr fter^ia. 3:)ic Slcr^tc hi biefcr @tabt finb fcljr rcicf). Scm I)abcii ®{c bic ©tijrfc mcmc3 ^rubers gegcbcu ? 3Dic 2:r)icrc, iycW)c \m in ^fircni ©artcn oc[cI)cn Jabcii, finb fc^r ftarf. §abcn ©ie bcu m;cintbcu ^cinndjS ocfd;ric5cu? ©cbct bicfcii $unb ben ©oftncu mcmcs «ntbcr3. SKir fprcdjcu m\ ben ^rtefcii 52. Thy brother has bought the dogs of my neighbor. The friends of Cliarles are ill Have you sccu the horses of our uncle? Who has written the letters of fi 29 is fit Dussel. rt. Tlio bonnet lives in Vienna ;oes to Colo;;nc. llavo you seen sr than that of mother. Henry ho pliirnl. ThoBe , generally clmnife autivea termiimtts cfoinntcn. !5:;ic . ^ic ©tiUjle, ^abcn (Bk bic ; bie §iltc mu V f)cd bic 53ricfc imb baseilbcu cilS bic ^unbc. tg. :X)te 5ter^tc I ®ic bic ©toifc c \m in Oljrcnt )abcn (Sie bcu :[cn §unb ben It ben ^ricfcn my neighbor. iTOU seen the he letters of ray brother? Where are the hats that you have bought? I have received tiiis bird from the sons of the phy- Bician. I have given your umbreiht to the maid-ser- vant3. (Tiie) metals are verjr useful. (The) dogs aro very faithful. Your brother is gone out with the sons of our neighbor (fern.). Cologne and Aix-la-Chapollo urc towns. I speak of Henry's and William's friends 53. per 3af)n, the tooth , Ut 3lin.i, the ring ; tcr ^ufi, the foot ; fcic yjufi, tho nut ; Pic ■^m, tlie hand ; fccr HidWm, the tivo ; f Per ^([)llt), tho shoo; Wwxm, warm ; tcill, clfiui ; Per ^^itnuuvf, the stocking ; Jvcif}, white. OLo The (letorrninntive wonls, m : bicfcr, jcncr, mcin, bcin, >vc(rf)cr «c. take in the plural the same terininationa as the article. yjicinc i^nfjnc fiiib fcljr luci§. ^cf; ijahc bic J^iifjc fcljr njarm. ^Ijrc^anbc fliib nicf;t rein. Apat bcr erijufiuiarijrr meuic ©djiiljc Qcbradjt? ^l^cr Ijat mciiic ©triiiupfe flcnonu men ?^ ®inb boij 3()rc (Strilinpfe ? 3)o8 fiiib nirf;t bic luci* . Iter (iidjiuefter. Siso Ijabeu ®ic bicfc ^aiffc gcfauft ? .S>licn Sic incinc ^ciuntc frf;oii Gcfcfjcu? ajou luclcljcu ^yiiumeu [pre* rljcn etc? ^on bciticnigcn, lucWjc iifj Don bcm (^iirtncr bcr iioiuGtti gefttuft f)abc. Uiifcrc grcitubc finb fdjou nbacrcift. ibcr I)at biefc 53ricfc flcfdiriebcn ? mm 33atcr Ijat fcinc ^|,^rcrbc itnb ^ouitbc ucrfauft. yjietii mad)hav Ijat citteu :33ricf I'oti fctiieii eiJl)iicn crljnltcit, luefdjc in Berlin finb. iiat Jcmanb nieine JHinQC Qcfunbcn? mmanb Ijat bciiic 9iMiiac flcfe^cit. Stavl luirb Don [cinen 3:rcimbcn gcficbt. Tlu'ir, tr;r ; tliose, bicjcnigctt or bfe. Charles and Ilemy have lost their sticks, maker has not made your shoes. Where , bought these tables and chairs? From whom have I y°^ J^feived these pencils ? My feet are very small. I My sister has lost her thimbles. I have received these J hnl? %T "^^ ^-''"f'' '^^''' ^'''' ^^« l^igher than I hose These ammals are very fine. These servants I nil I- '^ 9 '?; -J^^® y^" ^^^^^<^:^ «een our hats and I our rings? ilmily's stockings are whiter than those 01 ijouisa. Your t.ftpth nro nrvff,i/,„y. tvt„i,_.-,i- " wni-rii T I, ---- — -... .i.^t;civ,an. iVxj xiaims are very . warm. I have found these nuts in my uncle's garden. The sho'^- have you / ■ H it 30 JDag ^inb, the chiM ; tag 53iid;, tlie book ; bag S^auS, the house : taS iCoIf, tlie peor le : tag ©las, the glass ; tas syanb, the ribbon i>a§ AUcib, tlie dress ; tas (£cI;lop, the castle , 55. mU, all. fcilS 25orf, the villaee : ba§ matt, the leaf ; fcaS i'od;, the hole ; t'aS ^u(;n, the chicken • CaS J{al6, the calf; bcr JJBurm, the worm : ber aUalb, the forest ; n, A,, ., ■ ' ^"i^i'^mi/theman, thehusbai,.!. radical vowel Subsflfiv^t / .% adding cr, and softening th« picfe |)aufcr [tub Ijofjcr, nr§ teuc. ^cnc Sanbcr flnS loieii. So [mb 3r)rc grcimbc ? mk mem J^riunbe finh 56. Ifot yet, nod; nid;t. Wliere are your children? My children are gon out. Their friends are arrived. Have vou not vet h^ r'-^T'^' .^'^' ^^« ^-g^^' tithes r^b L.n ii!t'"™^^^ ^^'^°'* ^^1 t^^e^e books. We have Been all these houses. Have you also seen the caS of the king? Who has taken all my nuts^ These children have lost their hats. Givn tV°c ^i-^- f' Henry and these rings to LouisL ThL ^07^:: 81 'illage; leaf; ole ; jliickc'D • alf; worm ; Test ; nan, the busbar. 1 xeptions from (ha , and softening tli« ' the eame rule, as : ;nc 4Bdnbcr finb Lifeticf;cr, o(d bic bcrlorcit. 5)cr \mn l)ahm Sic itctbcr pematfjt? fclne ^(tljne bcr* tic grcunbe finb ffid); fie Ijahm onige finb md)t n alk il)vt m-- jfommen. Sir J OufclS gcfim* ifigcrcift. ®icfc It fprcdjcn (gie ? bicfe ?iib. rfieitSgenommcn? SBcm gcl)ijrcn bicfe ©artcn nnb §iinfcr ? yonife unb ^cnvicttc ^abcn ifjre Shibctn ocrrovcn. 2)cr ©djiiljinadjcr l)at 3()rc ©djulje nnb eticfcf nod) nidit qc* bmdjt, SBer finb fcne SOJdnncv? G^ finb ^taticnei-; ca fiiib bte pnfcl nieincs g^rcnnbcS. ^icfc yjaittcv finb fcfir trauriir fte Ijabcn a«e ifjre tinbcr Dcrlorcn. 58. The shoemaker has brought your shoes and boots, ilie houses of this village are all very fine. Brinir us ( brmgcn ^k una) the spoons, forks and knives. Where have you bought these needles? Your brothers and sisters are not come. Lewis and Ferdinand are cou Biui. Uur mothers have seen the gardens of the kin six exercises 53 The gardener has There arc two holes in this door, given three flowers to my children. 61. ©as ^rob, the bread ; 93rob, some or any bread a)a§ Slcijrtj, tlie meat; gleifd), some meat; W -^Icvfcl; tlie apples ; Slc^ifd, some apples. f.'lB''\l^ '""" ' ^'' ^^''^^)'> the cherry ; X f ^''"-I' * '.*" '''"^"' ' ^'« ®'"tc, the ink ; bas ©einufc, the vegetables ; Jjic euvpj, the soup ; ocr 3udfcr, the sugar ; r^v/ „ t' bcr iiaffcc, the coffee ; flcbcn (£ie mir, give me ; mon finbct, one finds, they find ; ictrunfcn, drunk ; tingcu Sic uns, bring us. .jrf) r)at)e «rob unb ^IcifcT) gcgcffen. Sir f)akn f trfcfKn nub ^flaumenjcfauft. 2«cin «rnbcr ijat mm qctrnn en nub ifjr f)a t «ier nnb SBaffer getrnnfen.^ ©er S^Sc! marfjt ©dju^^c «n (Stiefef. J)er 2:i[d;(er macf,t Sifrf n b ©tujfe. «ci bic cm ^anfmann finbct man ^i^rfKr/ ^ebern! ©inte nnb«{ci)tirte. ®eben @ie mir ®nppe nnb®emifc gaOcu (Ste and) ^ntfer? Sir r^abcn Wieff r nnb mhtl m^n nnb @(dfer gefanft. ®er ©cirtncr ^ ber goi% S fdjen nnb mmten gegck't. C)al)en ®ie fdjon ^affec getrnnS gn icncin C)anfc fmbct man ©picgcC o/egcnfd irme, 33dbcr mnger|i,te nnb 9labc[n. lUJcine '^'ennbin f)at 'on rem £a<5en nnb ^unbe gcfcl)cn. Qn biefer ®tabt gibt c8 ediiid :)cr nnb ®d)nf;mad;cr, lueWje [cljr reid; [inb. 62. SBorren eic? will you (have); gcfaKis^ft, if you please. Will you Im-e some wine or some beer, some milk oi some water? Give me, if you please, some soup, ve^c ables, meat and bread. Where does one find (finl one) nk and pens Are you a father? Have you children Has your father bought any trees or flowers ? My bro ther Las books and friendl Here is coff-ee andJu'ar My neighbor has birds, dogs and horses. We are spSTk- ing of towns and villages, of houses and gardens. Iron nd silver are metals. Vienna and Beifin are town" What have vou mndfi? IVo },„,.„ j„„_ _.^ • '.V/.' gaocn gemadjt), we have written letters. We have eaten apples and plums, and we have drunk some wine and beer t'. I. in • HI m m I 11 m 11 hi : Scnifl, liitlf, few ; ind, luueli ; I'icic, many ; flcmici, enough ; mc^r, more; tvcnigcr, less, fewer; 34 G'6. gU, too; iDic? liow? KlS Obd; bic gnidjt, the fruit; pas @clb; the monej^ ; ber ^Jjfcffcr, the pepper ; ta§ Salij, the salt ; tor <£cnf; the mustard. ^ ifc^at iDcuGcr ^.bcrn, afs^pcnrietle. ilaiV Vat ft nictn -^riiDcr? 3)cr Strmc l^at mcnig l^rcnnbc. (58 niM l^cr^ig d^lmd)m, md)c sitfricbcn finb. ©cbcn fete b cr%S nctte .ttcf;t 3u ^ml ©cuf. ^Zeiit ^Hn.bcr tju p t)ic | Ijal 5 ere cannot, mc bictc ^itubc fiat "Xhvmn-f %l ^remtb at biefe 2Bocf,e mef)r «riefe erfjaltfi r k Z 64. There is much fruit this year. Our gardener has so';jveT4bT /T"' '^^^'^^^ ^-- afitdc meat fiom. vegetables? Have you mustard enou-h ? I have lie IS very rich. Give a little wine to this woman Th>^ man has few friends, but he has many dogT and ca mci. n3 are there m your town ? Have you as maifv apples and pears as we? We have not so many as you but we have more plums and nuts than you. SrLsC ewer friends than Henry. This tree Ls fewe Laves taan that one. There are too many chairs in this room! 6u. ^as Stuif, the piece ; i>ic Sla)d;c, tlie bottle ; bic iTafie, the cu; ; tag *4>funb, tiie pound ; bic mii, the yard, ell ; Ja« ^y ; pper ; 1 itard. aU id), &dm 3rob. ^n fjafl Slavi \)at md)t nbc. (58 gi()t n (£ic bcr ^ciu 3U Diet sa^cin ®icfer a)tom ir 33atci' ? e^ aunicu. aWcin ats icO. ^at ? ©cbcn (£ie gardener has little meat or ^gli " I have nuch money; roman. This ogs and cats. vf many phy- ou as many nany as you, Charles has fewer leaves in this rocm. m ; pocket hand rchief; f If 35 ba5 .Ocint», f,he sliirt ; bcr jJafc, the cheese , bic J^aUbiii^c, tlie cravat; ter Sdjiufcit, the haiti. Ohs. The words ^^Jfunb, gSaar atid S)u^cnb are invnriahle wheu thev «re preceded by a number.— The EngHsli word of wliieh follows th« Dames of weights and measures is not expressed iu German. miiK a)^itttcr Ijat bcr ^ciiricttc brci ^aav .'panbfdjitric, fccljij ']^aav (i^triimpfc, 3iDci ©ut^ciib .r^mbcii uiib cincii ijovb ^{tr[d;cn Gefrfjirft. 5n bicfcm toffcr finb scljii GUcii I'cin* mnb, uicr STafcfjcntiiiijcr imb fcrf;8 .•palcibiiibcit. dncin :93rit. Jtdfc, cine glafdje 53icr imb ciit uicnig ecnf. ^d) Ijabc ciii C*3(a5 a'ctn gctruiifcit nub eiii etilcf Sd)tiitcii flcgcffcn. iJ?Mr Ijabctt ki unfcrcr B^rciinbiii cine ^nfjc ^laffcc Qctrnufcn. 4,tfdjfcr uitfcv^ €)ukl^ gcfauft. ^d) Iinbc oon beat mvtna- emeu i!ovD ^{mncii cvfjaltcn. GG. The shoemaker has made a pair of shoes for Louisa and two pair of boots for William. We have drunk two glasses ot wme and three glasses of beer. Give me a bottle of water and a little meat and bread. AVill you have a piece of ham or cheese ? My aunt has bouVrht a dozen of cravats, two dozen of shirts and ten pair'' of gloves and stockings. How many shirts have you f I have three dozen. This linen is very fine ; how many yards have you bought? I have bought twenty yards. Xiiat IS not enough for ten shirts. My uncle has given to Henry a penknife, twenty pens, two cravats and a pair ot gloves. Ferdinand has bought a pound of plums, six pounds of coffee and two yards of ribbon. Will you have a cup of coffee or a glass of wine? Give me, if you please, a glass of water. "^ 67. Sing-, gutct, gute, gutes ; Plur. gutc. Sd;lcd;t, bad ; l^ortrcfflid), excellent fait, cold Inibii), pretty; iCbty dead ; Ucbcnsiuuibig, amiable , baS ^IJapicr, the paper; ba^ ®iid;jft the ailair, busineo :; I i' , I' • 1 1 1 1 1 j » r MfJ i f r III i.r. Ill ■I'il' fill I I! ■liiii: 36 ^a »ortrcffticf)c§ Dti t. Unjcrc aWanb fiat autcu ©citf n Ir Gcraufu eucr «rubcr |)rid;t immer t)oit ai tern ^B h S imb @c[d;aftcit. ^arts unb goubon finb fdionc ©ubL ^cmndj I)at cin ^aar ncuc (Scf;u^e crr)a(tc„. 68. anf'oodmearV;'^ ^^T'^^ We have good bread Thio?> i,M? 1^''"'' gardener has very fiSe flowers Ihese children have fine dresses. We have ikSni friends, am.able brothers and useful books Ovfrne some better cheese and better beer. At (b h ttrm^r! chants one finds pretty gloves, fine penknives,-^ lnlZ,\ pens. Iron and silver are very useful metals Yn , always have excellent wine. My brother s no .one ouf he has too many affairs. Hen/y has bought gofd paper frla^n^wVls;.^^^^' '' '-' -< °'--S 69. (Sin gutcr, cine gutc, cm giitcs. O6*. If the adjective is preceded by the indefinite nvfinU hrr t ■ , Unfcr mttna ift em jitter 3Konn. Eure (HSrittfrin it. gtn Sate mi cm gutc TOutte. §ei„ri(^ Sot ein fS ¥f«b raib emeu WCnen $uiib. "ottife fiat arofie sTh ,/ a cr e,„e Keme fiaub mi mm mlm%J %rSk •ft n„t „m„em jungetn «mber auSflegonU fen .5 Jj# tide or any otliei tt, l)U\e, b(tft« b 9Utc« 4i3rob ? Sir fjubcii Uiifcr ©cirtncr itcu ou taken? Have you taken the third and the' fourth? I have only taken the third. Singular. p, , "'Kmly'tiS'. ''' "'^''"^^' T' \- ^'^ ^^^^ i ccr pcmi(]i, t line ; t^j iin r qc, onra ; fe'lei'. Jcrci;, 31,^30; yours; ».« i^njc; Jiers , bcr i(;ngc, theirs ; lcid)t, easy, light. Jer, m bte cnrtGcn. 2)?ctn ^ater Ijat fcinc Ilk ucrrom • ^cnm;^ ^flt and; bie feiniGc bcrloren. 4ute lyef it bte t rtoe tier anft. ajjein «ater i^ai belnen «rte i „b Im nietmaen gefefen. mzmz STante ^at i(;ren ®ar ten b b imfngcn tierfanft. • §at bein «ntbcr mdncn^toS o ? b fctmgcn genommcn? ^^i gonife nieinen gingerfint obcr bS irjngcn gefnnben ? ®etne 2(nfg«0en finb (etd^te fa /b^ie md iHQcn 3)icfc «anme finb ^^er, at^ bic nnfrig^u c? ' " f! rcr ^m finb meljr Slerste, at« iit bcr enrigen! ^ ' 76. xMy thimble U as h^ne as yours. Your umbrella is not 60 large as mine. My son is more diligent than thine •■.f'l m }'■' 1 ij ' : : j- w t i: { riural. fie, they ; ftc, them ; ja, JC8 ; ncin, no. 40 My friend has sold his house and mine. ^ly sister has eaten her apple and thine, lias Louisa taken my pen or hers ; my pencil or hers ? Henry has read my books and Yours. Your sisters are youn^^er than ourii. Wo speak of our friend and of yours. Is my room smaller than thine ? I have promised a book to your son and to mine, to your daughter and to mine. I speak of my tasks and of thino. This castle belongs to my nnclc and te yours 77. Singulai. Norn, cr, he; fie, she; tS it; Ace. H)n, hii>\; fie, her; CS, it; ®cf)abt, hud ; j]cfanut, known , gelefen, read ; gebrart;t, brouglit ; ..,..., ,.„, ^abcii (Sic mcuicn etod? Qa, id) Ijabc il)u. ^abcn Sic niciuc lU)r? 9icin, icf) fjabc fie nicljt. ."pabcn Sic mclii SDicffer? Qd) \)ahc c5 md)t ^^aOcit Sic iiicinc Scljitfic^ S% id) rjabe fie. So ift mciu .punb ? Qd) tjabc tljii uld;i gcfcfjcn. 2Bcr f)at mciiic gtbcr ncnommcn ? 3)ciu 4Brubcr l)(d fie Gcnommcn. mo tjaft bn biefcS Za\d)mti\d) ncfunbeirf Qd) 1)01)6 ci5 iu il)rcm i^immcr gefunbcn. IDicfc siiigcl finb fcljr fJjiJit. S3on lucm I)aft bu fie crljaltcii? IDciiic Sd)n5cf!cv ift |cr)r ffci^ig; meinc SO^uttcr ticbt fie fc^r. .^abcu Sic nici* ncn Oljcim gcfanut? Qd) l)abe il)n nicl)t Qcfannt. 3Die6 ift ciii nii(jlidje« «udj ; Ijcihm Sie c5 fcI;ou gcrefen ? aSo ift mciu 5-ingcrI)ut? Qd) I)at)c \\)\\ ^Ijrcr Srijiucftcr geocben: fie ^at if)u uevloren. ^at 3cmanb nictne (^jabct genoniincu ? ^axi fjat fie flcnomuicn. 3i5em l)at bcr ©itrtiicr oltc bicfc Stunicu gcfdjicft? - '— -- — peinridj bcincu iiidjt geljabt. 78. Has the shoemaker brought my boot? Yes, he has brought it. Hast thou already done thy task? I have not yet done it. Have you seen my new room ? No, I have not yet seen it. Where hast thou bought these pretty rings ? I have bought them in Paris. Who haa had niy penknife ? I have not had it, your brother has had it. I have received a letter from my aunt, have you read it? Have you already seen tiie king? I have not yet seen him. You have a good pen ; lend it to 4iy»»um,u. -tunu ijui vil \2)aimCV QUC OtC C ;? Gr ^at fie 3l}vcr mntkv gcfdjicft. ^at ^leiftift ocl)nt)t? 9{ein, cr Ijut iljti r)cutc I lilr 41 my sister. There is your brother; do you see him? 1)0 you not see him? Where are your doves? Lend them to your arint. Where is your umbreHa? Give It to this chihl. My aunt is dcacf; did you kno^y her? Which books have you there? Have you read them' Where is thy dog ? My father has sold it. 79. %i} bin gcitefctt, I Imvo been ; tu bifi gcHJcfcn, thou Imst beeu ; cr ifi nctvcfcn, he lias been ; luir ftnb (jclocfcn, wo have been ; it)r jeib gciucfcn, you have been ; \u ftiib QiWi\tn, they have been. fc,?!''' n Jitfammcn, togetlicr ; iktZiXZy'"- ■ "" "'"■"' "•" »• Obs. The word ^crr takes in nil cases of the Singular n «n^ : all eases of the Plural en, It is also used with the arS n t'he sfn o utf as ': tISt':! FnnSel!:^riSa?:e^.' &C^ 1^ ''" - ^er; ^35. S.U mn., your ^othSr S^rf USnlfcC }at bie[cs£uc^ gcbracfjt. ijift bu bci b m @d)uhmaXr'o^ ^at S^re ©ticfet fd;on c|cmad;t. So cl il;? te e?| tW, yc en? Sir finb &ci unfcrm ^vcnJc M gcii)cK S fcr)r tranf i|t. ®ic er ^err ift brei ^alirc in Si n aZZr mt e„e«raberfi„b[^)r (angc in liftanl nt^d 5 ' S)u btft u4 Wig ocn)cfcn, bu fjaft beinc 2(ufgabcn nS cf; gemac^ . ^cf; bin gcftern bci matamc Mcv geLS fte ft cute fc^r Iicbcnsn)UrbiGc grou. Qh J^raulcin m o ;"cf ^ff* fl^^'f^? ®te ift fd)on1rci M ifr'g! Dcfcn.^aben©te ben ^mn (BdjoU gcfannt' ^k habt ^ntn^crmgefannt; im^r finb oft snfaUcn anSgcgZ^^^ Nbes Oaf)r ba geiDcfcn, abcr idi bin brci l^icrtd c?l 'eJien? ^^y ^abc ftc gcftcrn bci cincm mcincr m-cnnbc gcfc^en M' 42 80. Iliivo they (has one) brought my shoes ? Yes, they have broiiglit them. Has the tailor been here? No, ho has not yet been here. Hast thou been at tlie joiner's? No, I have not yet been there. AVe have many ilowers ; wo have been in the garden of (the) Mr. Nollet. Have you also been at Mr. Moll's ? My brother has never beea more contented than to-day ; he has received from his nnclo a beautiful gold watch, and half a dozen pocket- handkerchiefs. How long have you been in Paris ? We have been there six months. These gentlemen have done much business ; they have been very happy. Are Messrs. N. already departed for Cologne ? They have departed this morning with their uncle; I have seen them at Mrs. Sicard's. 81. ^d) n?ar, I was ; bu Wwx^i thou wast ; cr )uar, he was ; UM'r Warcn, we were ; x\)X Warct, you were ; ftc warcn, tlicy were. (Sf)cmal5, formerly; Wantni; why; al«, when. Obs. When u sentence begiaa with olS, when, the verb is nlao*-' at tlie end of the plirnse. So unn-ft bu bicfcii SO^orgcn ? 3d) ranr bci mclncm 23ct« tcr, iDcWjcr eon grnnffurt nnncfoinmcii ift. a)?ciit ^rubcr itub iff), luir UHircn bet bcincm SJatcr. Q\)\t Zmii irar fdjoit nbiicrclft. §crr moU Ivor t\)mm [cf)r rcid); cv Ijat fcit ,^clju Oo^rcu Mki Dcrforcn. SBorcu ®ic nod; nidjt bci^crnt a^Jabh)? Qd) bin Gcftcrn bo gctvcfcn, abcr cr \mx ouSgctjungcn. aiMc ttft iDor Ofjr ^Brnbcr, ots cr in min luar? (5r Ivor jc^n ober clf ^ofjrc alt. SBir njorcn nirfjt s»fammcn ; cr wov in ^oln unb id) tror in !DuffcIbovf. gOJeinc ©d)Uicftcvn luorcu fangc in 4Sriif[cI bet §crrn 92o«ct. SBornm [inb eie gcfterii nid)t gebnimen? 3d) irnr gcftcrn fronf. Soren bicfe |)crrn iutmer fo retd) ? §abcn Sic immcr fo uicic g^rciinbc Gcl)abt ^ Sffiorft bn btcfcn 2)?orgcu in ber ed)urc ? 3d) bin fjeute nidit ht bcv ©rfjnte gcn^cfcn. 82. T was formerly much happier ; I was young and strong. H V/ast thou always as contented as to-u;ty f My father was S formerly very rich. You were gone out, when I came (I 8? Yes, tliey hero ? No, ho t tho joiner's? many ilowcrs ; Nollet. Have has never beea ;ived from hig iozcn pocket- in Paris? ^Ve men have done r. Are Messrs. have departed seen them at /hen. verb is plaoei n mctncm 33ct» mm fritter :ante wax fdjon cv l)at fcit 5cljjt :n; cr war m Uicftcni hjarctt lib 8ie gcftcra :en bicfe ^crrn •eitnbc (jcljabt ? bin fjeute iiidjt ig and strong. ly iiither was len I came (J 1 43 am come.) Whtro were you, wlien avo (are) arrived? My sisters were very ,11 yesterday. How old were vou when you were at N.? I was fifteen years a '/six months oh. Was my room open when you can^e (vou are come)? No, but the windows were open. Sis %h\ was much prettier when she was young. John and W ham were always my brother's ftinds". Were you n •^.th my brother, when ho (has) lost his handkerchief? 83 .'^cl) f)anc, I lm«l '; bu (;attc|l, thou haJrtt ; cr t;attc, ho Iiad ; Wix l;attcn, we Imd ; tf)r fjattcf, y-u had; ftc f;attcn, thuy bad. tir 4?anM, tho couinicrce ; ber an&m, the other J^oir l)attm btcfc ai?ocI)c ben ^cfiicT; bcr ©crrcii moU b c e ,^rcunbe, a(§ i^r nod; inng mvct, Sir fiattnt S crn rjottcft. iDicfc ^luct ilanflcutc luarcn cfjcmals fclir rcid- djcr ui «crlm iuar; bcr onbcre mv itimcr, q% r S tft cuer ^Better, bcr fo Hcfc ^ogct f^att ^Gr ? t ft cimn ■ ;af)rc in ^rUffcl. a}Zcin gcbcrniiffcr uar be HoiS • Z Jriibcr Ijat cs ficfunbcn. C)attct irl cnrc ®ricfc &«% dn-tebcn ats n^ir auSgcgangcn finb? Sir Ijat en f c n?* mdjt_ gc[d;ncbc«; i:,ir Ijattcn !cinc gnten gcbcrn nnb fcin gS 84. !?cr isctflanb, the intellect ; W mte, the kindness Mr Maury was formerly much happier, he had many friends, much money, many horses and dogs. Henr? IS dead; he was a good boy, he had so much inteS fo7ric'hte 'r-' ^''^^' iiis%re;rwe;: Dot rich, but they haa a great trade. I was ill yester- II" t , ; ' ij; [H Jli ¥ I Ji 44 jay: I had eaten too much fruit. Iladst thou not vcl done thy exercises when I came (I am come)? No, 1 Had not yet done them. My brother had already done his, when thou camest (art come.) 85. V SWtr, to me, me ; tir, to thee, thee ; Stmlcn, to buy ; Vcvfaufcn, to sell ; Qcbcn, to give ; Iciticn, to lend ; tljun, to do ; mad;cn, to make, to do ; tf)m, tc him, him ; i^r, to her, her. to. fdjrciBcn, to write ; Icfcn, to read ; fc^cii; to see ; (bic) 2n^, a mind ; bie 3eit, the time ; iias aScrgnugcti, the pleasure. 3ci) fann, I can ; bu fonnfi, thou canst ; er fann, he can ; ioix Unntn we can ; i^r fonnet, you can ; fte Knttcn, they can. ' Obs. The infinitive is placed at the end of the sentence ^annftbitmir bicfcs «uc^ tci^cn? QO) hm biv blcfc« pnd) md)t (cif)en; e§ geprt mcincm SScttcr ©ctnri*. SBcr iam bicfcn 4Brief (cfcn? ^c^ faint iljn refcn: er ift fcrir Ontgcfdji-iebcn. Sir foimcn biefen Smorgcn nidjt fdirdbcit. ^arum foimet ifjr ntdjt fdjrcibcn? Sir tiaben fcinc ®inte Jonncn ©tc mcinem «ruber S^)vc Ur^r leificn? ^d\ faint ifim meme Ufir nirfit (cificn, ic^ ^abc fie bem f)errn @. ber. !?7^k M^'^lP^^ ^^^^^^ ©djiuefter eine ^cbcr aeacbcn? ^d; ^abe iljr feme geber gegeben. ^abcn ®ie Suft/bicfcit §nnb3ufaufen?^d)f)abcfe{neeuft, if|n su faitfeii; er ift mc^ttreu. C)at tfjr 48rubcr fjcutc nidjts 3u t^un ? fer fiat brct «riefe git fc^reiben. Sir fiabcn nod; ^\vd 2tufgaben au madden Qd) ^abc geftcrn haQ Sergnugen geljabt, Qhv ^rau. cm mtot^kv 3U efjcit. ^abcn ®ie ^eit, biefen IBrief 311 tefen? ^^ fiabe je^t md)t 3cit, iljn gu lefen. ^oimen ©ic nur etnen ^egcnfdjirm geben? Qd) tarn 3f)nen fciiien geben, id) ^abc nur emcn. Qtiv §err «ruber ^at bie ©iite, mir ben jcmigenju teifjcn. ®inb ®ie geftern bci meincr STantc aehie* K-P*"' ^^ ^'^^ Qcftcrn nidit bei i^r; id) ^attt ju bicU ®cfdjafte. " 86. Can you do that? Yes, I can (it); but my brother cannot. Will you lend me your penknife ? I cannot lend thee my penknife ; my sister has taken it. Have you given a pen to my cousin? Yes, 1 have given hiip 45 Dne Hast thou sold thy dog to my sister? I have not fioldhcrmy dog Canst thou not do thy exercise^ I cannot do it to-day. We can read this book. These gentleman cannot write their letters; they have no paper. Hast thou a mind to buy a pair of boots ? Has your brother a mind to sell his ring? Have you had die kindness to give a glass of wate?to this poor man My friend has had the pleasure to see his parents. I til 7i^ • a"^^ *^ '^^^ ^^^ ^^^«e letters. My father «Pon 1 9 T r^"''' *^ ^^^ ^" ^ S*^^^ ^^tch. Hast thou tS- 1 : ^''^e,«o,* jet seen it. Have you been with Ferdinand to-day? I have been with him this morning. IT i ^^* ' Zu^r, ' /"'^^' ^^^"'"' *" ^r^ y°" ' '^"^"' t« them, them ^if}tn, to go ; ijabcn, to have • S""' *°/?'I'« ; fcin, to be ; wcm, if; trtnfcn; to drmk ; untt)of;l, indisposed ; Jar;?;i;^ii:'^^iSl'^Zi;^ih^^[ii.^^^^"' ^^-"-^ - SBiUit bit mit mir gctjcn ? Qd) farm iiic^t niit bf.r aclicu cf) ^abe fcmc^eit ^d, it,ia bir eiii fdjoncS «ud/ iS ' ei^at feme 8uft su foinmcn, er tft imiuo^r. Sir h^oZ e^t 3t^^ ^abe fd;on em ©laS 53tcr Qetnmfen. ^d) S ctn Si ©ar^? ^^omtcii ®ie mi« btcfcu ©torf feilicu? ^cft fam ^^nen btcfcu ©tocf nirfjt feir^cit, mclu «rubcr luitT ifm f,ab , fit""J'"'y;!^^^ ""OWf icf;cr fcin, aU bicfcr ittnge Zm;Z m fctiieetern uttb clue ®riibcr ititb (idjiieftcrn bertorcii m ftbitjefettfjim? Od) luiU e{u>aQr «ric e fdrciben ^2 M?„V^t ^'^'.f^* ^'"^'' ^^ ^«"« Of)neu fcit^ Sc gaben ©te ^ett, mtt ims 3u oefjcn? Q^ Ijabe fciite J^eit mi ficmadjt? Sd) fjttbc tljiicn bicfcn aj^orcjcn einen :23cfurf; gcmaV. What hast thou to do ? I'have nothing to do. Wilt thou read this book? Yes, I will read it How is thy Mf f : i.i^n 46 brother? Ho is indisposed, he cannot come. Wlicre can one buy these fine penknives? One can buy them at the merchant s who lives at our neighbor's. Will Vou K; 1 V 1, u'""'^ gentlemen want (what will, &c.)? aicse ladies wil buy an umbrella. One cannot be more «n u.ppy than I (am) ; one cannot have more misforTune have;^ w^ill ""' T''^'"^^ ^' ,^^^"^^- What will you mv St rl m ^'^ ^'^^' ""T "?■ ^^'''- I h^^e lent you mv do' ^.t """■ ^'"' '^•T^^'^' • ^ ^'-^^-^ ««^d them tny^dog. Ihis man is very rich ; all these hcases belong 89. ^tid), me, myself; bic^, thee, tliysclf. ms, us ourselyca; cud;, you, yourselros; ltd), one 8 self, him- her- itself, themselves ^pim, to praise ; Itcbcn, to love, like, bciud;cn, to visit; fdjlacjcn, to beat; ftd) fdjlagcn, to fight; it)afd;cn, to wash ; gcfobt, praised ; Qilieit, loved ; oefudjt, visited ; gc)d;la3cn, beaten ; fccr ^d)vtx, tiie master; 9el\3afd;cn, washed. ^ctjdjvcv t)at bid) (jcroBt, mil bit fleifiig qeiycfen hift ^ m ^ntber ift ciit bdfer ^tabc,- er ^at midr X„ fcljragcn §aft bn bid) fcr)on geiWfcrici? Vd) kbc m?S; nodfj mcf;t gcipafcrjen; abcr ^ciniid, ^at fid, fdiSt fdt S gr l)Qt jiictn «rob gcnommcn. Unfcre Qtkm nilbrnkve bcftcn grcitnbe; unr n^oricn ftc imiuer Oebeii. Wr b Im M)runartg; man faun bid) nidjt (icben. SitSc IrftS 5BcmI)aft bit gctnmfen? Qd) r^bc nitr cine fiX S£ unraoi; ' (vr i|t fett gcfterii cut lueiiig bcffcr: ober er fditn nod; nid;t cffcn, nod) tvtnfcn. ©cr 3(nt Ar fieX j1 n 1 Jc i^m Qd) mi tf)„ ntorgcu audj be ir o cr b fZ frcmcn 53rlcf fdjrcibcu. ?(ber mvnm ^aue i lie S od, 3 fcc[ud;t? Od; Dale nod) fetue ^eit ge^btl ele "u befSdJelf^ 90. __-.„.. ,)..ucn dieuv iour cousin has beaten mp With whom wilt thou fight? I will not fight. I have no come. Whore can buy them )r's. Will you id me her pen- hat will, &c.)? annot be more ore misfortune Vhat will you have lent you ave sold them hojses belong C8 ter; QclDcfen 61ft. i) Gcftern gc= \^ l)aU mid) )on fcit ciner uitb fc^fagen? t fiitb itnferc ^arr, bit bift e tJicfe ©rafcr Q^ bin mit I. nod) immei* ober er famt leute gnjctmal er iljm etitcii ns nocTj ittcf;t It bcfudjen. beaten me. I have no 47 mind to fight. Lewis will fight with Ilenry. The ser- vant has not yet washed my shirts. She will wash them now. I have sold you my penknife, but you have not yet given me the money. Your children have been very good (artig) to day; the master has praised them very (much) ; he has given them a beautiful book, and a basket of cherries. Why has the master not yet vi- sited us? He has no time; he is always in his school lie IS an amiable man: he is loved by all his pupila. Ihere is Ferdinand; nast thou washed thyself, my m self. '' "'''°''^''' ^^'^''"'""'* ^ ^*^^ ^^""^^'^^ ''^"^^^"^ 91. vtaflen, to say, to tell ; (jlaubcil, to believe ; |rt;utcn; to seud ; njiffcn, to know. must; to.rmu„cn,wemust; t^r muflct, you mus ■■ {l^^li!;; Da?fve7''' ^cc^S'-^tive of the personal pronoun is placed before the tomicn fie mtr [agcn, m §err moU ml)nt ? Qd) !ann t^pjmn mc^t fagcn. aBoIIen ®ie mir bie e ^cbcr teibcn '^ Ocnmui fie OI)neu nicl;t (cifjcn, fie ge^ort iitr nicf)!. ^l^t^i m^ ^eitte bcm m-ciiiktu ©. eincn «cfucf) mndjcit, f e iftac TJ''^^'l' putter oiigefonimcn. ' m^ bu'j t 4, 8c()cn? ^0 fiubmciue®cr;ur;e? ^^^at bcr ediub iiadier fie norf; nirfjt gebracfjt ? 9Jcin, cr imri fie bir in iiier Iti mb cjicfen. Si^ie^minftbubasimffen? er^atesmirgcff ^d) tann e§ niajt gtauben. ®ein 53rubcr mujj noc^ feiite kuf. gabcn marten Sir niuffeu SlKcS t^mt, im« uifregtVcrn m Ce ren.oaai.^3^ mmmma- einma befuS mclc 48M)ei Ijaben. Scv ^at bir bicfcii 9iMnq gcciebcu? mdm ^ank f)at if,u rmr gcgcben. goiiife/ icf) nna bir cti fa ell Ijtntfr ""'Z'l^^'^' Ocnpmmcn. ^d; f^ah e3 fd)ou gJfeVn hP • a^^'.^i"^®^^^ ^^mitcv bicfcn B-ingerl; It ge Kf ^^^/" ^f)"i)Uct?t gcbcu. ScrUoi)nciibicfe, «ncf Qcfdjncbcn? a}?ciue «afc Ijat if)ii mir gcfd)rieben 92. My friend has had the kindness to send me a basket 01 cherries. You nave not ;7et sent me my book. I have not yet had time, to send it you. Who has taken my 1 f 1 . i 1 * r -'\ Ir ' H '« Iki . '• ■srr ■a^H 1 1 t 1 i ! .I'i Mfn 48 brother has told rif» J ^y "ncle is arrived. Your Bisters .uS ^, %TjJ,\:nTl tl \tli "^ irs't^r^f if "^"-V' ^^"r -ad's. HastS PART III 93. ??! ^?'-/ i' Pr'Vn^ 5 ^ "^^ Pri'sinff, r do nmiM • b a lobeit, b« im, thou pmisest, &c. ' "*' cr Icbet, cr lobt, he praises ; ' »^Hr Icbcn, we praise ; i.^rIoHt^rrobt, you praise; ]ie IPOen, they praise ; Sinbcn, to find; x^* <>• j; ., , ^of;ncn; to live to dwell ; bj V/ri H "^f^ \ hxm^cn, to bring ; ' £.„ , ^'' * '^ f ^'•«<^* : t^cucr, dear ; '"*^*"/ ^ s^ek, look for. m Mm {fire Siidier ?mn J;..f T" £""^- ^^i^f^ ^in=' StocE !iW)t. fficr fiat mcin,-„ ©S , ^?' '"'"^ """«" Site biefcg 2:itrf;c3 su t)icr Ua S.t'ft f ^t^^^^^^^f^ ^^^ )t believe me? ou must give ibrella. Why Mn inbc melncn :fcn tnabcii )rer. @ott ^re (Jrtern. ^te tijmcv Kttaufe bic eucr. 0tn* a, i^ ftnbc fern 2:iicf;e. ti unb einc :)ncn in ber c& l^ringeit. Jabeln, to bkme ; fl(ncs, all, every thine artctcn, to work ; §i,(e/„,,,; ,„ ^t S ' What are you doing? I am reading the book Tvhiob your brother has lent me. You reid tn^J, I ' ixru do you not write? I have ah^aV^lten Zfe'lJ^ My cousins never write. You ahvT!. S "^'''• sins; one must blame nobody wS a H.o^u'I '"V I am doing my exercise. What thy \ilter do nf She IS working. What do vou rlrlnt 9 f i • i • ^ { MAS? if^^^n not hke this young man; he always blmes hSfriends tnat 1 have. We lend everything to our friends Vn , always beat my brother; jou are very nLiZvTi boys beat everybody. f)o you sellnZerr^T J;ii ''' pens, and ink. What do vou snvi ^jl Jf " ^T^' takeA my knife. ^ ^ ^ '^^' *^^* ^^^ ^^ve 95. ?,f\J& I P™'^'^^'. ^ f^ianbfcrjiif,e fanfcn. tcine ©cfiiuftcr lu b a ri bn cm t^crbcn twcrbcn h)ir bier iergniigcn ()abcn: aBain ^^i men. ©« it)irb mcincni iBater fcfji i)ic( 35crVnSn S^^^ ^oJen ®ic bic ®ute fjabcn, mir ha^ did) m ftf S iSS etc mir Dei-i^roc^cn ^abcu? ^cfi li^erbe es Sn^S mmmnUin, Win ^ebicmcr S /oTmcn Wn n 98 ^«be tired, fatigued ; ba« Setter, the weather; ^fet^er, hither, uier mil allow me allows it to me). Has the shoo maker brought rny boots? No, he will brW them to you this evening. What shall we do now? We wHl drink a glass of wine. Will you have the kindnesr/o Wl W?sril'Xv'toV'^" Y '' 'J -th tcTpLt' vve snail play to-day m the garden of our uncle- he will allow (1 ) us. I shall tell you a beautiful sto?; if SeTe%fatVsb'll'"t"' M^^^ workto-dly^I Dei eve that I shall not work to-day. Come hither mv t^:^ tC will h' '7 *^"'- >y-- coust\"J ueparted, they will have fine weather. Thv exercise U bady done; the master will blame thee^ All (the^ & 7 I ^' *^^• *^-^^^- Charles, thou mus S thyself, if thou wilt go with Henrv Ypq Mo; t shall wash myself at present ^' '' ^^'^"^^' ^ 99. 3cl) Wurbc IcBcn; I should or would praise bu mitbefi lobcn, thou wouldst prais? cr H>uvbc lobcn, he would praise • m tviirbcn loben, we should praise • tl)r hjurbct lokn, vou would praise •' |te tour^cn lobcn, they would praise' ^mcpn id; r;atte, if I had ; ttenn .d, t.are, if I were ; gem, wllliugly . 'ri > iil!w * IRJ • ' U i w ' , S 2"' 52 100. 1 iie were not so kind (ditt) and good faSa Wp honse, if „y father had done rrfbusiLssTnA Tr master would blame thee, if thou hadst n„t Sone ^v TT^. 1 1'°"''' ™f ''^''°™ "' 'f *<>« I'adst not s!e^ >t. If we had an apple, we would share it. We shouW go with you, if we were not so tired If I h„i = money, I should buy a pound of cLrries. ^f yt ,3 F fio '^i t^^d^of !%,ztLc^4 I would do it willingly, if I hid time/ ■ °''"'"S' 101. ■Jh; ^m all-;, [ J,") .xit ; 63 tu gefjfl axis, thon gocst out cr gct)t CMS, ho goes out ; Wix (jc^cn an§, wc go out ; i()r gcl^et aus, you go out ; ftc gcf)cn am, thoy go out. ?rtifmac!)cn, to open ; abM)reibcn, to copy , iuinaclKn, '..o sliut ; inittfjcilcn, to coi.'muincate , jiirurt)d;ufcn, to send back ; an,,icV'n, to put on : anncncfjin, pleasant ; \d}mxi, black ; tic 9iacl;rtd)t, the news , ^xui)cx, earlier, sooner, Ms. The compound verbs are tormcd by tlie addition of a partioU Inch modifies the sense of the simple verb, and which is dLched TJ fj" the Present and Imperfect tenses of the Indicative M„S unless the sentence begms with a conjunction or a relative pronoun ^cf) 9cr)c r;cntc nicfjt mQ ; haQ Setter ift 311 frrjfeiOt. mm Sntbcr iDta aiicf; iiirfjt an^djcn, SBenn bas Setter fcfioncr Juare, njitrben \m gcrn cin^djcn, ^eiuricf;, bit macfjft itic bie jri)urc jit. ^annft bit btcfe f ommobe nufmncfjcu? ^d) md)t mm dimmer ^u, iwenn tcf) aitSgerjc. ^d; fd)t(fc',^()ncn biefen Slbenb bas 53nd) suritrf, ireWjeS ©ie mir Q^lidmx Jabcit. aj^em SSctter \d)idtc mir flcftern ben ©tod ;urilcf, ben Id) ifjin geticrjen ^attc. edjrei()ft bit atk biefc 53rtcfc ab? t»?iiBt bit allc« bas Qbfdirci&en? Qd) fcfjreibc mtr fo Diet aO; af« Id) tma. Qd) iwiirbe biefe Stufgabe nod) abfdireiOen, n^enn mcut gel^rcr es mir er(auOte. Qd) mn^ ^^nen ctmaQ miu tl)eilen. SBaS irolten @ic mir mittfjeifen ? -^di tlieife ^fincn cmc anoencrjmc ^ad)xid)t mit. Sarnm tfjeilten @ic mir bag ntijt friif)cr mit? SeldjeS tlcib jiel^ft bn Ijcnte an? ^d) 3iej)c mcin fd^iuar^es mdb m nnb meinc ©diioefter wirb ilir ireijjes ^fcib aniidjm. So ift ba§ ^tcib, loctdicS ®ie on* iicl;en? §ieri[tc5. ^ 102. ©ic ©ch^oMKit, the habit ; aufjlcrKn; to get up ; • S)er ©pqicrgansi, the walk ; i»cgiicf)cn, to go away • einen ©^ajicrgang macl;cn, to take a walk. ' Bo you not yet get up ? No, I am indisposed ; I shall not get up to-day. You always get up very late, that is a bad habit. I go away; I have much to do. I shall also go away. The weather is so fine, that I have a mmd to take a walk. Shut the door, if you please Open the window. Your brother always opens the door and the windows. Do you not go out "to-day? I shall not go out to-day. My father wishes (will) it not. My W, i i i ■ '11 I i'l s copies ho letters whici, yoa have w.-itte"t r„»rni„; .%e (vS)-ua to.d:;/°" "'^' '"^'' Mr. N. comes to 103. fflctn'tj^cn, to deceive ; bclcibigcn, to ofFend ; fcrlicrcn, to lose ; »crbcf[cm, to correct; »crbictcn, to forbid ; etiidjcn, to bring up ; cr^altcn, to receive; Scrrci^ctt; to tear ; Jvartcrt, to wait; antrcnbcn, to employ; jururff^cljcrt, to give back ; cic ®cfcl(|d;aft, the companv ; bic(Sorgfalt, the care; Ohs ' TJ.A «vii' u^ ' " t FSlctd;, immediately, at once. Sicfct «Mifmaiin ift tin Sctrilocr, cr bctriiot trtcniitiini ^ir en;airen ailc 2:agc md)xid)t don itufcrm abater QA 1? rftcrft inimcr ctiras. tontm, n)ir iniiffcu ncficn S fm.nP ind)t Imcvmvun; hn fannft ben 9?tng pat? & 7 S |liaft bu bic @Ute ^aben, mir meinc Slufgakrau ie SS pemn^rubcr gcben nte suriidf, tuaS man Ujncn rei)t Ib b« f«re ^cit (jut a«. 3}?a« muB fciuc ^eit immcr Qnt aimZl 104. I will not wait (any) longer. I lose my time. Shall p.ay better, ilyo.^c^::^o!^t l^^^^,:^ tt,' E 65 I shall play onco moro (md) cltnilui). Docs your fathei not forbid you to play? No, he does not forbid (it) us Ihis child 13 very naughty; he tears his dresses. My neighbor brings up his children very badly. I do nov like this young man; he always offends me. Henry corrects hi.^ exercise; ho employs his time well. Ili wlio employs well his money, is wise (lucifc). If von ffive me back my pencil, I shall give you back your pen. Une must always give back, what is lent us (wliat ono lenus us). 105. bt Clbincn, to oOond ; bcJcibic^t, ofrendc-d ; ^ anwcnbcn, to employ; auncttJciibct, employed, nf Hwf'inuh P''fff"'"ticiple Of simple verbs is formed by the n.ldition of the initial syllable go, and the final syllable ct or t. In corn o ,d finuUt^o;? '''''^'''''•^''' the'derived verbs Lke ^i'ly the «.:P"^2l?''^r-5/^"^^^l'^'^"^'^ ^^^^^ tocrkffcrt? Qd) fiabc fie nocf; ntcr;t ijerbcjfcrt ; id) ipcrbe fie foorctrf, ucrkffcni 3 ir «rubcr jat nud; geftcru bcfcibigt; id) imir iud)ts mcr)r luit IJ L^" Sr ^^""IV ^'i" ^'''^' (''") '^^ '' "^ci« ^rcuub iild)t Jd) tamim bicfcm SlugcnMicfc ntd)t au«gcl)cn; id) fioDc bicfcu ^hoxQcn fd)oit emcn ©paslcrgang 9cniad)t. SSantm r)allcn fete mil- mem gebermeffer nod) nid)t surlicfgccieku ? mv fiat m¥t' mmcjnntkv r)at mir crlaubt, biefeu 2lbcnb nad) ^' SU 9cr)cn ©mb ©te gefteru tiei meiucm Setter genjcfen? ?cLT iu'\^i1 0«nscn S:ag fiei t'im gefpieft, gelad)t uiib lllo^' ?f A^V^''^ '^"^ gcarl>citet? Sd) glaube e§ ntd)t: bei- ^e^rer \)at bid) fd)on mer)rerc mu getabdt, beinc (Sdm IpMi!S f Tcfi ^'['^*- ^''I^'^ "^"^^ ^^<^^'^« ^''^ ^i^fVi feSf ^^«/^"ir^'=« ^fcrb oefanft ; er Ijat ba« alt b m Kut|d)er unfers 5«ad)bav3 fiir sioanstg 2:r)arer uerfauft. 106. JStnifg, single, only; ni(i)t mcU, no more; ^ai)e, SJing, thing. Thou hast employed thy time very badly, my dear Henry. I see that thou hast not done a single exercise * f u 1 '' 1 1 '■ f * i 66 4 llvT n ''■''^'' ^'''^'^ ,*^^'^' ^"t I «I''i" praise thco nr Zm. r/'" played together, my cl.ildren ? Yes "'amma, we have been pl.ying an.l working. Tlmt is pSs'''l S^'r'-f""il -'^"'^"^ «""^° cirerrie's'lt'na a Sv mi '''^° *^^'?- ^^^ ^'••^^^ «l>cn fid) gcfrcut. bu frcuf^ bid;, cr fveut (id;, >cir frcuen un§, i^r frcuct cud); fie frcuen jiid;. tx nidjt ar* al. f Ic^ bicfe cm Otttd cf;rirfjt {ft h)cm {ft cm mm^ frcn finb ;fe3 tinb ir gefagt tDcm finb > Ocftent cl^rcr Qc* ma^tm, 3 ^ufDcr J tft don ojoiced ; nbcrit, to laltcii, to t/ to see cfj luic* I 2anbe Ja. ci 59 bcfinbct fid) fcr)niior)(. 2Ba6 tfjuft bit, Mung ? 3di ffcibc niKlj an. iilcibct Qijx md) nod) nid)t an ? Sir iucrbcn nns fpntcr anfrcibcn. §abcn Sic fid) fd)on GCH)nfd)cn, §cnrictte» od) l)abc mid) nod) nid)t gcloafdjen, abcr meine ecfiioefter hat fid) fd)on 9eiuafd)cn. Oft ba^ mm «ntber, bcr ba init bcm ipcrrnS? fonimt? (Sie irmt fid), c« tft ntd)t Ot)r «rnbcr. Sd) filaitbc nid)t, ha^ id) mid) irrc. Qd) ivu mid) fcrten. ^cfi ^abc mid) nocf) nic gcirrt. aMr gcljcn bicfcn Slbcnb nad) 9e. od) Slweifle nid)t, ba^ tuir ung Cixit nntcrr)nrtcn mcrbcn. SBic |iibcn ®ie fid) gcftcrn in bcm Concert nntcrljaltcn ? ©cfir gut 4)err 9?. I)at fcijr gnt gcfpiclt. Qd) immbcre mid), baft eic mcfit ba mvm. Sd) l)atk nod) )i}kk§ sn tl)nn; id) Ijabc Ins gcr)n Ui)x gcarbcitct. ^ ^ ^ i 112. Art thou not yet dressed, Charles ? I shall dress mv- ficlf at present. Why hast thou not yet dressed thy- selt f I had still two exercises to do. I rejoice to see, that thou art so diligent. I love him, who rejoices when his friend is praised. I saw your brother yester- day. You are mistaken ; my brother is no longer here. 1 am not mistaken, I have seen him with his friend Fer- dinand. Why have you not washed yourself? I should have washed myself, if I had had any water. We were m the country yesterday; we have been very much amused. How does your sister do ? She is very well since she has been (is) with her uncle. And how have you been, since I saw you ? I have been very well. I am astonished that you are not yet departed. I shall set out this evcnintr.* (Ss recjnct, it raius; CS fcl)ncit, it snows ; c§ ihWll, it hails ; CS bli'^t, it lightens; eg boiiucrt; it thunders ; €§ fricvt, it freezes ; 113. CS frcutmid), I am glad, happy; CS tfiiit mij Icib, I am sorry ; CS ift mir fait, I am cold ; ' CS tft ittit UHinn, I am warm ; c§ Ijunncrt mid;, I am hungry ; • CS biuftct llitd;, I am thirsty. 5BcJcl,teil, to command ; bicibcn, to stay; mvavtcn, to expect; »u i^ifc-ag cflcn, to dine ; IcIh-u Sic lvot;l, farewell, adieu. ^ ' » 9{cgnct cf? 9{cin, cQ rcgnct nid)t. Gs rcgnctc, aU id) gcfommcn but. tS« f)at bic gan:,c Diadit qcrcgnct. && imvh morgcn gcn:i| rcgncn. ^d) Ohmk, ba§ k fd)ncit. $at c« gcfd)ncit'? SBcnn cs fd)ncitc, luitrbe c8 nid)t regncn. (H toirb ^f HI I cvn 114. What sort of weather is it? It is badweathor- ,> ;. raining (it rains). It did not rain wheryou ca^e I Tn' Xt\"tt'?^V^^ ^J ^-^^ --« tCLrn! sn?.. fc^^^^^^^^^ ""Alt^hrirSLi^ Tll^ weather is finer to-dav; it is worm T „J^ "^^^^ It has lightened; it „^li l,n ™llr ' I^'^.^S youd,d not come sooner. Art thou hLZ° V^i :^"fThardr;:?ratiasLtriris aW.jd.MXtle^r;.u™J^^^^^^^^^^^ 2Bict)iclUf)riflc5l as I'tlfcdjs Uf)r: c§ 1)1 ^alb ftcben ; ^mm m bcm 2G3a(bc fuajicvf Ha r,;:;' Li? J^^^^ ^'.^')' ■it? What o'clock -s it is six o'clock , it is half past six ; it is a quarter past six. fP«Si Orfj Oin [c^r ntilbe, i^ I-^'^ . I' ; ce Uii^t, % bafj i(^ ern Slbenb Su mittaq itur git be. gert outf); *ob. (gie efes Oaf^r }c^ banfc niit tr^m 1. Scbcii ir; it is imo. It is morn- ^-t would 3. The ' warm, ■ry that Yes, I a long ) allow he has f come He has rcpoae : K eine 61 Kili eut nicniG oiiSru^en. Sie bid Uf)i ift c6? m ift nrfit lU}r; es ift noc^ nirf;t l)alb ncim. Urn n>k uicl Ufir finb @ic mtGefoinntcn? Q^j bin inn ein Wicxtd auf fcd;§ aiigc ommcn. peine @d))t)cftcr ift nm brci SSiertet nuf adjt abgereift. mt Jangc bfeiben ®ie ^ier? Qd) rocxbc nur ^mi m bret STanc bktben Urn ivic Die! Uf)r effcn \m m iUZtttan? ^rf) otaubc un 3l»otf lU)r obcr nm \)alb cin^. llin bret uir tdnfcn tmr iiaffce unb nm ficben lU;v effcn \vk sn Slbcnb. 116. 3a^Ircid;, numerous ; vor, before; md) ^aufe, home. Have the kindness to tell me what o'clock it is. It is not yet eleven o'clock; it is half past ten. I must depart at twelve o'clock or at half past twelve. Have you al- ready dmed ? No, I shall dine with my cousin ; ayc dine generally at two o'clock. At what o'clock do you sup' V r.i . '?? • ""^ '''''^ '''''^°^^- H^^^ you a mind to walk a little? If It does not rain, I will walk a little with you. It IS fine weather; we will go to N., we shall find there a numerous party (@ef cKf djuf t). Are you already tired ? 1 am very tired ; it is too warm. If you allow (it) I will repose a little. Get up; it is time to go home. I must go to bed before ten o'clock, in order to get up to-morrow !ir. tivrp rt'r>lr\nlr ^ ^ at five o'clock. 117. Ace. ^nr, for ; fcuvrf;, by, through ; Pljnc, without; (]cgen, to, towaiJs, against; Bat. au§, out of; mit, with ; 11 ad), to, after; veil, from ; Dat. and Ar.c, an, at, of; auf, upon, on ; ill, in, into; uiitcr, under. J(cl(cr, the cellar; he %d,c, the kitchen ; bic S\ixA)c, the church ; liam ir^^l&::rt' '^^^^'^^^^^^ ^-^^vLcre; l..(;i„;X^ mo;:^me'nt. •"'''' ""^ '''" '''''''' "'^^" '' ^^^ ^^ ^^vS^iL m \vm finb btcfe ^iicTjcr? !r4cfcS ift fitr micf; nnb {cnc3 Ift fur mcmc edimcftcr. 2iin ift hn- jm.gp ^Y)/n,„| fjw. Sj,„ eie alle bicfe eac^cn gcfanft f)abcn ? ■S^nrrfriucwjc ^rafie •nuifcn m gcljen, um auf ben maxit in fonnncn? S^urc^ I", 1 ' ■'!, i? ... ; [ i |i ■■*>!• i I w li t 1 ; 1 v'' 1 1 L 62 oljne 9iCGcnfrf;irm aii5? (5^ h)irb fogfe d, renncii Ss if c c„. ®u bift gcgcu ben mikn bffl SrS^o 12 i i J^''^ ^^^'^3^ ^°"""t 0"^ bcm Metier, oif^ bcm 65nrfPtt obcr natf; un§ aunicf? SBfr iScrbcu 110^ Sen triirf fommcn So ift mcinc ©cf;uicftcr? @ cm in bcr Sit ui bcm ©artcn, auf bcw maxtk molfm ncfi bcinc 2)?ii cT?' etc oc^t in bic titf^c, in ben f cflcr, a if SS S , )a)t bit nicin ^ucfj gcrcot? ^c^ ijahc c« auf be ^^ifcft „nt ? Lmlll^r^'^^'^^^- .^' "'* ^•'^ f/eincConi|c? @i f^t aS 118. iJ^pr (^1 Tl.;c • ^" '^^n^^h t'le closet; unbatlfliat, ungrateful. This ,s for me that is for you. He who is not for me IS against me. I her, without you cannot do this without him, without 1 shall arrive before you; you will .,. o .., , ^ I al- wavrtltl'T- ^^tV ""grateful towLs^r Tvays think of you, but you never think of me. There is hy little sister ; hast thou nothing for her ? You do nJt s you7son'.''^n'-T " ^ ^^"7^ ^^'^^^^ bim.'whe" wLrJ l -^^"^f^'"^*^ ^^^ these flowers are for him. ^ here have you been? We have been at (in S durch and at (m the) school. Where are yougoin. A\e are going into the garden, to (on the) market ini; the kitchen. Where do these children come from ? They anTswJ T i; ^^^^f ,J^^« you put my stockings table, m the closet. Have you seen my brother? I tot TJZ ? ''' P"''i^ ^^^^1^' ^" ^^- garden, at* the ot l^m and of her. "' ""^^' ""^' ^""^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ ^P^^ ®cf)cu eie . SBaS ifl bid) ntcf)t ^er fommfl h, am bcr m ©arten, mit bcm ■ffcn gct;cn I (Ste Dor en suriicfs ber mvd)c, e 2)?uttcr? . SBo^in ifc^, imtcr : fifet auf "cibeu ©ic tifcii (gic ? t for me, without you will IS. I al- There is u do not Where for him. (in the) I going ? ^et, into ? They church, ;ockings on the ler? I at the n. speak 63 119. Tm instead of in bcm; am instead of an bcm ; >"5 in bag ; ons on bas ; ?">" ju bcm; »om von bcm, i"'^ jw t)cr ; ttntcrm untcr bcm. fas Bcucr, the fire ; ftd; flcHcn, to place one's-self, to stand. OIjs The quickness of the pronunciation lias introduced the custom •f contracting the definite article with certain prepositions. ©ic maQt) ift im Mkr obcr im ©artcn. Sir gckn bicfctt 2lbrnb mS Jfjcotcr obcr ins Concert. ed;tcfcn ©ic ben ^c^ bicntcn sum ed)n^marf)cr obcr gitm ©rfjncibcr? ©cfjen luir yeutc 3nr S:ante obcr bteiben n)ir ^n ^aufe? SBarcn Sic Bcftcrn bei bcm 2)Ziniftcr? ^ommen (gie m mir obcr in mcntem «Brnber? SBarum fit^cn eie immer bcim gencr? £ft3'9ncn fo fctt? Sa8 f)abcn @ic am Singe, amgufic* atom tragenSie cine g^cber am^nte? (StcIIen ©ie fief) an btc STpre obcr am ^enftcr. |)at)cn (Sic bicfe S^tune bom ©artner er^oltcn? @ie orkitcn bom 9J?orgcn m nm Slbcnb. ^as macficn ®ie unterm 2:ifc^c? ^cf) fudjc mcinc «(cifebcr. iiarl Ijat fie mS ©cf^rcibscug gclegt. S- HOn, of what; h' '".(t, with what ; *.oju, for what; Juoran, at what; ivovin, in what ; tvoburc^, liy what; 120. ba»on, of that, of it; bamit, with that, witli it baju, for that, for it ; baran, at that, at it ; barin, in that, in it; baburd), by that, by it. •^craB, r^inab, down ; I)crauf, Ijinauf, up ; Ijcrcin, I)inein, in. STfisctoto/tilfS'?' '•■°''°°' ''"""' """'^'"^ «"'9'-'^ H Ohs 1 All these particles are formed of prepositions, coml.inpd w,th the adverbs ^ro; ba, ^cr and f,in. ]f, in the formation of tho'se words, two vowels meet, an v ie inserted, to avoid the hiatus 2 6« frZ'the^pearer''* '"'''''^' *^' ^""""'' speaking; ^ in a movement SBobon f^".^" . fpredjcn? Vco,.,)- g-ebcr, hjonut C it, braudjcn @tt vOS? ®ie? Oft bics bn3 SQnd), luobon Sic Ijabcn (Sit ba3 gcmadjt? ^ft ba§ bie bicfcn «ricf gefdjricbcn Ijabcn? So;n ^^oran bcnfcn Sle Dcnn? ^ft baQ m "^ • ' ■ ■ jg g. ^am, tborin ii\\x Dnfcl iDor)nt, bjc (Stnbt, tuobitrl^ (s^it- qt-. rommcn finb? ^at man bon mcincm Ungliicf gcfbrodicn? ja, man Ijat babon gcfprodjcn. .^abcn Sic an mcuie ead;! * ' 3 *■ H t 64 flcbadjt? Wuh id) l)ah \M)t baran gcbarfjt. ©tub Sic nut pijvm mm iclauicr sufncbcn? 9icin, id) bin mht ;5ufrubcn JSh/'""^^^'' ^.^'l^?'" '1"^'^"^^" ^''' 3« cincut ncuclt »t.cfc Ijabcu? ^cTj mu^ brct unb eine IjcilOe GUc bom fiabcu piumcn Ste r)crauf. ©cIku Sic r^timb, r^tnnnter. mvm rommcn etc _nid;t Ijcrciu? Snnmt gcfjcn @ie nicfjt ^inciu i ©er ^imbe fluiG 311 mlf anQ ^^a\ia nub fict ifmm! Bcrbcii 121. Sutcn, to beg, to ask ; bet i?vtcg, the war ; baS e;>.«ufvff ', the plav _ l»o you know of what I speak, of what I think ? That IS nor the same street, through which v,e tamo .'are come) this morning, the same house v.h.n'e we wero yest^rdjy. Do you speak of (the) war ? Yes, we speak ot It. bo you think of the concert? We do not think ot It. Aro yoii pleased with this ring? I am verv (much) plea.ed with it. Why do you°not come up? lell your brother *at I am coming down directly, tome in, my friends. I beg you to come in. Do you go to the play this evening ? We shall not go there. Do you know, where this gentleman lives, where he o-ocs to, and where he is ? We do not know it. 122. S^^T ^¥), the table ; fcaS Tim^, the little table. Jul' the pigeon; ^^a.v^cn, to plant; cbcu, fo dm, just no^v, Ohs. Diminutives are forme,! by addin^r tlie syllable (fjm and oftemng tiie raJieal vowel. If the priuutive worVl ends in TorTrt thia termmation is omitted. *•"' Sdttalte \)at tfjr |)iitcfjcit miovm. SSir l)ahm brci MiMrfic ^aumrfjcu ocprlaust. 3Bcm ocI)brt bicfcg artif^c ©iirtS mc Old t)a]t bu far bicfe^ 2:ditbcf;cu 6esil)(t? i^oliiu q r n 0^. i)aU c&cn cut ^rtcfcfjeit uort mcincr ®cr;iucftcr cri£ Donn ftc mtd) btttct ifjr ciii IDZcffcrdjcn it„b citt l^off: Vcn ^" iutfcti. 3d) una rcd)t arti.] fct.t, ^JJcMtttcrdjctt, luenii . "1 an nctic.3 .^actbdjcn faitfft. Trage bicfc.3 Xim^a \u Z ^cixkur .^cnricttc, wiv mUm cin etihtbdjcu bart t arbcitcn lb Sic mil t aufricbcn ^ i\t fcijtcr :ucii dlvdi SU I)at)cn. SBarum )t ^inciul SBcrbcti uttl;t l)hu ? That me (are VN-^e wero ve speak lot think ira very me up? directly. Do you ;o there, he goes usf now, fKt, and i c or cit; Ijiibfrfjc irtdjcu ? It ficrjcn I' tanU nM)m. rl)ft(tcn. 65 ^iiib ^at bi.je -d-nfidjcu tjCiia'cn? gricbvirf) Ijat ciu ortiacs |o.]d^cn^rm »liiiu: cr^altcit. mm gc^iJrcn aUe bicfc ^luiiicfjen ? ^1^0 ift bcin (Edjiucftcvdjcit, Ooljami? 123. Wct^tg^aBcn, to want; f[(^ fdjamcn, to be nslmmcd of; i^flcqcn. t« L T-**^" ^*^-r^''!i"/*l"P"^^^^'"'^''^; Irtjjl^ to shine; frub! '>il> ;_ frvt; .ale; id) niod;tc, 1 should like. ' ' ' ' ''"w uoircn m ben ©arteu nteincs Dnfelg gcrjcn. SBic Diet lUir i|t c§? p ift erft fed)§ Uf)iv bie eonne fdjcint nod). S pajt ^euit, c§ tft nocf) fru^, id; tviU init bir gcr)en. Qd) pfim icben SIkub eineit ©pasicrgang ju ntadjcn, er)c id) ait Sctte ge^c. .4 !;3 tft cmc gitte ©eiDoI^u^cit. m ift mir abcr fchr mxm;\mcQd)m ^u gefd;imube. ^(^ Ijabc gvo^cn ©ilvii tcp^modjte cmmar tnn!cn. SBemt man iyarm ift, jiuifi man mdjt trmfen S<^ f^abe itotr}ig, ein lucnig aii§sitritrien; id) bin ^° "rri^'i"."! l?* ".^^^* "^'^^^^ ^'^'^^ ^«»"- ®" «i"l3t cincit 2(11. m\m ©cbutb r;al)en. tomm, id) fiirdjtc 311 fpcit nadi 124. To have patience ©cbulb IjaBcn; to fear, furc()tcn; to he hard- hearted, ^arr)cni9 cm; to have the head-ache, ^cvfioch ftabcn • to take pains, ftcl)bemur,cn: the moment, bcr Slugcnblirf • some m" oxt em SSomanb, (masc); directly, foglcid;; the advice, ^cr diatl). How, you are still in bed ? Are you not ashamed, to Bleep so long ? I should be ashamed to get up so late I cannot get u^ to-day, I have the head-ache. You are a little idler (^•nultcnscr). When you must go to school, vou always look for some pretext. You are in the habit of going to bed early and getting up late. That You are v . . ard-hearted ; you have no pity for a poor pati ut a iivantc). You are not ill ; you have no mind to gc vo & ,ool. You are right mv friend : I shnll take Dams I. aet rid of this fault (bicfcu gc(jlcr 'obautcgciO and to tollo-i,- yonr good advice. r i .p il 66 125. ©lauBcn, to believe, I beheve that it is already late. We do not believe Jt. Neither docs mj brother believe it. Do you believe It? I do not believe it. If I did believe it, you would laugh. I have never believed this. Who would have believed that? I should believe it, if you told me so (It me). It IS an incredible thing. You would believe It indeed, if you saw it. These gentlemen do not be- leve It. How will you have me (that I should) be- li^i.' / nT^''"^^''''' Relieved every thing that was told him (all that one told him) ; he was too credulous. He would not believe it, if he knew you. Neither, au(t)ntd)t J laugh, lateen ; would have, Uiic- incredible 126. (sagcn, to say, to tell. I haye something to tell you. What have you to say tome? I tell you nothing. Tell (it) me only. I shall tell you another time. You will not tell mj brother what I have written to you? Do not tell him, that I am still m bed What Ls he told you? Have I not told It you? You have not yet told (it) me. Do you wish (will you) me to (that I) tell it? One must not tell everything that one knows. He has told it me in a whisper. Your uncle told me yesterday, that he would sell his house. What do you say to that ? I would tell you with pleasure, if I knew it. If I said otherwise, I should lie. Only, ttur; knows, h5cig; in a whisper, tnsClif if I knew »««»« Id) Wugtej otherwise, anbcrSj lie, Wgen. ^ ' ^' *"'"" 127. aCunf(f;cK, to wish ; l^offcn, to hope. I wish, that your enterprise may succeed. We often wish (for), things, which are hurtful to us. I shouM wish to be able to serve you. I hope that our friend will obtain the situation that he wishes (to get). She did hope to win her law-suit, but she was mistaken. My cousm has nothing more to hope. We hope every, -hmg of Providence. My sister hopes, that von wj]] ,jg Uhat you have promised her. Never wish"' jfor) what you cannot have. What do you wish? (For) what dn vou hope? I believe that m^ father wil/Se to day IJlmZi \'^'t.''' ^^'''- Sontlemen wish that 7o Bhould depart. Docs your sister Avish to go with us' .,,^i"y.?"°°^«'^'.j?<;|'"3C.n5 l^"rtf"J. mm-, to be able. Kmncn- to Jin L^r'"' ''T^^ fein: obtain, crfaUcn;' sitmMon/^tck Im 128 ecfjrciTecn, to^rite; icfMdjricb, I wrote; oefdirtcBcn written Iclcn, to read ; id, i^s, I 'read ; fck^ Sd ° ' 1 am writing a letter «o my brother. My mother ^^L wZ t^™ '""'"^^- ^°" -«^« better for' meriy. What have you written to him? Have vou not ^itr'tW l: S™' *?' T/"^"^ IIoar/isTcadl write that to him. If I had a good nen I ahnuU write also. You write too fast; Irl^m^^re slowly Show me what yo« have written. You must S* v^.i,^^^* ?'^'* *^°" ^^"^^ yesterday, when thou wasi with thy uncle? ^ I read the-'fables S GeLrt, wMch ' are very well written. We should read oftenerTf wo had more time How must we (one) read thlword? Remember well, what you have read.' Would you Si (will you) me to (that I should) read this letter to you? X should like tc know how to read like you. ^ ' r- r 129. plKn^tosee; fd) fa^, I saw ; acfcficn seen • rcnncn toknow; tct; fanW, I kiew ; gS; known. What do I see? Do you not see it? I see nothing. But do look. It IS well worth the trouble to see it. 1 saw your cousin yesterday. Have you not seen him 9 me ^7f I'Lw'^ ^^.^ f'r\ IT «^"^^^ ^^^ " ^^ s"e M ?• 1.) ''''^^ ^'" ^^'^^ (^^" y°") °^« to (that 1, hnnl (a) light; or can you see still? I have .een M. v. to? day. Does he know me ? I believe that he knows you He has greeted me. Have you also known my uncle » Have you not told me that you knew him? I should I f i-i' 3' «8 know him again if I saw him. Your hr^chor 'u.^ recognized me by my voice. These children do not Know mo (any) more. "uiiiiuij by tho voice, nu jicr ^ctimmc. 130. ®cf;cMogo; Wjning^Iwont,; O^'Siangen, gone ; ivcgsicljcu, to go away ; ausgcfKii, to go out. my brother goes to schooL Where .71,1 you go this morn- n.g wi h your cousin? We went .o church. I shoihl VMlhngly go to walk, if you woiihl go with mo. I shall go with you, but do not go so iast. Where is your sis- ff !.T -iVrt *i^ see her uncle. We should have gone together if I had had time. Shall you not go to iC to- morrow? My father does not wish (.vill not) me to (that) I should go there. I go away. Do you go away already? Henry does not yet go away. AVilliimis already gone aAvay Go away. I must go away. I believe that your triends are gone away already. At what o'clock do yougo out? I go out every morning at sev(Mi o'clock. And at what o'clock dost thou go out? I went out yesterday at six o'clock. Is your brother already gone out? lo-morrow I shall go out early. I must go out "" A f/.^/',^ Tf- ^^^ "'^*^^^ ^^^ not wish (would not) that 1 should go out (Avent out). ^^To^go to walk, fpajicrcn gc(;cu; to go to see any one, ju .,,.nanbcm 131. ^ommcn, to come ; frf; fani; I came ; rtcfonmicn. co ^ • jurui-ffcmiucn; to come back ; anfommcn, to arrive" ' Whence do you come so late? We come out of the garden. Eliza does not come to-day; she is gone into the countiy with her father. Come to see me this af. ternoon. It is possiUo that I may come. I should wish that you came early. Formerh; you came every day. I should come oftener if I had not so much to do. My brother is not yet oome back. He will come back this evening. My uncle does not come back (any) more. We saw your uncle, wlien we came back from the country. At what o'clock does the post arrive ? I other u do not ano; aunt, anj ;lu8 inorn- I should I shall your sis- lave gone to K. to- ! to (that) already? ady gone that your clock do I o'clock. i\'ent out idy gone it go out I (would ^cmanbcm ve. it of the one into this af. ' should every nuch to 11 come ;k (any) ive? 69 believe it arrives at three o'clock. Yesterday it caine very late. Formerly it amved at two o'clock. My Eisters wdl arrive to-day from Liege. Eliza ISlifc; to come to see, Kiudjcil; "ftcrnoon, 91ad)mtUa(l • POfr .ibl«, moAl.d,; evening, Sikub ; tl.e pos^ fcic ^o\t', Liege.Su^. ^ 132. iftiiifci, to .Inuk ; id) tranf, I drank; gcfvuiifcn, ilrnnk ; austriufcii. to tii:»8h (a p asB, ._ cup, &c.) ; cfic, to eut ; id; 'ap, I ate ; g a ] •ten ; ju ^JJhttag ctlcil, to dine. ' U'-bMI'-"* Have you nothing to drink. I drink no wine. Wo drink only water, and my brother drinks beer. You do ?x?u t'^'" "'" ^^'^^° ^^^^ ^^""^^ ^° ^^""^^ your health. When I was young, I drunk nothing but (only) milk. Ihis gentleman has drank a little too much. He does not eat much, but he drinks much. Who has drunk out of my glass? I will drink no more. Wo will drink another glass. The wine which wo drank yesterday was so good, th-^, every one Jrank a bottle. Finish your glass. Yuu have not yet finished your glass. i>r]nkagam. Have you no appet' ? Eat a little ham. 1 have eaten enough, T have no more appetite. You wdl eat another piece of meat. This r Id eats the whole day. We ate some days ago (some aeiicions fish. At what u clock do y.:i dine? I dine gen' ly at two clock, but to-day I dine at four o'clock. . er dinner 1 drnik a cup of coffee and then I go out to walk. To jr.m. health, mtf if)rc ®cfunbf)cit ; the h.nor, bic(S(,rc; anothor Hf \?«',"".?'^^' every o:o,3cbcr; ajrain, nod) ci.nual ; the appe- m-i o^vJ^'^'ll ^T^ "^"•P '-'^''^ ^"^"^ ^'"'t^'" ^'"1^'"; delicious iLh, foftlidjc gildjc; the dinner, i>a§ a)fittasic|icu i then, bailil. 188. ftcnncn, to he able to know : U\} tonntc, I could ; gcfoniit, been able hJl)|cn, CO know ; id;, wufjtc, I knew; geWlljjr, known. Can you tell me what o'clock it is? I cannot tell (it) you, 1 have not (got) my watch with mo. If I had it with me, I uuld tell you exactly. I shall not be able to go out to-day; my father is ill. My brother will not be able to come. I should wish, however, that he could come. I should be able to lend you this book. It It belonged to me. Lewis can carry this letter to the post-office. I could not g- out yesterday. Mv friend could not answer your letter, because he had too much to do. Do you kn.rv when my father will I I k 1 f 1 Pi ii! ^ it I' TO come back ? I do not kno^v. Docs your sister know it? We know all, that we must die. Do you know (how) to dance? I have known it, but I do not know ,d (anv> more. My father knew several languages. Henry can Bpeak German. These boys know neither how to road nor how to write. The men do not know (how) to era. ploy their time. I did not know that your brother waa departed. I shall soon know who has done that. How can you suppose (will you) that I should know this? 1 should wish that you knew it. (I would, &c.) Exactly, (jcuatl ; howover, jcboc^l ; I sl.oul.l wish, id) WoUk ■ to be- oni,', gcDoicn; answer, antmrtm atif (Aec); because w I tJjance trt.iicn ; to s|.cak G.rinan, tcutfd; fvicd;cn. ' "** 134. JTjUii, to do i id) trjat, I dia ; qcl(,an, done . ndmcn, to take ; ,cl; iia()m, I took ; gcuommcn, taken. What are you doing? I do what you have ordered mc (to do). What were you doing when I came in? I was lighting the fire. What will you do this evenin-? 1 shall do nothing this evening. Your brother do^'es nothing but run. These children do nothing but drink and eat. When one has done one's duty, one has noth- ing to reproach one's self (with). You have done a good action. Why are you in bad spirits ? What have they done to you ? One must do the will of God. You will wnte to him; in your place I should not do it. 1 shall do my best to satisfy him. I take this for myself. How many books do you take? Your brother always takes my pen. Will you take my place? Take what you ^vish. Take this child by the hand. Who has taken my copy-book? Your cousin took my cane yes- terday. I shall take one of these apples, if you allow (It). I have taken the liberty to write to him. We *^ok some chairs and we sat down. If I took these >Joks, my father would scold me. To order, ftcfcfilcn ; to come in, l^creinfontmcn ; to light, oniunbctf .'off ill ^«"V'f ^' aIS;,oue-s duty, fcine ^fiid/t; to rVoa") on?i ciie iu.„], Dci hTj)ano; liberty, ^J^lYtl,cit; to sit dowu; fi'c| jehcn'; tJ »oo'd any ono, mit 3emaiibciii ' i;mdlcu. ' ^ ' * * ' know it? f (how) to ■ it (any) lenry can V to read w) to era- )ther waa at. IIow ow this? lUtc ; to be- ; to dance. ikcn. ordered 3 in? I Jvening ? lier does ut drink las noth- 3 a good ivG they You. will it. 1 ' myself. always ce what ho has me yes- u allow n. We k these mumbcn ; ich one'» its, liblcj in.) ; by [c^ctl; to 71 135. erfjfafm, to slopp ; id, fri)iicf I slept ; oofitlafcn. slent • ixc^m, icrbrcci,cn, to break ; id, brad/; I bro'ke ; ^Q^ZZn, hX^u We Bleep too much ; you sleep less than we. I sleep ccnerally (for) seven hours. Formerly I slept lon<'or My brother slept yesterday 1,11 eight o'clock; ])utV riorrow he wiU not sleep so long, because ho musk dcpiirt for Cologne at four o'clock. Our mother does not allow us to sleep longer, than till six o'clock. I sleep Bcundlv. You were very uneasy in your sleep last night. Ihis child sleeps very peaceably. We have no knif? to cut our bread; therefore wo break it. You will break this stick, if you bend it so. I do not believe that it Ovill) break. I should not like it to (that it di uub bracljtc c« bcm ii>'ater. Saffcr, j&g bus tint) 73 8. THE BEOKEN HOESE-SHOE. 4. THE HIDDEX TREASURE. neu. l^.cbc .^mbcr, tcf) him ciic^ iiidjt« ^intcr(o)[cn, q(« bicfc ■fe; i Hr 1 ■'i. 74 giiUe unb ben SBeiuBcrg, bcr baron fto^t. niacin in btcfcm UBeuibergc Iiegt cin % Sd) Beibe al3 fi^ nid)t ic Setbc toerfdjont errn cnt* tfjrte il)u ben hjar, enbc t)on •rf)en3U, Sc^weifc, ibiid) bic en ©Ho* ntrauftn • aSUftc. riyte mtr il)m bcu 76 COLLECTION OF WORDS. ri'.' 1. THE ^ic ©tabt, the town ; bie SBorftabt, the suburb ; ba^ Z^ov, the gate ; ber 5piafe, the square ; ber aJiarft, the market-place ; ble Strode, the street ; ta§ $PfIaftcr, the pavement ; ba§ ^auB, the house ; ba§ ©ebaube, the building ; Ik i!ird;e, the church ; ber 3;r;urm, th« tower, spire ; bie S)omfirct;e, the cathedral ; bie 5Po[t, the post-office ; 2. THE S)a§ ^ar§, the house ; bie 2:i^iir, the door ; ba^ Sl^ior, the gate ; ba§ Sd&Ioj}, the lock ; ber S(|)riiffer, the key; . tk ^lingel, the bell ; bie Stre^ijje, the staircase ; eine 6tufe, a step ; ein Simmer, a room; ber Baal, the saloon ; ba5 jjenfter, the window ; bie Saben, the shutters ; TOWN. bag 3oK^aul, ihe custom house ; baa X^eater, the theatre ; bie S3orfe, the exchange ; t)aS Spital, the hospital ; baS SBirt^S^aua, the inn ; bag ^fiffeel;aug, the coffeei house ; ber gJalaft, the palace ; bie Ttamx, the wall; bie eyeftung, the fortress ; ber .0afen, the harbor ; bie Umgegenb, the environs. HOUSE. bie SedEe, the ceiling ; ber g'ufsboben, the floor ; bie 2Banb, the wall ; ber ^amin, the chimney ; bie Md)e, the kitchen ; ber better, the cellar ; ber Spei^er, the garret, loft ; bag Sad&, the roof; ber .gof, the court-yard ; ber ©arten, the garden ; ber 6taa, the stable ; ber S3runnen, the well. 3. THE FURNITURE. 3)er3:if(]&, the table; bie ^ommobe, the chest of ber StuI;I, the chair ; drawers • bcrSbicaer. thelonkitinr-orlnoc • y,n(i eA«-»v.^- ii.~ t. , bftr ei)xant, the wardrobe ; bag ©cmaibe, the picture ; 77 bic Stanbul^r, the clock ; baS S3ett, the bed ; t>ie 2Ratra^e, the matress ; bieS)ec!e, the bed-cloth ; ber Ofen, the stove ; bag Stifd&tud^, the table-cloth , bag Stellcrtud^, the napkin ; bag .^anbtuc^, the towel ; bie Sic^tfc^eere, the snufiers ; ber 3;eller, the pla.te ; ber 2eud&ter, the candlestick ; bag ^iffen, the pillow ; ber Soffel, the spoon ; b'e ©abel, the fork ; bag arceffer, the knife ; bie Siaffe, the cup and cer: au- bag 58ettud^, the sheet ; bie S3orI;aitge, the curtains bag ©lag, the glass ; bie gfafc^e, the bottle ; ber ^orb, the basket. 4. THE PEOFESSIONS. Sag .ganblucrf, the profession ; ber Sdjloffer, the lo'ck-smith ; car- ber ^anblrerfer, the artisan ; ber Tls^Qtx, the butcher ; ber 93a(f er, the baker ; ber MuCer, the miller ; ber ^utmad&er, the hatter ; ber ©d^neiber, the tailor ; ber ©d;ufter, the shoemaker ; ber SBarbier, the barber ; ber ©d^reiiier, the joiner ; ber Simmermann, the penter.; ber ©lafer, the glazier ; 5. ^a$ 93rob, the bread ; bag TltU, the meal, flour ; tug e^Ieifd^, the meat ; ber Sraten, the roast-meat ; ^albfleifd^, veal ; iWinbfleifc^, beef; •Dammelfleifd^, mutton ; ber Sifd^, the fish ; bag 6i, the egg ber ©alat, the salad ; ber 6enf, the mustard , ber a§ Obft, the fruit ; ber ^feffer, the pepper ; bie Sutter, the butter ; bcr ildfe, the cheese ; tie mild), the milk ; ber 2Beiit, the wine ; 6. S)cr died, the coat ; bo^ Jlleib, the gown ; ber Tlant:l, the cloak ; bic 2Befte, the waistcoat ; bie :3adte, the jacket ; ber a§ .^ul;nd()en, the chicken ; ber Qd)\nan, the swan; bie ®an§, the goose ; bie ©nte, the duck; bie ZauU, the pigeon ; ber ^fau, the peacock ; bie aBad&tel, the quail ; bie 6(t«cpfe, the snipe ; 10. THE FISHES AND INSECTS ber .^irfd^, the stag ; ba§ 9Je|>, the roe ; ber Od^fe, the ox ; ber Stier, the bull ; bie Jlu^, the cow; taB Mh, the calf; ba^ 6d^af, the sheep ; ba0 Samm, the lamb ; ber 5ud;l, the fox ; ber 2BoIf, the wolf; ber 33dr, the bear ; ber £ott)e, the lion ; bag Siamecl, the camel ; ber glepl;aiu, the elephant. BIRDS. baa d{chl)nl)n, the partridge ; ber ilrammet£»oger, the \c\d fare. bie Slmfcr, the black-bird ; bie Serd;e, the lark; bieSRad^tigatr, the nightingale; bie ec^irolfce, the sv/dLw; ber SeifxQ, the green-finch ; ber ginf, the finch; ber epetting, the sparrow. In ®er 5ifd&, the fish; ber ^e<^t, the pike ; ^er £ad)!5, the salmon ; ber ^'atjjfen, the carp; bic ©c^leie, the tench ; ber 2lal, the eel ; bie e^orefie, the trout; bie jlrotc, the toad; ber iJrofd?, the frog ; ber aSurm, the worm ; bie Siaupe, the caterpillar; bie Slmeife, the ant ; bie Spinne, the spider; ber .faring, the herring; bie 2luffer, the oyster ; bie SKufa;eI, the musclfi-fiah ber ^rcb'g, the craw-fish ; bie 6d}range, the snake; 80 I Hie eyiiege, the fly; tie aJiene, the bee; 11. THE TREES 5^ct 93aum, the tree ; te* Stpfelkum, the apple-tree; I'ci Sirnbaum, the pear-trce ; 6« ^[(aumenbaum, the plum' tree; tcr Jlirfc^kunt, the cherry, tree; ber SRu^baum, the nut-tree; bie Gic^e, the oak-tree; t>ie 5i«3&te, the pine-tree; bie Slanne, the fir-tree ; bie S3ud;e, the beech ; bie Hlme, the elm ; bje SPaiJper, the poplar; bie 23Iume, the flower; bicSBe^pC; the wasp, berSd;mettcrang, the butterfly AND FLOWERS. bie 9?cfe, the rose ; bie mU, the pink; bie 3:urpc, the tulip ; bie fiilie, the lily; bie SebFoje, the stock ; ba5 ^cildjm, the violet; bie maiilume, the lily of tha valley ; bie JTornbfume, the corn-flower ; berSIieber, the lilac; bie eonncnblume, the sun- flower; ba!3 ©eic^Hatt, the honey suckle 12. THE COUNTRY. Xa§ Sanb, the country, land ; ta§ ^elb, the field; bie ©egenb, the country ; bie Gbene, the plain ; ber JSerg, the mountain ; ba0 Z^al, the valley; ber2DoIb, the forest; ' ber 33ufd^, the copse berSBeg, the road; ber93a(|>, the brook; bie aSiefe, the meadow ; bie .^aibc, the heath ; ter^figel, the hill; bie ^utte, the cottage ; t>a§ S)orf, the village ; ber glecfen, the borough ; ta§ 6d;Iofj, the castle; ber 2Reicrr;of, the farm; bie muUe, the mill ; bal ^Dxn, the corn ; ber SBei^en, the wheat; bieOJerfte, the barley; ber .^afer, the oats ; ba^ ©trol^, the straw ; bag .geu, the hay; bie 2:raut»c,the bunch of grapes: 81 EASY DIALOGUES. 1. EATING AND DRINKING. ll'.' l' i'f L Are you hungry ? I Lave a good appetite. I am very hungry ? Eat something. What will you eat ? What do you wish to eat? You do not eat. I beg your pardon ; I eat very heartily. I have eaten very heartily. I have dined with a good ap- petite. Eat another piece. I can eat no more. Are you thirsty. Are you not thirsty ? I am very thirsty ? I am dying of thirst. Let us drink. Give me something to drink. Will you drink a glass of wine ? Drink a glass of beer. Drink another glass of wine. Sir, I drink to your health. I have the honor, to drink to your health. 4* Sinb 6ie ^ungrig ? ^c^ l;abe gutcn Sfppetit. ^(i) bin fe|)r I;ungrlg. Gffen Sle etrtja^. 2Ga^ iDodcn Sie effen ? Ba§ hjunfc^en 6ie gu effen? Sle effen nid^t. ^^ bitte urn aSerjci^ung, id) e.f« fe^r t>iel. ^d) l[)abe fe^r Diet gegeffen. ^anu mfifien h?ic o^nc i^n gef)en. 8a 3. QUESTIONS Conic ucarer; I Lave some- thing to tell you. I Lave a word to say to you. Listen to me. I want to speak to you. WLat 13 your wisL ? I am speaking to you. I am not speaking to you. WLat do you say ? WLat did you say ? I say notLing. Do you Lear ? Do you Lear wLat I say ? Do you understand me ? Will you be so kind, as to repeat....? [ understand you well. WLy do you not answer me ? Do you not speak FrcncL 1 Very little, Sir. I understand it a little, but I do not speak it. Speak louder. Do not speak so loud. Do not make so mucL noise. Hold your tongue. Did you not tell me, tbat. . . ? WLo told you tLat ? TLey Lave told me so. Somebody Las told it to me. I Lave Leard it. WLat do you wisL to say ? WLat is tLat good for ? How do you call tLat ? TLat is called AND ANSWERS. 3;vctcn eic naf;cr, Id; l)ahc 3^. ncn etn?cv3 311 fngcn. ^d) l)aU 3t)»cn ciu SSortd^cn 3U fagen. .0orcn £ie mid^ an. ^d) iiicd)te mit Sf)ncn fprcc^cn. 2Ba!l[tcf;t3u3{;ven^ie)iftcn? Sd; fprcdjc mit 5f)ncn. ^d) fprcd;c nid]t mit :3f)ncn. 2Bai3 fagcn Sie? 2Bai3 f)aien 6ie gcfagt? ^d) fage jiid}t^. .fiorcn £ie? Scrftcljen Sic, m?^ id; [age? SSerfte^en Sie midj? 2Soaen eie fo gut fein, ju luic^ berHen ? ^d) »erftef;e Sie \vcf)l aiDarum anttcottcn Sie mir ntd}t ^ epxcdjen (Hie nid;t fransofifd} ? ^ %. ^ ^'^ /> riiOiugicipiJiC Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MS 80 (716) 872-4503 4? i\ ;\ o t/j 84 May I ask you ? What do you wish ? Do you know Mr. G.l I know him by sight. I know him by name. 4. THE How old are you ? How old is your brother ? I am twelve years old. I am ten years and six months old. Next month I shall be sixteen years old. I was eighteen years old last week. You do not look so old You look older. I thought you were older. I did not think you were so old. How old may your uncle be ? He may be sixty years old. He is about sixty years old. He is more than l^ty years old. He is a man of fifty and up- wards. He may be sixty or there- abouts. He is above eighty. That is a great age. Is he so old ? He begins to grow old. 2)arf id^ Ste fragen ? Bas hjflnfc^en 6ie? ^ennen 6ie .^errn ©.? ^^ fennc il^n son Slnfel^en. S<^ fenne i^n bem Xiamen nad^ AGE. 2Dte alt fmb 6ie? 2Bte alt ift ^^r .Oerr ©ruber? ^•i) bin aiDoIf ^af)ve alt. ^^ bin se^n unb cin ^alUi ^al}v alt. ^m nad^ften momt toerbe ic| fec^je^n ^a^re alt. aSergangenc SlDod^e bin id^ ad}t* ae^n Sa^re alt geJDorbcn. What o'clock is it? Pray, tell me what time it is ? It is one o'clock. •,.... », How do you do ? How is your health ? ^i) iDunfc^e ^^ncn guten 2«or. gen. 2Bie befiriben Sicf4? 2Die ge^t e§ mit ^^rer ©efunbi Do you continue in good Seflnben Sie fic^ immer h)oM? health ? Pretty good; yours ? Are you well ? Very well, and you ? I am perfectly well. And how is it with you ? As usual. Pretty well, thank God and how is Sicmlic^ hjo^l, unb Sie? <£inb 6ie too^l? Se^r hjo^l, unb 6ie aud&? Sc& beRnbe mi) fcbr loobl. Unbtoiege^telmit^^nen? 2Cie geiDo(;nn(^. Bicmlic^ gut, ®ott fei 3)an!. 1 am very happy to see you G^ frcut mic^ \t\ji 6ie tot\)\ j« ^«^^- fe^en. 8. THE VISIT. There is a knock. Somebody knocks. Go and see who it is. Go and open the door. It is Mrs. B. 6:3 Hojjft. Gsi riopft 3:t'nianb. ©e^' unb fie^, h?cr ba ift. ©e()' unb offne bie %\)^x, ^& ift SKabame $B. W'.'il '. iMi ' i{ 4 ' re r fc S 1 ' 1 t ,- ■ 4 r ** fl 88 I wish you a good morning. I am happy to see you. I have not seen you this age. It is a novelty to see you. Pray, sit down. Sit down, if you please. Take a seat. Give a chair to the lady. Will you stay and take some dinner with us ? I cannot stay. I only came in to see how you are. I must go You are in a great hurr} Why are you in such a hurry ? I have a great many things to do. Surely you can stay a little longer. I will stay longer another time. I thank you for your visit. I hope to see yoa soon again. iSi^ \vun\d)i i^imn gutcn 2Roti gen. G^ freut mick, £ie gu fel;en. Gi^ ift ein :3la^r^unbert, feit \6t £ie v\(i)t \al). ©» ift eine 6eltcn^eit, Sic ju fe^cn. Seten Sic fic^, ic^ bitte. Sefeen ©ie fid^ gefdlltgft, 5Re^men 6ie 5)JIa^. ©i& SKabatnc einen Stu^I. SBoHen 6ie jum SDiittagacffen bei un3 bleiben? 3;d; tarn nic^t bleibca. ^6) bin nur gefommen, urn ju erfal;ren, irie Sle f\d) bcfinben. ^i) mu^ ge^en. Sie fmb fe^r eillg. 2BegI;aIbfmbSiefoeiIig? Sc^ ))aU toiel ju t^un. Sie fonnen mol^I nod^ einen Slus genblid bleibcn. Gin anbcr 3)lal hjitt 16) langci bleiben. Sc^ banfe S^nen fiir 3^ren S3cs fuc^. S<^ I;offe Sie balb njicber gu fcf)en. 9. TUE BREAKFAST. Have you breakfasted ? Kot yet. You are come just in time You will breakfast with ua. Breakfast is ready. ^abcn Sic gcfrfil;ftiidt ? 5Rcc^ niddt. 6te lommen gerabe gu red^tei Seit. Sie merben mtt un§ frubftuden. 2)al ^vu^m ift bereit. ' 89 [Utcn ISloxt fcl;en. ixt, feit idi it, Sic )ii tte. gft. mi tttag^effen en, urn su i) bcfinben. ilig? einen Slus id^ langcf ^^ren 93c« Dicber gu u tcd^tei 'MMtn. Oo you drink tea or coffee ? ^rlnfen Sie ^,ce cDcr m Would jou prefer chocolate ? aSoaen 6ie tieUcic^t licber I prefer coffee. What can I offer you ? Here are rolls and toast. What do you like best ? I shall take a roll. folabe? 3:r;ce obcr^affce? 3c^ jic^c ben Jlaffee toor. 2Sag !ann ic^ ^^nen anbictcn? ^ier fmb SIRirc^brobc^en unb gei toftete 93robfd;nittc^en. 2Ba0 mogcn eie am licbften? ^d) Jccrbe ein 93rob(|)en ne^men. TT J 1. '*^^ "vnvc cm ;S ift 3iael auf bent Zi^^e. ^oc^t bag aSaffer? ®er S^ce ift fertig. Bk locrben crioartet. .&ier bin id). 2Bir ^aben nic^t STaffen genug. 2Bir mu^cn nod^ ^toei Za^en fringe nod& einen ^^ecloffcl unb einc Untertaffe. S)u l&aft bie Suder^ange nidjt gebrad^t. SRe^men ©ie SRa^m? 3)er %f)te ift fo ftarf. ^d) iDcrbe nod^ um etmB Mid) bitten, ^ter ift ^ud^en unb SSrobfud^en effen 6ie lieber 93utterbrob? ^d) h)crbe ein Sutterbrob neb* men. Sc^ieb ben Sleaer bier^er. ed&etten 6ie gefdCigft. BoUen eie gCtigft bie ^ringel 3ief;en? 2Dir braud&en nocb mer;c SBaffcr. SB.,*, If'' ' i} 1 ..1 i 92 Bring it as quickly as possible. Muko hasto. Take the plate with you. Is your tea sweet enough ? Have I put sugar enough in your tea? It is excellent I do not like it quite so sweet. Your tea is very good. Where do you buy it ? I buy it at... . Have you already done ? You will take another cup ? I shall pour you out half a cup. You will not refuse mo. I have already drunk three cups, and I never drink more. 93ringc ca fo [(^neH al3 mUfllli*. 93ccUe bid^. 9]imm ben 3;ener ittit. 3Mcr3:(>ccffl&genug? ^abc \6) gcnug 3«rf« «" S^iren %f)ee get^an? Gt ift »ortreff(i(i&. 3^ JjaU i()n nid^t gem [o ffl&. ^f)x %1)ee ift fe^r gut. SCBo faufen 6ic i()n? ^d) faufe xl)n bei Sinb 6icf^on fertig? Sic Jrerben nod& cine Hoffe ne^men ? ^d) h)erbc i^^nen ncd) cine l^altie %a^e cinf(i;cnfcn. 8ie hjerben c^ mir nic^t ob* fc{}Iagcn. ^d) l)aU \ijon brci a:afFen ge* truntcn, imb mel^r ttmU idi vie. G A NEW I»IlAOTICAL AND ExiSY METHOD OF LEARXINQ T H B GERMAN LANGUAGE. BY F. A H N, ^CTOR or TOlLOeOPHY AND PROFRBSOR AT TOR OOLIXOK 0'? NEHRfl SECOND COUBSE. SECOND AJfERlCAN, FROM THE EIGHTH LONDON EDITION m i:. ■ ; • ♦ • TORONTO: COPP, CLARK & CO., 47 FRONT STREET EAST. r f Til C INDEX. Theoretical Part. '*•■ Chapter I. —Of the Article 7 Chapter II.— Of tho Substantive % 1. Of the Gender of Substantives , . 8 2. Of the Declension of Substantives 10 8. Of the Formation of tho Plural 13 4. Of Proper Names 16 5. Of tho Formation of Feminine Nouns 17 6. Of tho Diminutives 17 Chapter III.— Of tho Adjective 18 1. Declension of tho Adjectives 18 2. Degrees of Comparison of the Adjectives. . . 20 Chapter IV.— Of the Numbers 21 Chapter V, — Of Pronouns 23 1. Determinate Personal Pronouns 23 2. Indeterminate Personal Pronouns 24 Chapter VI,— Of Adjective and Relative Pronouns, 25 1. Demonstrative Pronouns 25 2. Possessive Pronouns 27 3. Relative Pronouns 27 4. Interrogative Pronouns 28 Chapter VII.— Of the Verb 29 1. Preliminary Notions 29 2. Of the Conjugation of Assonant Verbs 30 3. Of the Conjugation of Dissonant Verbs 32 4. Of the Conjugation of Irregular Verbs 88 , 5. Of the Formation of the Compound Tenses . . 41 6. Of the Conjugation of Passive Verbs ... 44 7. Of Reflective Verbs 49 8. Of Impersonal Verbs * . . 48 9. Of Compound Verbs . , 49 Chapter VITT.^Of Prepositions ' 51 Chapter IX.— Of Adverbs 53 ! ! I i' (■ l*^'-'>! iv Chapter X. — Of Conjunctions 53 Chapter XI.— Of the Use of the Moods 59 1. Indicative Mood 59 2. Subjunctive Mood 59 3. Imperative Mood . . gQ 4 Infinitive Mood gj 6 Participles g2 Chapter XII.— Of the Use of the Tenses 63 1. Present Tense 53 2. Imperfect Tense 63 3. Perfect Tense 54 Chapter XIII.— Of the Construction 64 Table of all Irregular Forms of the Irregular Verbs, 69 Practical Part. Alphabetical List of all those words which are to be met with in tie 136 exercises of the first course, and with which the pupil is supposed to be quite familiar , , gj Exercises 34 Diverse Exercises 106 1. The Cane-pipe 106 2. The Three Robbers .' .* 106 3. The Pilgrim io7 4. The Robin-Redbreast , 108 5. The Voice of Justice 108 6. The Peaches 209 7. The Desert Island , , no Vocabulary II4 Collection of much used Phrases ng I'M erbs, to be urse, pite TAam 68 59 69 59 60 61 62 63 63 63 64 64 69 81 84 106 106 106 107 108 108 109 110 114 118 THEOEETICAL PAET. ri ij - k CHAPTER I. ^! ■4 PRELIMINARY NOTIONS. ,.M- ^^®,^®""a^ I^anguage is composed of eight kinds of words, called the parts of speech. They are • the Article, the Substantive, the Adjective, the Pronoun* the Verb, the Adverb, the Preposition, and the Con- junction. § 2. There are in German two numbers: the Sin- gular and the Plural ; three genders: the masculine, the temmme, and the neuter ; four cases: the Nomina- tive, the Genitive, the Dative, and the Accusative.* OF THE ARTICLE. § 3. We distinguish in German two kinds of Ar- ticles: the definite Article ber, tie, '^(x^, and the indefi- nite Article cm, cmc, ein. 1. DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. ' Singular, Masc, Fern. Neut. Nom. bcr, btc, bas, Gen. bc5, bcr, bc5, Dat. bcm, bcr, bcm, Ace. ben, ble, bas, Plural for all genders. bt'e, bcr, ben, bie, 2. DECLENSION OP THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. Nom. em, Gen. eitica. Dat Aoo. emem, ctnen. emc, etner, ctncr, erne, eitt, cinca, cinem, cm,. the, of the, to the, the. of a, to a, • Tht NoralnatlTe answers to the English nominative easa, the AoeaMtiTe U I ol^jective case, and the Genitive to the possessive ease. 8 It is to Iw ohsorvoil tlmt almost all declinaMc words, excepting the Substautives. tuko the snnio tcnniuations as the definite article, viz. • Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. fion. I)at. Ace. ClU; cn, tm, mi Tlio neuter Gender differs from the masculine only Jn tlic Nominative and Accusative. The Accusative of the feminine and neuter genders is always the same as the Nominative. CHAPTER II. OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. I. OF TUE GENDEK OF SUBSTaVNTIVES. § 4. Of the masculine gender are : 1. The substantives, which denote a male bein'--i'i^^'^"'i''*' l'*^,""" '°^ ' ^^^ mmcin, the young lady bus a)fab(l}cn, the girl ; bas itnablcin, the little boy. 4. The Substantives beginning with the syllable qc ©a? 0ef(^rc{, the clamor ; b^S &c\vo\f, the clouds ; bas ®cbct, the prayer ; baS ®cba(i;tntp, memory. 6. All kinds of words taken substantively. Ex.: ©as 3Barum, the why ; bas 2:rtnfen, drinking ; Ui mtm, the no ; baS Snuftltdjc, the useful. Exceptions : ©cr Stavl, the steel ; bcr ©cbanfe. the thought ; : xr"'-'~rf ^^> -'i v5luU;), inu odor, smell; bcr 3mf, zmc ; bcr ©cfdjmacf, the taste ; bic ^laUm, platina , bcr ©cbvauc^, the nse ; 10 bet (Se^orfam, obedience ; bic ilurfct, Turkey ; bcr &t\mm, the guin ; bic «)3fal§, Palatinate ; bcr ©efang, the song ; t»ic SDJolbau, Moldavia ; bic ©cltalt, the shape ; bic ©d)»cij, Switzerland ; etc ®cfal)r, the danger ; bcr Srrt^itm, the error ; bie ®cbulb, patience ; bcr diii(i)ti)um, wealth. § 7. Compound Substantives take the gender of their last component. Ex. : JDer <§ausftcrr, the master of the house ; bie ^ausfrau, the mistress of the house ; taS dlatijljans, the town-house. Ikceptions. The following words, although terminated by the masculine Substantive, ber 2)iutf), the courage, are of the feminine gender: 35te Srnmut^, gracefulness ; bic ©anfhntttfi, meekness : bie ^cmut^, humility ; bic aBc()mut^, sadness ; bie ©rogmutt;, generosity ; bic ecl;»crmut^, melancholy. The Other words compounded with mntf), are mascu- line. Ex. : bcr ^ocfjinitt^, haughtiness. § 8. There are some Substantives which have two genders, but with different meanings : aJerJBanb, the volume ; baS 93onb, the ribbon ; baS (Sxhe, the inheritance ; baS Sdjilb, the sign (of an inn) iaS if^or, the gate ; baS aSerbienf}, merit ; bic Sec, the sea ; bie i?citcr, the ladder ; bic «&eibc, the heath. •V bcr Srbe, the heir ; bcr S(^ilb, the shield ; bcr ;i^or, the fool ; bcr SScrbicnji, the gain ; bcr Sec, the lake ; bcr i'citcr, the guide ; bcr '&eibc, the heathen ; II. OF THE DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. § 9. In general there are three declensions admitted for the German Substantives : The first forms the Genitive in «, The second forms the Genitive in n. The third is in the Genitive like the Nominative. JFzrst Declension. § 10. The first declension comprehends : 1. All neuter Substantives without exception. 2 All masculine Substantives, which do not follow the second declension. V 9 t: c il V ci G u 1. Genitive in t, Nom bcr ©^Jt'egcl, the mirror ; '^"" bc3 ©piegela, of the mirror ; a. Dat. bcm ©picgelVto the mirror; Ace. fccn ©picgcl, the mirror. To be declined in the same way: ©cr^immcl, the sky ; baS Scnficr, the window ; bcr ^atcr, the father; has §(unc, the eye ; fccr 25cgcn, the sword ; fcas a)ia6cl;cn, the girl. 2. Genitive in c8. When euphony demands it, the S of the Genitive may be preceded by an c, and this c must be preserved in the l>ative. In familiar style this softening is almost always neglected, but it is necessary in the Genitive of all those bubstantives the terminations of which would be too hard without this half-mute e. Ex. : Nom. bcr |lf*, the table ; ba3 ^inb, the child ; Gen. bcSilifAcS, bcS ftinbeS, Dat. bent Me; bent Jlinbc, Ace. benilifctj. baS ilinb. To be declined the same way : ®er Sug, the foot ; bas !2?orf. the village ; ber |ut, the hat ; iiaS 2anb, the country ; bcr 5lrit, the physician ; baS ^auS, the house. 3, Genitive in tl5. The following masculine Substantives; ber S^amc, the name ; bcr SSiHe, the will ; f c ber fcbanfc, the thought ; ber ®la\xie, the belief; ber gunfe, the epark ; ber (Sd;abc, the damage; bcr grtcbc, the peace ; bcr S3uc^fla6c, the letter ; were formerly terminated in en in the Nominative (bcr diamttx, ber mUcn) and are even now often met with in this obsolete form, from which they derive their other cases; bcr ^ame, bc§ 5yiamcn8, bent Diamcn, ben 9?amen The two words; ber edjinerj, the pain, and baS ^er?, the hear^ are in the Genitive beS ®djmcrsen«, or mmcu SC8; beg ^crscng; in the Dative bent @cf)merse, bent f)cr;ei! or ^erae, and m the Accusative bet ©djnicra, ^^^ ^cra. Second Declension. § 11. The second declension comprehends only maa culme nouns. The Genitive is in n or en. The other ^ases oi tiie Singular preserve the termination of the Genitive. Ex.: / ) ,! !', U f iimi' 12 I 1. Genitive in n. Norn, bcr :fca>c, tlic lion Dat. bcm I'olDcii, Aco. fccn Sonjcii. 2. Genitive in ctt. In most Substantives of tl.is declension, wl.icli end in Sd by™ C^ V™"""'- "" " "' ""^ «''""™ " Norn, bcr ©raf, the count ; Gen. bciS ®riifoit, l>at. bcm (SJrafcii, Aco. bcrt ®rafcii. 1 ^2. The second declension comprehends : 1. All masculine nouns of men and animals, tcrmi- nating in c, as: > vimi- j!cr itnabcj tl.e boy ; bcv mxc^f, the bail ; bcrevbc, heheir; bcr ?lffc the monkey ; bcr 33otc, tlio messenger J ber 4?afc, tlio hare. 2. The names of nations cndino- in c ^' '£^V?."?7'^^ ""^"^^ ^f "^^n and animals: l^r S'i' S^ *"" • °* ' ^'^ ®^'^t the dotard ; L. |.'f/''e prince ; bcr ^,x, the fool ; & |,"^y''° l»«^rJsman ; bcr DJarr tlie fool bcr atcnfcf, tlie man ; bcr Syar/the bear tcr 4^crr, the gentleman ; bcr SDdyS, the ox. 4. Most nouns of persons derived from forei-n lan- guages, and terminated by a long syllable: h!v ffl J 'I' ^''<; J<^«"'i. : bcr :rf,co(oc}; the theologian • b I £1S r f ^^*^°*' I'' W'^^^^' «'« philosopher; Ocr v,tubcnt; the studfent ; bcr Slfironom, the astronomer. Third Declension. ^ § 13. The third declension comprehends all feminine Substantives. It is distinguished from the two feme? ones, by not taking any inflexion in the Singular. Ex. Nom. btc ^anb, the hand ; Gen. bcr ^anb, Dat. bcr ^anb. Ace. btc ^lanbi 1 To bo (Icclincd in the same manner: Jiic^rau, tlio woman ; bic Jiirfd;c, tlio cl.orrv; biC ftabt; tlio towu ; bic Wabcl; tlu,- f.,rk ; bic iuft, tho air; fcjc JugcnO, llic virtue. in. OF THE FOliMATIONS OF TIIK PLURAL. § 14. In order to form the Plural of German Sub* itantivca, c, cr, cii or n is added to the Singular: some times a so the Nominative Plural is the same as tho Nominative Singular. 1. Plural in c. 1. All monosyllables, save a few exceptions: ?'\*"!!^:.*'''*; ''"« ' "^'o •&««'";/ <■''' •!%'« ; b.c ^anb, he uuul ; bic ^anbc, tho han.ls ; bas iycm, the leg ; bic UJciuc/the Kgs. ..i' oT'l? ®"^'*^''"*''^'*' ?'^'"« in "t5. fal and inn, aa r/llable! ^'Sinning by gc and ending by the radical 35ic .^fenntnig, knowledge; bas e((;cufal, the monster; bcr ??rcmblui(], the stranger; ba« @cbct, the prayer ; bas ©cfcljcnf, the i^rcsent ; bjC .^fcmitnifjc, knowledge ; bic edjciifale, the monsters ; btc Wrcmblinne, tlie strangers ; bjC (Mcbck, the prayers; bic @cfd;ctifc, the presents. 2. Plural in cr : 1. The Substantives ending in tljum: ger Mtljum, wealth ; bic Olci(i)tOumcr, the riches • »>« 3rvt(,um, the error ; bic 3utriiMucr, the errorl ' 2. The following monosyllables: Sr ^'II^'m"*","^';"^ ' ^'' 5Kanb, the border; 5)cr ®ott, the gocf ; bcr SlOurm, the worm , bcr 3)1 anil, the man , bcr Ort, the place !Das?lmt, tho office; bag 53anb, the ribbon ; • bas 5yilb, the image ; bas SBrctt, the board ; bas JUudj, the book ; bas !Dac^, the roof; bas 3)orf, the village ; bas 5Btatt, the leaf; bas ftinb, the child ; baS jllcib, the dress ; bas i;tcb/the song; hM 20i), the hole ; 5* bas %i^, tiie cask ; bas (^clb, the field ; bas ®las, the glass ; bas (SJlicb, the limb; bas @rab, the grave ; bas '^aus, the honse ; bas -§lil)ii, the chicken; bas .kalb, the calf; bas Sdjlog, the castle ; bas ?'f)d^ the Yall<-y; bas JBolf, the people ; bas fflcib, the woman. 14 3. Plural in n : 8. All Substantives of the second declension, which take n in the Genitive of the Singular: J)cr^nat)c, tl.e boy ; fcfc 5?naBcn, the boys ; Cer Dcutfdjc, tho German ; tic 2)cutic^cn, tho Uernmns. The feminine Substantives in c, cl and cr: 2. bic S3tcne, the bee ; bic ©c^wcficr, the sister ; btc &nM, the fork ; Wc Sicncn, the bees ; bic ®d)n)cflcm, the sistons ; bic ©abelU; the forks. 4. Plural in en '. 1. All Substantives of the second declension, which take en in the Genitive Singular: ycr^i'irfi, the prince ; Hi ^urflcn, the princes ; bcr eolbat, the soldier ; bic eolbatcil, the soldlero. 2. The Substantives ending in he it, fcit, fcfiaft, in and ung: • / i ^ ble ^ei^eit, liberty ; bic Slrtigfcit, poiiteness; bic ^cunbjdjaft, friendsliip ; bic aOirt^in,* the hostess ; bic aHicinung, the opinion ; 3. The following Substantives : bfe Sfrct^etten ; bic 9lrtigfcitcn: bic ^rcimbfd;aftcnj bic aCirtf)inncn ; bic !OJ('einuni)e)t. JDaS 58ctt, the bed ; ba5 .&cmb, the shirt; baS .^erj, the heart ; ba3 Di)x, the ear ; bic 9lrt, the kind; bic Wld)t, the duty; bic U^r, the Wfitch ; bic Bol^t/ the number; bit* j^au, the woman ; bic (£d}ladjt, the battle; bic SBctt, the world ; bic ^{jatf the deed ; bic Sdjrift, the writing; bic ©d;ulb, the debt; bic 3cit, time ; bic D,\xal, the torment. 6* Plural like the Singular. 1. The masculine and neuter Substantives in er, e( and en: X)cx S^JicgcI, the mirror ; tic (Svtcgcl/ the mirrors ; bcr Siblcr, the eagle ; bic Slblcr, the eagles ; ba« SDJcibd^cn, the girl; bic aKSbcJjen, the girls. ^ 2. The two feminine nouns, bie ^JJuttcr, the mother, btcSToc^ter, the daughter, which make their Plural: bie abutter, bie ZMjtcv. » Words ending in in double their final consonant in tho Plural. 15 ^ic ^linbc, the lianas , Kt ^dllbc, of the IiiiikIh : bcti ^anbcn, to the Imiula • bic <&aubc; the hauds. ^1 V Nominative Plural terminates in n, all other cases have the same termination; but when It does not terminate in ii, only the Dative takes this letter, and the Genitive and Accusative are lik? the JNominative. Ex. : Nora, bic ©rafen, the eounta ; Oen. bcr ®rafcn, of tlie coMiits ; lldt bcii ®rafcn, to the ccnats ; Ace bic ©rafcn, the counts ; Nona, bic ^Sufcr, the houses ; Gen. bcr ^aufcr, of the houses ; Dat. ben ^ihtfcrn, to the houses ; Ace. bic <§dufcr, the houses. In this way are declined the Plurals of 3?cr fdjurj, the shoe ; hr ^ctb, the hero ; I'l c!^\' ^h"" ^"M" ' ^'« *^rf)»l^ "'0 debt ; ba3 A tub, the child ; bas Dl)x, the car. § 16. Most Substantives change in the Plural the radical vowel a into a, o into o, u into il and a u into (iu. Ut this number are : 1. All Substantives which take the ending e r : S)cr SWann, the mnn ; bic Scanner, the m"n ; I'l W'".'!'' u'*", ^"■"'' ' ^'« 3rrtOumer, the errors ; l^t a^' *l'f ^?^^ ' ^'^' ^PrfKr, tlie holes ; US ■Qam, the house ; bic ^aufcr, tlie houses. 2. The masculine and feminine Substantives, whic) take the termination c : > ' i*^/ ??Jf ^'.^''^ ''^"*^ ' ^f« ^'^^^(> the hands; bcr f M'j the son ; bic SoOnc the sons ; bcr ^ut, the hat; bic ^iitc, the hats. The following masculine Substantives are exceptions: J)cr Slrm, the arm ; bcr Stoff, the stuff; r^ S'fi *l'f '?"°'^ ' ^'^ v en n or en n or en 3. 4. Nora. SXaxl, Charles ; ("cn. iioxH, Dat. it art, Ace. Jiarf/ IV. OF rilOI'ER NAMES. §. 117. Tho proper names of persons arc declined with or without the r.rticle. If declined with the article tliey do not change in the Singular. Ex. : Nom. bcr ^arl. Charles ; bcr (^rtjiffer; Scliiller ; Gen. fceS kjixif, of Charles ; tc« (cdjillci , of Scliiiler ; Dat. fcem itarl, to CImrlcs ; bciu ecl)iUcr, to Schiller : Ace. ben ifarl, Charles; fccn ed;il(cr; Schiller. ^ Used without the article, proper names take no other mflexion than an S in the Genitive. Ex. : ediifler, Schiller ; ^Mkx9, <2d)il(cr, (£d;i(lcr. The proper names of women are declined like those of men, except those ending in c, which tiike in the Ge- nitive wi, and in the Dative n. Ex. : Nom. eovfiic, Sophia ; ilarottnc, Caroline . Gen. eopl)icn«, Jtarolinc ;, Dftt. gopI)icn, itavofinen, wi SovOiC/ itarolinc. When proper names are used in the Plural, the masculine ones take the termination c, and the feminine tho termHi;)tion n or en. Ex. : '•.ibvi('3, Lewis ; fcie J?ubaM'flC, ^. * '""i''' Alice; bic Slbcajcibcn. Ihe namf!>; • i -wn , and countries are always declined without the ar^i'^e, aadonly t-ke « in the Genitive. Ex.: Wi.':;-', 1 ^^ '^^'' '^''^ t^ke en, except N^'mt^tivf V^^ ^^' ^^^*^^' ^^^^^ ^« '"^^ *^- N. G. D. A. Masculine, tin ganjcr ^aq, a whole day ; eincs gan^cn Images, of a whole day ; cinem ganjcn ifage, to a whole day : cmcn ganjcn Xaq, a whole day. Feminine. N. cine ganje mad)t, a whole night ; l^. cincr ganjcn ^ad)t, of a whole night ; I), ctncr ganjcn 3^aci;t, to a whole nigiit : A. cine ganjc Sladjt, a whole night. Neuter. em ganjcs Sa^r, a whole year ; ctnes ganjcn Sar^rcS, of a whole year ; emem ganjen 3aJ)rc, to a whole year; em ganjes 2al)x, a whole year. N. G. D. A. The Adjective is declined in the same way, when preceded by the determinative word fctn, no, or by one pt the possessive pronouns ntcin, bcin, fcin, unfciv ciicr, Ujr, my, thy his, our, your, their. If preceded by any of these words m the plural, it takes the termination c It in all cases. Ex.: Plural for all Genders. N. fcine flutcn SDfanncr, ^raucn, ^tnber ; G. fcmcr gutcn SUJdnncr, grmicn, jlinbcr ; JJ. fcmcu gutcn a)ianncrn, graucn, i^inbcvn : A. feme gutcn SJJauncv, Sraucn, Jlinbcr. 3. If the Adjective is preceded by neither an article nor by any other determinative word, it adopts the terminations ot the definite article and is declined in the tollowmg manner: I 20 Singular. Masculine. N gutcr SBctit, good wine or some good wine • • G. gutcn aBcillcS, of good wine ; t A. N. G. D. A. N. G. D. A. gutem aOcinc, to good wine ; guten aOcin, good wine. Foil nine. frifdjc Wind), fresh milk ; frifdjcr mid), of fresli milk ; frifd;cr Wld), to fresh milk ; frifd;e SDiild;, fresh milk. Neuter, frfjWarjcs 5'ud;, black clotli ; jd;warjcs :iud;cs, of black cloth ; fdn»*ll'iem ^\id)e, to black cloth ; fdjwarjcs ^ui), black cloth. Plural for all Genders. frfjonc 93Iitmcii, fine flowers ; fdjoner a3lunicn, of fine flowers ; |d;cncn SBlumcn, to fine flowers ; fd;6nc S3lumcn, fine flowers, _ Participles, used adjectivelj, are declined like ad- jectives. N. G. D. A. II. DEGREES OF COMPARISON OF THE ADJECTIVES. § 21. The Comparative of an adjective is formed hy adding the termination c r, and the Superlative by adding the termination ft c. Ex. : mid), rich; rcidjcr, richer; bcr rctc^f!c, the richest ; fd;on, fine ; fdjciier, finer ; bcr \dmftc, the finest ; mil&, mild ; milbcr, milder ; fccr milt)cfic,t the mildest. The -radical vowel of tlie Positive is softened in the Comparative and Superlative : a changes into a, o into 0, u into it. Ex.: mi, old; -artcr, older; bcr altcftc, the oldest ; ^VPt), great ; ^roller, greater ; bcr fliof?tc, the greatest ; imig, young ; jungcr, younger ; fccr jungllc; the youngest. • The word some before a Substantive, is nevei translated id German. t In the Genitive mnsculine and neuter tliey employ at presenl more frequently_ the termination en, guten gBctneS, fdjunivjcn !ruri>c«. 1 Instead ot « c , we add c f! c , when euphony demands it a P n EI Ih b( li '.|, De; like ad. IVES. irmed by itive hy I chest J inest; ! mildest. id in the / into eet; iatest ; •uugest. islated ID it presenl t. 21 The following Adjectives are exceptions: fa(f;tc, soft, slow ; farc^, stingy ; XVnb, round ; SBa^X. true ; fdjlanr, slender ; frfjfaff, lax ; fanft, soft ; matt, faint ; flaci), flat ; falf^, false ; hla^, pale ; glatt, slippery ; gctabe, straight ; hunt, motley ; flumpf, blunt ; fvol); joyful ; l;olb, gracious ; ro^, raw ; toll, mad ; m, full ; as well as the Adjectives ending in bar, haft and l^o.si;aft,_niahcious,- boi^i)a tcr, more malicious: fparfant '■conomical; fparfaincr, more economical. ' '^ ' ' § 22. The following Adjectives are irregular. 2' ne'af . ' ^^f'"' ^'"''" ' ^'^ ^^^^> the best ; 1)0* IS'. "f^r, nearer ; fcct ttadjftc, the next ; A OQ n '"f';r/mozej fccr mcific, the most. ncLvL^rtriTf'''' ^^^ Superlatives are declined according to the same rules as the Adjectives in the ncineic 2:if(J the smaller table; bcr fkinftc STifd) th« ldm?f ^S'' ''' ''fr l'^'^^ - little tawt cin tiemeicr a:i[c^, j. smaller tab e: chi frfiojicS S^urfi « beautiful book; cin fcf;oucrcS ^ucf;,' a morltautiful book CHAPTER IV. OF THE NUMBERS. § 24. The cardinal numbers are; I "'"*' 11 elf 1 cms, 2 Jtwci, 3 bxei, 4 »ter, 5 fiinf, 6 fed;§, 7 ftcbcn, 8 nd)t, 9 ncuit, lOic^ti, 12 imi 13 tircijc^n, 14»imct,n, 15funfic^„, 16 ]cA)S^ei)n, 11 ftcbenjc^n ^SaditjcljH, 19neunjcl)n, 20 iluaiiiig, 22 21 ctn unb j^wanjifj, 22 ilDct unb jttanjig, 23 brct unb jWangig, 24 Dt'cr unb jWanjig, 25 fun[ unb jwanjig, 30 brct^ig, 40 incntg, 50 funfiig, 60 fcc^jlg, 70 fiCbcnjig, 80 ad)fjig, 90 ncunjig, TOO Ijunbcvt, 101 hunbcrt ein§, 102 :^unbcrt pci, 103l)unbert bvci, 200 j»ei()unbcrt, 1000 taufcnb. 2000 jWcitaufcnb, 10,000 ic^ntaujcnb. 859 taufcnb aci)tt)unbcrt ncun unb funfjig, or oct;tjct)n ^unbcrt ncun unl (unfjig J a million, einc aJiillion. (5in§ is the neuter of etn, and is only used wlien no object of determinate masculine or feminine gender is understood. ^\vci and brei, if not preceded by any determinative word, take in the Genitive the termina- tion cr. Ex.: tie 5tu§fagc gnjcier ^euficn, the deposition of two witnesses. The other cardinal numbers remain unaltered, except in the Dative, where they sometimes take the termination e n. § 25. The ordinal numbers are adjectives, and are derived from the cardinal numbers by the addition of the syllable tc or fte. From two to nineteen is added tc, the rest take ft e. 2)cr crflc, the first ; bcr Jttcttc, the second ; ber oritte, the third ; bcr Ut'crtc, the fourth ; bcr funftc, the fifth ; hit oct)tc, the eighth ; bcr jWanjfgflc, the twentieth ; bcr cin unb gwanjigfic, the twenty- first ; bcr brciptgflc, the thirtieth ; bcr funfjtgtle, the fiftieth ; bcr pnbcrtfle, the hundredth ; bcr taufcnbjlc, the thousandtli. ber jWolftc, the twelfth ; From these are derived, by the addition of n 8 , the ordinal adverbs : ©vjlcnS; firstly, in the first place ; 3wettcn8, secondly, in the second place • 2)rittcn5, thirdly, m the third place ; aSicrtenS, fourthly, in the fourth place. §26. The other numbers are : 1. Multiplicative Numbers. ©infarf^, single ; S<^'&"f'^t^/ tenfold ; l^wcifarf), double ; * rcifa^, treble ; :^unbcrtfac^; a hundredfold ; taufcnb facf;, a thousandfold. ftc, th( • Instead of jwcifac^ ic. may be said: j\»cifdltig, taufcnbfaltig JC cri ncun uqI I when no gender is . by any ) termina- leposition rs remain iometimes , and are ion of the idded tc, he twenty- first ; h. u « , the tlttg )C. 23 We may add to these the adverbs which are formed by the substantive WU, time : ^^ einmal. once ; ijfctmar, four timcB ; Km.T'fV''-'''' ' iimtixtmai, a hundred times ; fcrctmat, thnce ; taufcnbmal, a thousan.} times. 2. Distributive Numbers. f;f\'z]\f^:, , „ Ctnjcln, one by one ; U? i & ft f''^,r'^ [ ie fcret unb brcl, by threes ; m :Suxki, the fourth part ; bufccnbWcife, by tL dozen. f da to these the adverbs, formed by the old word [ c i wliich signifies sort or kind ; SS ^f ?°' ^'■^' "'^"^erret, of several kinds £ wl ' //J^° H'?*^? ' »'^'f<^^i«'' «f "^«ny kinds : ' bre.ertet, of three kmds ; ol(crlct/of all kinds. GermansT ^^'° *^' ^'"'"'^"^ ^"^' "^ ^P^^^^^S '^ t^« .Krtr,alb three and a hl'lf ; |S iTcl'^^SlpZ: Rftlv L . ^^i'""^^ numbers are used as in English, alter the names of sovereigns, and in dates : 2)cr ijfcrte ST^rlt, the fourth of April • cer oc^te Wtai, May the eighth ; ' ^ubtDic) bcr elf tc, Lewis the eleventh ; 'Pctnnd; bet i^kxte, Henrv the fourth m if' CHAPTER V. OF PEONOUNS. 1. DETERMINATE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. § 28. The first person is expressed by icfi, I; plural vou.Thitv'l''''"^ r^^\^^ ^"' *^-"5 Plural iS ; fn?l^ ' • a!"'^^ ^'' ^^^ senders. They are decliied in tlie tollowing manner. Singular. First person. Second person. ^- '<^/l! bll, thou; ^. tttctncr, oinie; bcincr, of thee ; JJ- '"['/tome; bir, to thee: A. imc^, me; btdj, thee 24: N. G. D. A. Plural. iv>ir, we ; wnjcr, of lis nns, to us ; UMf us ; it>r, yon ; cucr, of you ; cucb, to you ; curt), you. N G. D. A. Masculine. tx, lie ; jcincr, of him; il)m, to him ; il;n, him. Third person. Singular. Feminine. ftc, she ; ilncr, of her ; if)r, to her ; jic, her. Neuter. CS, it ; Jcincr, of it ; il)iu, to it; CS, it Plural tor all Genders. N. jlc, they ; G. tijrcr, of them ; D. t^ncn, to them ; A. jtc, them. § 29. The reflective pronoun of the third person \\d), himself, herself, itself, has no Nominative, and is declined thus: Masculine and Neuter. Feminine. Plural. G. fctncr, of himself; tf)rcr, of herself ; tT)rcr, of themselves ; I), ftc^, to himself; M), to herself; fid), to themselves ; A. fid), himself. ftc^, herself. {id), themselves. Sometimes the word [clOft, self, is joined to the perso- nal pronouns. Ex.: ic^ fetbft, myself; bu fclbft, thyself; er [etbft, himself; fidj [clbft, one's self; lt)ir fctbft, ourselves. In joining the word fcl&ft to a verb, the pronouns are not repeated as in English. Ex. : ©r ()at cS [etbft gcfagt, he said so himself; fie \) pearances. CHAPTER VI. OF ADJECTIVE AND RELATIVE PKONOUNS. 1. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. § 33. The demonstrative pronouns are : For near objects : btcfcr, biefe, btcfcs, this, this one. For distant objects : icner, ienc, jencs, that, that one. Ex liicfcr aJIamt, this man ; btcfc %xm, th i '. f this child ; jcncr T\.\A), that tabl is woman ; btcfc* ^m\>, jciic jScbcr, that pen ; jcncs 53u4 i \i. t llilBi^ Masculine. N. bicfcr, D, bicfcm, A. fclcfctt, 26 Ihat book. 55tc[cr ifl glucnid;, 3cncr t(! unglucflic^, this oue is happv that one la unhappy. * ^ -^ The demonstrative Pronouns have the same termina. tions as the definite article, and are declined in the same manner. Feminine. Neuter. Plural. bicfe, bicfcs, btcfc, bfcfer, bicfcs, bicfcr, cicfcr, btcfcm, bicfctt, ^ -,-.., btcjc, bicfcs, bicfe. Instead of bicfcS, one may say bic8 in the Nominative and Accusative Neuter: bic« «iic^, this book. § 84. Instead of bicfcr and jcncr the article bcr, bic, 6a«, IS very often employed, on which in that case a greater stress is placed. Ex. : JD e V SKann, this man ; b t e grau, this woman ; • b a 3 ^inb, this child. When bcr, bic, ha^, taking the place of bicfeS or jcitcS, does not accompany a substantive, it is declined as fol- lows : Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. Plural. r" J'?/ I''' ^^^J *'•'>/ G- bcffcn, bcrcn, bcffcn, bcrcr, ?• J^""' ^J^f bcm, bcncn, § 85. With the adjective pronouns are also numbered : iDcrjenigc, btcjcnfgc, basjcntgc, tlie one ; bcrfclbe, bicfctbe, baffclbc, the same. These words are compound of the definite article which IS declmed m all cases, andof jcntge and fclbc, Which are declined like adjectives. Ex.: Singular. Masculine. Feminine. N. bcrfclbc; bicfclBc, G. bcsfclbcn, berfclbctt, I>. bemfclbcn, bcrfelbcn, A. bcnfetbcn, bicfclbe, Plural. blcfelbcn, bcrfctbcn, bcnfclbcn, biefclbcn, the same ; of the same ; to the same ; the same. Neuter. baffcfBc, bcsfclbctt, bcmfclbcn, - . . • basfclbc, ,.., , „„. „„^„. § 86. ©crjcnigc, &c. is always construed with the re- lative pronoun m\d)cv, m^^, &c. and answers in this construction to the English; he who, that which, the one who or which. Ex. : 25crjcnt3c, iocld^cr Fommt, he who comes ; biejeui^c, lt)cld;c fprtd^t, she who sj,' x- j 35crJWann. bcfjcn (So^n franf tfl, the man whose son is ill • btc grau, bcren Jiinber gcjlorbcn the woman whose children have finp* died; btc Jlinbcr, bcren abutter angcfom^ the children whose mother is ar- mcn lit, rived. 4. INTEllROGATIVE PRONOU^^S. § 42. The interrogative pronouns are; i»er, who ; ms, what ; »i3cld;cr, \oM)c, \r:)tld)ts, which. SS?cr and icaS are never accompanied by a substantive • h)er is declined like the demonstrative pronoun bcr ; and h)aS is ordinarily indeclinable. SDcrtfiba? aBcrtftbtcfcr$Kann? SBcrtfibicfcgrau? aCcfjen ^axis ifi bie5 ? aBcm fdjreibcn Sie? SBcn fud^cn ©tc ? aSaSfinbttJir? aCas fagcn iative ; )ei ; and 29 fm:& I ;;:?S5V ^^ P^3--i.n is arrived f ^^|. .„ .-cfcn (.a.cn 3* wKTtlL ,.r.ons belong. aDdJc.^^j.„t(cfc„^aufcnM.cr(c„ Will^-Jf this houses do yo "^SrSr^^fif-^- ^^^ ^« T«^^ of^so hoys hast thou ini/t 7J®. interrogative Pronoun mcr is often used ^ ways useful. usmally like the CHAPTER VII. OF THE VEEB, 1. PRELIMINARY NOTIONS. i-JJt ,?'7V^''''i' liave only three moods: the In- dicative, tie Subjunctive, and the Imperative. The Indicative Mood ^"s K^f +-!-;% • i ^ Ti.ap" Trp '""^ ^"^ t^^ '^'^P^e tenses, v z.: T e Present Tense : fd) fc^reibe, I write ; The In, perfect Tense : irf; fcl^ric^ I wrote. S : 80 All otlicr tenses arc formed by means of the auxiliary rerbs. Ex.: rerfect Tome: id) fjabc ncfdjricbctl; I have written. riijporfect Toiise : id) l)attc ncjrtjricbcn, I lmy termi- liis root's 'feet and formed Mood of inationg : [ is like that the the ter Ex.: Slug. riur. 81 thJiMr'"^?'^''l^""'° '^^ *^'« Indicative as well as of l.-(c 2.-(c|l 3.— tc 1.— ten 2.— tct 3. — ten. Plural '^'" *''° ^'"Sular and ct for the MODEL OF CONJUGATION. ?ot)Cit, to praise. Present Tense. The Imperative Mood inf rvf +lw» I n SuhjiincHve Mood, id) Ub—c, (if) I praise. tu roB— eft cr Icb— c h?ir lob— en if)r lob~et fic lob— en. Indicali e Mood. id) lob— c, I praise, I do prniso, . , , „ [nt'i praising. bu lob— fl " cr (ob~t tvir lob— en il)r lob— ct fic lob— en Imperfect Tense. Id; lob-tC; I prniscl, I cli.l praise, (rf; lob-to, (if) r praised [was praising. ' ^ ' ^ "*'•<>«- ^u fob- tc|l cr lob— tc . u tr lob— tea ilir lob— tct T .- ,, |tc lob— ten. Imperative Mood: lob-c, praise (tliou)- fob- Present Participle : lob-en^, praisin,.^' '^ Perfect Participle : gc-lob-t; praisfd. ceded bj an e. Ex. Crebc I ijol s^'"ra'° * ^"*^ <^' '^'•^ P''^- tcbct, be speaks ; ibr U'b t vou'snear cv= ''" ^'}'^ ^'"^" speakest ; et thou sDokcst; .r r.Jry?" uf"'"*^-. % tcbctc, I spoke ; ht rcbcU- you spoke; fie rTbe-tcnTthoystok:-; ";^^;^^l^'';',;;;: 7,-^-' ;^«^ctet; "n-ls n, b or t this softening always t , c p Le '' "'" '"""^ «^ ^^'"<^»' bu lob- tcfl cr lob— tc luir lob- ten if)r lob— tet fic lob — kn -ct, praise (yt). # III 82 HI § 49. There are assonant as well as dissonant verbs, which do not take the initials ge in the Perfect Parti- ciple. Of this class are : 1. The verbs, which have the foreign termination ircn oricren. Ex.: rcgicrcn, to govern rcgicrt, governed fpajicrcn, to walk fpaycvt, walked afcbircn, to add at>i>ixt, added. 2. Those derived verbs, which begin by one of the particles b c, g e, e n t , c in p, e r, D e r, 3 e r.* iEx. : Bcfucfjcn, to visit bcfud^t, visited crlancjcn, to attain crlangt, attained »crtivilcn, to stay tjcrwcilt, staid gcrfiovcn, to destroy jcrj^ort, destroyed. 3. The verbs, which are compounded with an inse- parable preposition or adverb. Ex.: untcrrtd;tcii, to instruct untcrridjtct, instrncted tvtbcrlcgcn, to refute itjtbcrlent, refuted »o(lcnbcn, to complete lipllcnbct, completed. In verbs, which are compounded with a separable pre- position or adverb, the syllable g e is placed between the verb and the preposition or adverb. Ex. : obfuvjcn, to shorten oBgch'irjt, shortened anflagcn; to accuse angcHogt, accused fovtjagcn, to send away fottgcjagt, sent away. § 50. Conjugate the following verbs: fagcn, to say ioctncn, to weep Itcbcn, to love lact;cn, to laugh glaubcn, to believe fiifjlcn, to feel Untnf(i)cn, to wish I^ijrcn, to hear ^pffcn, to hope fviclcn, to play, 8. OF THE CONJUGATION OF THE DISSONANT VERBS. § 51. The number of dissonant verbs is aboi'l; 150 and they_ take in the Present Tense of the Indicative and Subjunctive Moods the same terminations as the assonant verbs. The Imperfect Tense of the Indicative Mood in dis- sonant verbs is formed by changing the radical vowel or diphthong. The first and third person Singular * See tlie Cliapter on derived and compound verbs. ti i> c \x il P id hh tx if)' tin tu( get ant verba, ect Parti- tion trcn le of the an mse- able prc- ween the VERBS. .Oct 150 idicative I as the [ in dis- il vowel Singular 33 take no inflexion, the other nerson^ inhn n,^ the Present tense of the InSve\S."'° ""° "' '» assii-2*itlffi'p::^jrSrt*^^ - '»the ni instead of cl and v»™ „»„ ^aitioiple terminates m tion of the 4dica? vowel '™ '"''^''^'"" '^'^ "» ='"«"• MODEL OF CONJUGATION. 2:rin!cu, to drink. Present Tense. Indicative Mood. ijg-^ldnulc,arndnnki„g, cr trinf— t Wix trinf— ctt \i)x trint— t fic trinf— en Subjunctive Mood. itf; trinf— c, (if) i drink, fcu trinf- ctt cr trinf— e iuir trinf— ctt if)r trinf— et fie trinf— en. Imperfect Tense. "" """' ' *"[S£^'"'"" ™ •■« <«-., (if, I d™t bu tranf— efl cr trdnf— c H>ir tranf— en if)r tranf— et Perfect Participle: Qc-trunf-cn, druuk. Observation. The e of fhA Trr„,«„„*- irinft; WMoBt. Imperative maybe supp ,cs8cd : trinf, tu tranf— fi cr tranf tuir tranf— Ctt «f)r tranf— t ftc tranf — en tim'es Ibrmed TS^Tn. thrPr'''i™ "?•> '^ ^o™" ^i,^ -ni.-.., , "j cnangjng the radical vowol (& Ki\ hnfr tnVtri ™^r:''2f A\°..(^™,°f *•- --nant ll^ 8cte,togi.e;8irsi;r(S:«j;™w/^;:ei;r i i.' ;-f .._. 1; - ■" 't. 84 Every time the Imperative Mood is formed bv changmg the radical vowel, the 2d and 3d Persons of Iresent Tense, Indicative Mood, undergoes the same change: gckit, to give; gib, give (thou); bu gibft, thou givest; cr c^iht, he gives. Ex.: o jie(;en, to di-a\v long. Imperfect. fcl;ob bort flog hjog fror »er(or bet m Perfect Part. gcfd)obcn gebcgcn gcflogcn geirogctt gcfrorctt tjcrtoren gebcten gcfioycii gejogen rmed by ersons of ;lio same il)ft, thou od. mperfect ve Mood, lence we The Per- mperfect ers from 35 fdjcrcn, to shear fff,py |d;w6rcn, to swear fclnvor . faugcn, to suck fpa lugcn, to lie (speak an lea _ untruth) "^ ictxuQcn, to deceive Mxcq ,^. ^ 2. sliort. IrtMcjjcn, to shoot fApfi fltcgcn, to pour opg aonic|cn to enjoy aenog fd;Iicgcn, to slmt ImJ tcvbricpcn, to grieve ycrbvcfi IVncgcn, to germinate frirof, fricrt)cn, to crawl frocl) tkd)cn, to smell xodi tricfcn, to drip j^^a ficbcn, to boil fp(( fed)tcit, to fight ^,f{,( flecljtcn, to plait, to braid |iod)t qucKcn, to spring q„oj( cijtoencn, to swell jcl^woa laufcn, to drink (to animals) [off gcfdjoren neid.;lvorcn gcfoncu gelogcu bctrogcu gcnoffcii Gcfd)lof|cn vcrbroffcn 8ei>rofieit gcfrcd;cii flcrodjcii gctrojfcu gcfottcn gcfodjtcn flciIod;tctt gcquoKcu 9cfd;ti?c((cn gcfoffcn. I ,:ill m, , , SECOND CLASS. Ihe second class comprehends those verb^ wb.V>. clmjge their radical vowef into i (i shorVor 5tot ( i 1- t short. Imperfect. it verbs, short 0; irt. I Infinitive. Vfcifftt, to whistle grcifcn, to seize flic i fen, to pinch fd;lcifcn, to grind bci^cn, to bite rcigcn, to tear fdjktgctt, to split fd)mctgcn, to throw glctd;cn, to resemble fd)lcidjcn, to sneak Prcic^cn, to stroke h)eid)cn, to yield glcitcn, to glide rcttcn, to ride on horseback Wrciten, to stride fheitcn, to dispute lett-cn, to suffer fdjncibcn, to cut fniff fdjliff big rig fd;Iig fd)niig fllid) fd)lidj firid; it) id; giitt ritt fd)ri(t firitt Ittt Perfect Part. gcpftffcn gcgrigcn gcfutffcn gcfd;Iiffctt gcbiilcii gcrijlcn gefdjliffcn gcft^niifjcrt gegnd;cu gefc^lidKJt gcfhid^cn gcwtc^ctt gcglittcn gcrtttcn gcfd;rittcn gciTritten gclittcn 9cfd;iuttm '66 2. ic long. Infiniticc. Imperfect. (>(ciBcn, to stfiy Hii^ roibcn, to rub xkb f(i;rcibcn, to write fdjricb trcibcn, to drive tric& mcibcn, to avoid jnicb fdjctbcn, to part jdjicb ficigcn, to ascend ^jcg jrfjwctgcn, to be eilent frf)»vicg '<' Icificn, to lend jicft gci^cn, to accuse ifcfj gcbctfjcn, to thrive flcbicfi fdjetnen, to shine |d;tcn Wctfcn, to show ^i(S ^rcifen, to praise ^ric3 fc^rctcn, to cry fd;rte ^p'Acn, to spit jpic Perfect Pert. gcblicbcn gcricbcn gcfdjn'cbcn gctriebcn gemicbm gcfdjicbcn gcfltcgcn gcfdjwicgcn gclt'cfjcn gcoicijcn gcfdjicncn gcwicfcii gcpricjcn gefdjrtccn gcfptccn. rnS'fT'"'"- ,4" ^f^s of the second class have ct for their radical ofThirf "" "^fr^'.'^ ^°**^ ' '^'""'^ double the end-coimouan ot their root ; except d; and f . THIRD CLASS, class comprehends The third class comprehends those verbs, which change their radical vowel in the Imperfect Tense into % and in the Perfect Participle into u or o : 1. a and IX. Imperfect. Infinitive. Binbcn, to tie finbcn, to find fri;winbcit, to vanish hJinbcn, to wind tringcn, to press gctmgcn, to succeed fliiigcn, to sound tittfjcn, to wrestle fd)hngcn, to sling fri)tt3tngcn, to swing fin^en, to sing fvvingcn, to spring jhjingen, to force Itnfc , to sink fJinfcn, to stink tl'infcn, to drink ftrc^cn, to break ficdjcn, to sting fVrcc^cn, to speak banb fanb fd;ittanb Wanb brang gelang Hang rang fd^lang fdjttjang fang Iprang jtBang fan! Panf tranf 2. and o. ftad) fpvad; Perfect Part. gebunben gcfiinbcn gefcl^unmbcn gcwunbcn gcbrungcn gctungcn gcfhmgcn gcntngcn gcfdjiungcn gefc^njungen gcfungcn gc pntngcn gc ttjungen gc unfcn gcf!unfcn gctrunfcn gcBrcdjcn i>ej>odKn gcfprpd;cn Imperative. ert. •en n 'hen in en icn n cgcn t [t tt icn tt n en leir mdical -coiisouant 5, "VYhich nse iDto t. n I ibcn n ;n t n t |en gen en en native. let; 87 ^cffen, to help ad ten, to be worth |d;eltcn, to chide fJevbcn, to die Jucrben, to enlist vcrberbcrt, to spoil ivcifcn, to throw fccrgcn, to hide tvcffen, to meet ncfjmcn, to take ftcf)(en, to st^l fccfcfjJcn, to command *>0i3tnncn, to begin rt'nncn, to flow fpinneu, to spin ftnncn; to meditate gewinncn, to gain Wmmmn, to swim Oclten, to be worth qalt )n;eltcn, to chide ^^i^ ftarb hjarb vcrbavb iiHirf bavg traf iiafjm ccfa(;I bcgann rann fpaitn faun gcT;c(fcn gegeUcrt gc)cl;oItcn getlorbeu gcttjorben tcrborbcn gclPorfen gcbovfjcn gctrofjcii gcnommcu gefio^lcu bcfo(;(en bcgonncn geroniicn gcfponncn gefonncn gcwcnnen gc|cI;tt3Diitmcn. ffi;t« ftirb unrb vcrbirb tuivf birg trif nimm bcfteljl. gcwann Observation. All verbs csf fi.« *i • j i i"-''^vmiHin. tal vowel ; those wlShLvl A. "''^ ?i"'' ^'""^^ ' «'■ ' ^^^ f'^i-- radi- i, andthi^ { i?preervedirtL«!!."^^'''°,'\''.^,™P^^^^^^ «c-nt Tense of thT InTcaMve Moo^l^"^^ ^'"''"^ «'" ""^ ^''^■ Ti ^ .1. , FOURTH CLASS. back ^^^M^T^^^^^:^ tak. /«>i»afcl;ett geicadifcn gebaifen. gcgcbcn gefrcten gelefcn gefef;en gcfdjcfjen gegcffcn gefrcfTcn gemeficn gebeten gefcfictt geiegcn gcfoiiimen. Imperative, gib tri'tt tieiS ii^ frig mi^. t *\ 38 Hafcn, to Wow ^(icg nf^lafcn fallen, to fill] flct gcfallcu bxakn, to roast ftrtct gcbratcn ratten, to advise rict^ gcratfjcrt i)aUcn, to hold l;iclt flcljalten jd)lafcn, to sleep fcjilicf gcfcljlafctt laffcn, to let licg gclaifcn Ijangcn, to hang Ijiiig gcf)ancjen faiigcn, to cateh fmg gcfanficn laufcn, to run lief gclattfcu nifcn, to call ricf gcrufcn Ijcipcn, to be called Ijicg gct)ctfK'n rto0cn, to push ftieg gcftogcn J^aucn, to hew ^icb geOaucn. Ohscrealion. The verbs of tlio fourth class which have a for theit radical vowel, soften this letter in the second and third person Sing of the Present Tense Ind. Mood ; hi faljrjl, cr fat)rt; tu fd(l|L tx fdllt. liie same thing is to be observed in the verbs laufcn and floficn, which make : bu lauf|l, cr lauft; bu flofcj^, cr j^opt. The verb fiaum takes a 9 in the two Imperfect Tenses. § 54. There are still six verbs wliicli, though chang- ing their radical vowel, take the terminations of the assonant verbs : fanbtc gcfanbt iDanfcte gcnjanbt ranntc gcrannt nannte gcnannt brannte gcbvannt fannte gcfannt. fcnbcn, to send iucnbcn, to turn rcnncn, to run ncnncn, to name brcnncn, to burn fciincn, to know The Imperfect Tense of the Subjunctive Mooa is formed without altering the radical vowel, fciibctc, lucubcte, ucimte, brcmttc, &c. i. OF THE CONJUGATION OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. § 55. There are in the German language but fifteen irregular verbs : 1. a)?ii[fcn, must, to be obliged; bihfcit, may, to be allowed; foitucn, can, to be able; miii5cn, to wish, to like; are conjugated in the following manner: Present Tense {Indicative Mood). I must id) muf} bu muf)t cr mug xoix muficn tl)r mupt (Jc nu'iiicn I may id) barf bu barfil cr barf tvir biirfm if)r burft ftc biirfcn I can id) fann bu faim|l cr fann lt>ir fonncn il)r fount jte fonncn Hike id^ ntac^ bu magfi cr mag \i3ir inonen \\)X mcgt jie miifictt tl ft ai P 89 a for theit 3rson Sing, nil, ex fdllt. ficn, which xm takes a h chang- I of the ^lood is fcubctc, VERBS, t fifteen y, to be to like; [ aen !t en (if) f must id) mi'iffe bu muticfi cr mu||c h)ir muffcn i()r muffct ftc muficu Present Tense {Suhjunct. Mood). (if) I can (if) I may id) bitvfc bu buifcjl cr buvfc Jvir burfcn iOr burfct ftc biirfcn id) fonnc hi fcimcfi cr fonnc tvir fijnncn t^r fijnnct fit foancn (if) I like id) inogc bu niogcfl cr mijcjc Jvir mo(]cn if;r mofjct ftc mogcn. in.) imiftc 1(1^ mujjfc id) mo(i()tc. id) ntod)tc. Imperfect Tense (Ind. Mood). i^ burfte id) fonntc Imperfect Tense (Suhj. Mood). The rmperativc Mood ;?.Jf£g. '^ ^^""^^ . Ihe Present r.-irticijile is regular I erfect Participle ; gemu^t, gcburft, gcfonnt, gcntod)t. 2. UlMlicn, to know, is conjugated as follows : Present Tense. Indicative Mood. Suhjunctive Mood. i5S ""^' W) it,,.)fc (it) I know ". ^^'p crttjfic ))"V'.f" iinru'fictt Imperfect Tense. td) iougtc, I knew. id, jvuf-tc, (if) I knew I'aet Participle : gcluugit, known. 3. Soricn, will, to be willing; foffcn, shall on'^ ifjr fcict f«« rint) fic fcicn Imperfect Tense, id) Wax, I was i(^ ^jStc. (if) I wew buwavfi fcutvarc^ cr n)ac cr »drc J»tr tearctt v^ir u,arcn ir;r toarct i(,r hjdret f .• ,r^'^*''^*?, ftettjarcn. Imperative Mood: fci, be (thou); fcib. be (ye). Present Participle : fcicnb, being. Past Participle : gchJcfcn, been. 6. ^ahm, to have, is conjugated thus : Present Tense. Indicative Mood. id) ^abc, I have bu ^afi cr l;at ivir l^aBcn il}v f)abt fic ^abctt Subjunctive Mood. id) fjciii, (iO I haTe bu I;abcfi cr l^abe h)tr l^abctt t^r l^abct fie :^abcn. Imperfect Tense, id) 'i)Mc, I had id) ^atte, (if) I had. The Imperative Mood and the two Participles are irregular. 7. SJBerben, to be, to become, is conjugated thus: Present Tense. Indicative Mood. Subjunctive Mood. id) Vterbc, I become tc^ tBcrbc, (iO I became bu unvjl bu ipcrbeji cr wivb tr njcvbe * the Ind. : tf)itt, fie !itraction 9: 41 toix hjcrbctt jvir n.H'rbcn il)r»ucrbet UjriTJcrfcct ftc ivctbcn ftc wcrbcii. Imperfect Tense. id; miTbe, I became. td; Jrurbe, (if) r became, lioln. ?"Pf '^'l,^" Mood and Pros-ent Part, are reL'ular the Past P«, tiople 18 8Clrcib<'n, become, and wotbcn, been. fh/l'^f'^Ti'^ facilitate the researches, we have added at the end of this part of the Grammar, an alphabetical lis of the Imperfect and Present Tenses, the JmncrativQ foTr^l''''V'''\^^''}''^^^'' ^f the dissonaSnd 7r! SVnres\eSr^° '''' *^^ ^"^^^^^^ ^^ -^-^ 5. OF THE FORMATION OF THE COMPOUND TENSES. §5Q. The Germans have three auxiliary verbs • fcitt to be; rjabcn, to have; ircrbcn, to become, ^shalo; Im The verb fern serves to form the Perfect Tenses of iTni neuter verbs; ^abeit to form those of ife active and reflected verbs; and tocrben serves to fom the Future aStio^n' *1?"^^^--^ H-d* of all Tertw^ttut 1. ^rtnfcn, to drink. ^ Irul. Mood. c,, ; ■ nr i 3d; r,aBc flctrunfcn, I Lave drunk. [& fiaBc actrS ffn n i u . . ^ ., Pluperfect Tense. icj) liattc actrunfcn, I had drunk- ;* <;;«. ,> i * , , ^ Pirst Future Tense. '*dS' "'*"' ' "■"' ■>' ""' '* "'t hw™, (io r ....11 or wm . , . -Scconf? i^M^wre Tense. Mood? inasmuch ;,Trm,ito H I .','"" •r'™'" "' "'» Sul'jnn.t^. ^ 1 i 42 First Conditional 7 cn.ic. id) Wiixic tviilfcil; I should or would driuk Ott \mxitii triufcn >c. Second Conditional Tense, id) \vfirbc (ictnmfcn Ijaben, I should or would Lave drunk bu wiivbcit gctnmfcu (;abcn, k. 2. ^omnicn, to come. Perfect Tense. . Indie. Mood. Suhj.Mood. jrd) bill flcfonimcn, f am come. id, fci nefcntmcn, (if) I be come. \\x bifi gcfommcit, jc. hi fcij^ gctcmnicn, ic. Pluperfect Tense. S ;^'^f./''^^'""""' ^ ^^"8 come. id; »varc ncfcmmcn, (if. I were com«, Firsi Future Tense. id) Wxtit femmcn, I shall or will [6;) iwcrbc fommcn, (iO I shall oi . ''"I"^- will come, bu \m\\ fommcn, ic. ^ bu wcrijef^ fomm-n, jc. Second Future Tense. I(^ tocrbe gcfommcn fcin, I shall or id) werbc ncFommcn fctit, (if) I shall will be come. or will be come. ^ bu jmvll gcfommcn fcin, )c. bit uv-rbcfi gcfommcn fcin, k First Conditional Tense, id) Unirbc fommcn, I should or would come, bu njurbcji fommcn, jc. Second Conditional Tense. id) iuurbc qcfommcn fcin, I should or would be come bu njurbc:t gcfommcn fcin, jc. By the two preceding; models we see : 1. Thftt the Perfect Tense is composed of the Present Tense of Ijabcn or [cm and of the Perfect Part, of the verb; T ^' 7^^^^J^^^ Pluperfect Tense is composed of the Imperfect Tense of l)ahm or [ciii and of the Perfect Participle of the verb; 3. That the first Future Tense is composed of the Present Tense of iDcrbcn, and of the Present of the Infinitive of the verb ; 4. That the second Future Tense is composed of the Present Tense of lucibcu and the Perfect of the Infinitive 01 the verb ; 5. That the first Conditional Tense is formed of the Imperfect Tense, Subj\ Mood, of Uievben and the Present 01 the infinitive of the verb; fo aui 43 6. That the second Conditional Tense is frn-mn,! ^. ii ' § 57. As to tbo formation of tlio composed Tenses Ton 'esTf^SLT^^' ^^''f -''^ fcin form^their PeX of w 1. .^aOcit, to have. 7'cr/cc^ Tense, ^^cl) r)al'c ncljiibt, I Imve Iind ; Id; ijabe gcljabt, (if; I Imve liaJ Pluperfect Tense. irt) fjattc flcfjabt, I Imd Jmd ; Id; (;attc ycljabt, (if) I had hi.d 2. 8cin, to bo. ;>sd; bin gclBcfcn, I have been ; Id; let 0cwc|cn, (if) I have been. Plvperfect Tense. m; ivar fjcUicfcn, I liad been • tc^) luarc gctocfcn, (if) I bad been. 3. SBcrbcn, to become. ^^ ^ Pcr/ec/ Tense. M) bin (^cWorbcn, I Lave become •♦ «d; fci gcworbcn, (if) I Lave beconie. Fl-wperfcct Tense. Id; U^ar gctiiovbcn, I Lad become ; td; ware gclcorbcii, (if) I Lad become. The two Future and the two Conditional Tenses are First Future Tense. 3^ Wetfce r;abcn, I shall have ; Ui) iwcrbe fctn, I shall be ; W& Wcrbe hJcrbcn; I shall become ; Second Future Tense. id; ipcrbc gol)abt f;abcn, I shall have had ; id; werbc gcttjcfcn fcin, I shall havd been ; id; ivcvbc gc^voiben fcin, I shall hava become. ^^^'z *j^7Mr^rr^^it?- W 44 Firai CondUinnal Tcn.sc. Id; tuurfcc I;abcn, I slioukl have ; Id; iuurtc fcin, I shoulJ be ; Id; ivuvbe ivcrbcn, I shouU become Second CimilUbntl Tense. id; \mx\!i (]cl;al)t I;abcii, I sliouIJ llllVf liiuj ; Id; Wfirbc flcwcfcn fciii, I should linvo l)ei'ii ; id; un'irbc flcivcrbcn fciii, I aliouUl Imvo become. § 08. Besides tlie verbs fjakn, fciii and iucrbcn, the Germans employ also, like the English, luoUcil, will- lailcii, lot; ntoijcn, may; [oKctt, shall, and inii||cii, must, aa auxiliary verbs, in order to express dillbrcnt respects ot Moods and Tenses. Jafjt una gcr;cn, let U8 go ; »»ir tupltcu acfjcit, we will go ; bu foKll ftcrbcn, thou shalt die ; hi mufjt Ocrbcn, thou must die ; id) wrinfd;c bafi cr c« crf;aUcu mcsjc, I v/ish that lie may receive it • mogc cr glucfltd; ailJommcH, may he arrive safely. Ar^ ^^' ,^o"J"gf^to the folloAving verbs in all their iMoods and Tenses : Assonant. 3ar)(cn, to pay Icbcn, to live faufcn, to buy arbcitcn, to Avork Icrncn, to learn Dissonant. Icibcn, to suffer ftngcn, to sing Wcrfcn, to throw laKcn, to fall fommcii, to come. 6. OF THE CONJUGATION OF PASSIVE VERBS. § GO. Transitive srerbs have two forms: the active form and the passive form. It is in the active form, when the subject does the action which the Verb ex- presses, it is m the passive form when the subiect suffers the action expressed by the verb. In the sentences : iff) IkK I love, and icf; lucrbe nclicbt, I am loved, the verb licuci? IS presented in those two forms. § 61. We have already in the preceding paragraphs shown the conjugation of the active form of verbs" it is therefore only left to represent their passive form.' The verb in the passive voice has but composed Tenses, which are all iormed by means of the auxilinw ^n.-vS,Mt ^^a *i.« Perfect Part, ofthe verb. ' " '' ^"^ 45 I cnae, f I aliotild , I Bhoiild , I elioiiKl rbcti, tho en, will; must, as spccts ot leivo it ; ill their ) active e form, erb ex- ; suffers ces: id) he verb Lgraphs 3; it is . The , which md the ^i^ MODE OF TUE CG/iUGATIOX OF A PASSIVE VERH. &cmt lucrbcu, to bo loved. Indicaliee Mood. pd; \m^e fidicbt, I am loved ; t» Unril gclicDt fr ivirb <\cUibt m- wcvCcn flelicbt i!;r lucrtct nclicbt Present Tcme, Siihjunclive Mood. id) wcrbc gclicbf, (if) Ibdovwli tu wertcft gcltcbt cr iccrbc gclicbt U'ir wcrbcn flclicDt ii)x twcrbct fjclicbt ftc Jucvbcu fldicbt. ,^ , Imperfect Tense. . , ,. ,. , Per/cc/ Tense. . , , „ Pluptrfect Tense. M ' I,. loved ; bu ujarfi gclicbt hjorben cr War gcltcbt u^orbcn h)ir icarcn gcltcbt Juorbett i^r ivarct gclicbt worbcn fic warcn gclicbt HJortcn. been loved ; bu tvarcfi gclicbt irorbcn cr >uare gclicbt iuorbcn U>ir iBdrcn gclicbt worbcn il)r n'aret gclicbt ntpibcu fie ivdrcn gclicbt Jvorbcii. , I'lrsl Future Tense. * Xt f"*' ""''"' ' •'"" "-^ '* «'= P'IMI "xrbcn, (if) I ,,,.U .. .«b.n ^c,s ri". g's: at ra ^rrond Future Tense. ''^^"'Stffc? i^^?4"f""' ^ «'-" icJ, tvcrbc gclicbt t.crbcn fcin. rif) , ft : 1; -^- : JEi i 4r) fljir JDcrbctt gclicBt ivorbctt fcin if)r iDcrbct gclicbt itJorbcn fcin ftc wcrbcn gclicbt Worbcn fcin. FtVsi Tense. id; iuiirbc gclicbt hjcrbcn, I sliould be loved ; bu iDurbcfi gclicbt ivcrbcn eriuiirbc gclicbt tocrbcn h)ir Wurbcn gclicbt trcrbcn il)r iuurbct gclicbt iBcrbcn file Wiirfccn gclicbt ivcvbcn. iDir hjcibcn gclicbt hJorbcn fcin il)r ^vcrbct gclicbt Jcorbcn fcin ftc iDcibcn gclicbt ttjorbcn fcin. Conditional Mood, Second Tense, i^ tourbe gclicbt tooibcn fein, I should have been loved ; bn iDiirbejl gclicbt itjovbcn fcin ex tviirbc gclicbt luotbcn fcin hjir wurbcn gclicbt worbcn fcin i^r toiirbct gclicbt hJovbcn fcin ftc toiirbcn gclicbt wpvbcn fcin. Impcratite Mood. , lucrbc gclicbt, be (thou) loved. tocrbct gclicbt, be (ye) loved. Participles. Present : gclicbt Wctbcnb, being loved. Perfect : gclicbt iDOrbcn, been loved. 7. OF REFLECTIVE VERBS. 1^ ^^r n^'^®^ ^ transitive verb expresses an action which falls back directly or indirectly upon the person who performs it, we call it a reflective verb. The re- flective verbs like the transitive verbs take Ijahm for their auxiliary and the second pronoun, which is the Accusative of the first, is placed now before and now alter the verb. iO) CONJUGATION OF THE REFLECTIVE VERB @ic^ frcucit, to rejoice. Present Tense. Indie. Mood. Sc^ frcue mi6), I rejoice bn frcufl bid) cr frcut ftd^ Wix frcuen tins il^r frcut cud) f!e frcuen fid;. Subj. Mood, id) frcuc mid), (if) I rejoice, bu frcucfi bid; er frcue ftd^ h5ir frcuen un3 tf)r freuet cuc^ ftc frcuen fid;. Imperfect Tense, idi Jrcute^nttd;, I rejoiced, id) frcutc nifc^, (if) I rejoiced. bu frcutcfi btc^ cr frentc ^\d^ \X)[x freutcn un8 \\)x fx-cutet curt; bu freutefi bid^ cr frcute ftd^ toix freutcn uns \\)X frcutet eui§ fic ficuten fid;. fic freutcn fid>. I should action )erson le re- nt for s the I now Indie. Mood. ^ ^aBe mtc^ gcfrcut, I joieed ; fctt r;afi bid; gcfrcut erljat ftci^ gcfrcut toir I)abcn uns gefrcut iljr ^abt ciid^ gcfrcut •ic t;abcn ftc^ gcfrcut. have re- ii.) ^aftc micfj gcfrcut, joieed ; bu r^attcft bid; gcfrcut cvNtc fid) gcfrcut i»ir fatten uns gcfrcut if)r Wkt cud) gcfrcut ite Ijattcn ftd; gcfrcut. f^ h>etbc mlH) frcucn, joice ; fcu itjirfi b:(^ frcucn cr toirb ftc^ frcucn U)tr hjcrbcn un§ frcucn if)r ttjcrbct cud) frcucn lie twcrbcn ftc^ frcucn. 47 Perfect Tense. Suhj. Mood. icJ) r)abc mid) gcfrcut, (if) I i^i^^ rejoiced ; bu/)a6cil bt(^ gcfrcut cr Ijabc ftd) gcfrcut ivtir I)abcn una gcfrcut «^r f)abct cuc^ gcfrcut jic f;al)cn fid) gcfrcut. Pluperfect Tern:. had re. id) Ijattc mfd) gcfrcut, (if) I ha.l rejoiced ; bu r)attc|l bid) gcfrcut cr ptte fic^ gcfrcut hJir (jcittcn uns gcfrcut tl;r r)attct cud) gcfrcut ftc Ijatten jtd; gcfrcut. First Future Tense. I shall re- id) jvcrbc mtc^ frcucn, (if) I eludl rejoice; bu iccrbcfl bid) frcucn cr hjcrbe ftd) frcucn hJir iDcrbcn uns frcucn Jf)r tocrbct cud) frcucn jfij ftc U)crbcn ftd)' [vcucn. Second Future Tense. i^ ttcrbc mfd) gcfrcut ^aBcn, I shall id) itjcrb. t,,;* . f * r , i,nv« ,..;^,-„„j . ' ' ''^ ifi; wrcc nttd^ gcfrcut r)aBcn, (If) I film I hnir/i «,„•„.• -J f \ / ■• have rejoiced ; tu U)irfi bid) gcfrcut FjaBcn cr W:rb ftd) gcfrcut fjabcn wtr ttjcrbcn uns gcfrcut fjaBcn r}x hjcrbct cud) gcfrcut Ifaim fic hjcrbcn ftd; gcfrcut ^abcn. a; U)urbcmi(§ frcucn, I should re ^oice ; t>u Wurbcft iiid) frcucn cr tcurbe ftc^ frcucn jwir ujurbcn uns frcucn m tourbct cuc^ frcucn Pe iwurbcn fid; frcucn. Conditional Mood. shall have rejoiced • butocrbcflbic^ gcfrcut r;aBcn eriticrbc fid) gcfrcut l^abcn ^"^^«rt>cn uns gcfrcut fjaBcn if)rh3crbcteud;gcfrcu; ijahcn fic iwrbcn ftd; gcfrcut l^abcn. . Second Tense. Id) hjurbc micf> gcfrcut r)aBctt, should have rejoiced ; ^"5"ltcfi bid; gcfrcut ^abcn cr tuurbc fid; gcfrcut ^aBcn rctr njurbcn uns gcfrcut fiaBcn t^r Jturbct cud; gcfrcut fjabcn ftc imtrbcn fid; gcfrcut f}aien. Imperative Mood. frcue bid), rfjoice (thou), frcucn hjir una, let us rejoice frcuct cud;, rejoice (je). 48 Participt.es, fid) frcucnb, rejoicing. jtd) gcfrcut f}abm, having rejoiced. Conjugate in this manner: fid; ftcflagcn, to complain. § 63. There are some reflective verbs, whose second pronouns are in the Dative, as \id) \d)nKid)dtt, to flattei one's self. Ex.: id; fd)mcid}Ic mfr, I flatter myself; bu fd;mctd)cljl bit cr fd^mcid;c(t fid; toir fd;mctd)cln una it;r fci^mcidielt cud; fie fd;meict'c(n fic^. 8. OF IMPERSOliAL VERBS. § 64. Impersonal verbs are those, which can only bo used in the third person Singular and with the neuter pronoun Cv% it. Their composed Tenses are formed by means of the auxiliary Tjabcii. Ex. : Indie. Mood. Prcs. T. Imp. T. Terf. T. riup. T. Suhj. Mood. iS rcgtic, (if) it rain ; C8 rcgncte, (if) it rained ; cs t)ahe gcvegnet, (if) it have been raining ; eS ptte gcvcgitct, (if) it had been raining ; CS Wci-bc rcgncn, (if) it will rain ; tS hjcrbc gercgnet l^aBcn, (if) it wiL have been raining. c8 rcgnct, it rains ; tS rcgncte, it did rain; cs l^at gercgnet, it has been raining ; ei Battc gercgnet, it had been raining ; Ist Fut. T. eg ttJirb tcgnen, it will rain ; 2d Fut. T. c8 ttjirb gercgnet Ijabcn, it will have Deen vaining. let Cond. T. c« tBlirbe tcgncn, it would rain ; 2u Cond. T. es tcurbc gercgnet ^aben, it would have been raining • Imperat. T. eg rcgne, may it rain ; '^ Perfect Part, gercgnet, rained. § 64. There are verbs which arc impersonal by their nature, as : rcgncn, to rain. fdjnctcn, to snow, bonncrn, to thunder, nebcin, to be foggy, bliften, to lighten. ^ageln, to hail. There are also others, which are employed irapcrso. nally but in certain ways of speaking : se second to flatter 1 only bo le neuter •rmed by have been t had been rill rain ; (if) it wiL aining ; by their irapersO' 49 ^'*'"t'here^^;"; '' ^'^^' '''''' "' '''''' '''' ^^ S^^ «->re was ^"■"'rX'it'waf^dd!^' ''''"'''-' ^^'f^^««"».^tiswa.n.; « «,« Some verbs are employed impersonally in German T»li]ch are not in English: 'J' "i vxerman, <« tfl mir tcarm, I am -warm. es fricrt mirtj, I am cokl es djldfcrt micf), I am sleepy inic^ I)ungcrt, I am hungry. * mid) burfict, I am thirsty. mtr ijl bangc, I am afraid es ifl mir licB, I am glad. CS ti)Ut mir Icib, I am sorry. c§ frcut mid), I am glad. c§ itunbcrt mid), I am astonished, mir Witb iiK'l, 1 feel sick. CI reut mid), I repent. C5 gcltitgt mir, I succeed. AH these verbs can express the three persons of Plu- 1 as well as of tbA .mnmiio,, ii^„ . '■ ^ j-iu ral as well as of the Singular. Ex. : es frcut mid^, T <-- ^jud. cs frcut bic(), *i.v^ utglad. e§ frcut if)n, : - h jlad. cS frcut uns, we ure glad. c§ frcut cud), you are glad. c« frcut ftc, th"oy are glad. c§ gclingt mir, I succeed. c§ gelingt bir. c§ gclingt t()m. c§ gclingt un§. cs gclingt cud). cs gclingt i()ucn. 9. OF COMPOUJvD VEKBS. M.i.^i^i-f'^ 'i-'^'P^'' y^^^ ^'"^"^^^ ^ compound one by InrptedSu!"^^^" '-''''''' ^-^"^^ -' J--^ to'^ There are two kinds of compound verbs • 1. Ihose, the joined particle of which remains alwav^i attached to them in all Tenses and Moods : these veX form their Perfect Participle without addin?crad)tc, I despise ; fagcn, to say ; ctitfagcn^ to renounce ; id) cntfagc, I renounce. § 69. Separable verbs are those, whose accent rests on the particle and not on the verb. Their number is v<^ry great, and they begin either by one of the prepo- sitions ob, an, auf, amS, bet, ciu, mit, mi), dor, gu, or by one of the adverbs bar, fort, lucg, I)in, fcljl, to«, and nicbcr. Ex. : olifd)rcibctt, to copy, anfangctt; to begin. auf|lc()cn, to get up. ouslcgcn, to explain, bcifiigcn, to add. einfi'tijrcn, to introduce. inittf)ci{cn, to communicate. nad)fcT)cn, to revise. VorfloUctt, to represent. gufd)rctbcn; to ascribe, oarbtctcn, to offer, fovtf^idcn, to send away. tvcggcT)en, to go away. feOlfc^lagcn, to fail. io§mad)cii, to detach, tttcbcnverfen, to throw down. § 69. The compound verbs, which are formed bj the prepositions burd), Ijtuter, Uber, \m, mkx, are sometimes separable, (sometimes inseparable, according to their iiav. ing the accent on the verb or on the particle. Ex.: ubcrfe^ctt, to translate; id^ uBerfe^c, tc^ l^afcc iiBcrfefet ; nb crfc^cu, to cross (a river); id:) fe^c ubcr, id) t)abc ubcvgcfcfct. .\actice only can make up this rule. CONJUGATION OF A COMPOUND SEPARABLE VERB. ^IbfdjVciOcn, to copy. Present Tense. Indie. Muod. guhj. Mood. 3d) [d)rctbe ai, I copy ; id) fd)rcibc ah, (if) I copy ; bu fd)rcibfi ab ex \d)xciit ah wix fcbrcibcn ah \i)X fd)rcibt ah pc ft^rcibcn ah. Id) fd)rfc6 ah, I cojucd bu ld)ricb|l a{\ jc. bu fd)rc(bcft ah cr fd)rctbc ah Vuir fd)rcibcn ah i()r fd)rcibct ah ftc fd)vcibcn ah. Imperfect Tense. id) fd)iic6c lib, (iO I copied bu id)vicbcft ah, )c. ■^ inded with of a verb ched from Gspise ; ince. jcent rests number ia the prepo- - S«r or by and nicbcr. ray. ' down. led bj che sometimea their hav^ Ex.: Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses. ''^pil ; "^3cfci;iicl»cn, I have co- id; rjak^abgcfdnicbcn, (if) I l.t* '* ff aBgcfc^n'cBcn, I had co- id; ranfai3cfd;vicbcn, (iO I had ^ ' copied. First and Second Future Tenses. Ml iwttit aSWteidcn, I ,l,all copy ; i,^ „„b, o6(c(,rcifen, (If) I ,M '*!^^:^t'"^" "*"' I "■»» '•* S rt8.t«mBm tjafen, (iO ^ ■•• shall have copied. First and Second Conditional Tenses i6)^^u,\>c amrcihcn, I should tc§ n^urbe aBs,cfd,ricbcn r;aDcn, I *■'' should have copied. Imperative Mood. fdjreibc lb, copy ^thou) ; ragt un« a6f(^rcibcn, let us copy ; ]A)XilU ab, copy (ye). "^ abfd;rcibcnb, copying ; abgcfdjricbcn, copied. If the compound verb is reflective, the particle is ilways placed at the end. Ex.: f ^« w fl^ cinbtlbcn, to imagine. Present Tense. ii) bifbe mix cin, I imagine ; hi bilbcfi btr cin cr btlbct ltd) cin tvir bilbcn uns cin iljr bilbct cud; cin fic bilbcn fi4) cin. IKK i; E VERB. [copy; I copied CHAPTER VIII. OF PREPOSITIONS. ^ '^^' Pi,® prepositions are invariable words which are placed before the nouns or pronouns in order to express the relations which would not be sufficiently pointed out by the cases. They are : ^ 1. Either primitive words, as an, at, to; Quf, upon m, in; fur, for; niit, with; ' ^ 2. Or aerived or compound words, as aufier, out of- m\d)m, between; oberljalD, above; anftatt, instead of ;' 52 W« II 8. Or words taken from other parts of speech, like Iraft, by virtue of; tro^ notwithstanding; sufolgc, in con- sequence of. § 71. Nouns or pronouns, whose relations are defined bj a preposition, are always placed either in the Geni- tive, or in the Dative, or in the Accusative. Some prepo- sitions govern but one case, others govern two, accordin to the kind of relation we wish to express. 1. niEPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE. hutf Dcrmogc, inncvl)alb; au^cr^alb, cbcrljalb, untcrfjalb, biesfcit; jcnfcit, Ijalbcn, Wcncn, un3cad;tct/ftatt. UnSVcit, not far from : mWcit bc5 (£c(;lof[c§, not . .r from the castle ; Uiurcit bcr Stabt, not far from the town. aDat)rcnb, during : hJ^cnb b'^S SomincrS, during the summer; toafi* vcub bcr Oiadjt, during the night. ^^L"/^^' ^■}l^^^^ °^ »cnuitterfl, by means of: mlttcls ^i)xcs 93ci|lanbc5, .Jljrcv •ptlfc, by means of your assistance. ilraft or Scrmcgc, by virtue of: fraft bc§ ©cfefecS, by virtue of the law ; »crniogc fcincS S3cfel)(§, by virtue of his order. Jaut, according to : taut metllcS (ic[;rctbcnS, according to my letter. £/Krr)af6, above ; untcrfjalb, below ; Inncrljalfe, on the inside ; rtuj5er» Ijalb, on the outside : aupcrfjitlb bcS «&aufc«, on the outside of the house. ©icSfcit, on this side of; jcnfcit, on that side of : btcSfcit bcS ^ujTcS, on this side of the river. <&albcn, l^albcr or Wcc^cn, on account of, by reason of; precede or fol- low their substantive : bcr Slrmutrj Ijalbcn, by reason of poverty ; tvcflcn fcincg StltcrS or fcincS SUtcr^ tucgcn, on account of his age. When ijalbcn or tvcgcn are preceded by a personal pronoun, the final r of the pronoun is changed into t and the two words drawn together: mctttctfjalbcn, beinctocgcn, fctnct^albcn, SljrctWcgcn, for my sake, on my account, &c. Uufcr and cucr keep their final x be- fore the t : unfcrt{;albcn, cucrtnjcgcn or curctwcgcn, for the sake of us of you. Ungcarfltct, notwithstanding, is placed before and after its substantive or pronoun : ungcadjtct fc:»icr Unfd)ulb; notwithstanding his innocence ; allcS bcffcn ungcadjtct, notwithstanding all this. etattorniiflatt, instead of: jlatt or atiflatt :lTcinc0 Srubcrg, instead of my brother ; an lUciucv SdjWcftcr Statt, in my sister's stead. 53 treaty; trolj fcincii SfSnm?. ' ^n consequence of the m. in spite\S;froSSs " '"'^ ^"•^''* ^^^•^^^^^'•"' • 2. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE DATIVE. p.tf, ncBR, famntt, iJct, fctt, »on, md), ««// aufjcr, gu; juiDibcr- her children. ' '''"'"" ''^'^'-" Jitnfcccn, the mother Avith "S?r»V«VrrJeT; 'S^*"J7@"S ■»■■''''' r- after „,,. ,,^ '' Wfee 'S'ifSrS Sotf 0% ''^ T' '- -i- «taftcn, ^iu, all(o„e4, pi,""'"' °"' <" «'« cupboard, a„, ,|.„^ mir acgenuber, he lives oppSe S *° ""^'^ ™" ' « ^ol^nj fi::! 7': m 64: 8. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE !Durrf); fur, urn, o^nc, fonbct/ gcgcn, wibcr. Eurc^, tbrough, hj menns of: buvd) bnS IDcrf gc^cn, to go throu h th« village; burd) bid; ifi errcid; gcitorbcn, by moftna of you (by you» help) has he becomo rich ; bas ganje m)X burd) or btnbur*, th« whoJe year tlarough. ^■'^'r^.'lr' ^'^f'^* ®"^ ''^ ^'""^ ^^^^h this book is for me ; fur bicfc« .®cl> tolU id) mir iUuc^cr taufcn, for this money will I buy books. Itm, round, about, at: «m bic ^ird)c, itm tie Stabt gcficn, to go round the 3hiirch, round the town ; urn 9icuiaf)r, urn £)|Wn, about New- year s-day, about Easter; «m ilMCUtcl lU)r? at what o'clock? urn funf U()r, urn a}Jittcrnad)t, at five o'clock, at miduight; urn bi< 3cit ber (Snibtc, at harvest-time, Df)nc, fonbcr, without: iH) hm ntd)t IcBcn o^nc bid), I cannot live without you ; toaS ifl had Scbcn of)nc tincit Sreunb ? what is life without a friend ? (Eonbcr is no more used es ept in poetry ; fonbcr 3»cifcr, fonbcr Wtui)i, without doubt, without trouble. ©cgcn, iDiber, to, towards, against : btc ?PfItd)tcn gcgctt btc (Sltcrtt, the duties towards parents ; mi(btf)attg gegcn bic 5lrincn, charitable to the poor ; gegcn Slbcnb, towards evening ; lutbcr bic ilDiaucr, against the wall ; ivibcr bic ©cfc^c, agamst the laws. 4. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE DATIVE AND ACCU SATIVE. Srn, auf, in, iibcr, untcr, ijor, I)tntcr, ncbcn, giwifd)cn. These prepositions govern the Accusative, when the verb of the sentence denotes either a movcriK nt or a direction towards an object, and the Dative, when it does not denote this movement. Jn, at, on: uM the Dative: cr flc^t an bcr fTfjur, he stands at the door; btcfe etabt Itcgt om Dl^cin, this town is situated on the Khine ; an bir Ijabc tc^ cincn grcunb, in thee I have a friend. With the Accusative : fcfec bcn S^O^jf an ba3 gcucr; put the pot by the fire; id) bad)te an bid), I thought of thee; cr Wcnbctc fic^ an ten tfinia, he addressed himself to the king. ««...», Kuf, on, upon : 7ciththe Dative: fie fl^touf bcm ©ttll^Ic, she is sitting on the chair ; bas 33ud) Itegt auf bcm :iifd)c, the book lies on the w-,',"'^^ ^"'''" ''^ ""^ ''^ ^^9^ ^7 brother is out hunting. With the Accusative: jc^cn Ste ftd> auf btcfcn etul)l, sit down upon this chair; rcgcn Sic ba§ Wud) auf ben 3:tfc^, put the book on the table ; UJir gcl)cn I)cutc auf bic 3agb, we go out hunting to-day. ^1 Ke 1 fc t; t) p (5 \ woi Ex. against 55 '»ver; cr fagte c« mir in'^ £)f r he wS^' *'f f^V'*^ ^'-''l into the nc6cr. above, over- «,;/a /; n '"'^''^'''-^^ ^^ >°to n>y ear. 5l)ur, Tiber km ©iicSti'^T''-,*'^* ®«-'maIbe r;anat iibcr b« the window; ib^^^S '^v "t" .^^-nftff ^ '"^^'^ "'« ell" Tbol': "^5^'t^ie';^?e^thrtal;fe• "4' ^i'/.,^'^'--- ""^^^ ^om ^ifcf,c J'eueath me ; untcr bcr 0(caicru;fl p'sSf^'!"'. ""^'^'^ mir, you lodl un cr Srcunbcn, among 52^ fe 'l '^ *''« ^'^'g'^ ^^ Louis! aCcm t^un, to p'ut' watc? wS th" tie *"-''' ^^^^'^ ""t« t*=n happened beforrmyl*;S. "^fiT!!^ ^^"'^^^ 9' c^cOc^T^La Z ^^fh the Accusative: ei Mt S S"^ ."'""f. ^ ^'^"'e after me places himaelf behind 'the^doo^bSd me ^^"'^' ^'"^" "•'^^' ^- VVi^A Me ^ccM.ya/tz,c ; ct fcfctc ffrfi f.»i!« -^^ ."'''' 'reside niy sister Smen, between, amonL^ 1 f .f^";''''^' '^ «"^ ^^^ ^-d^t" fccm ©arteu 1,1 ^cr ^o^ beTwlf th? wV ^'''St" ^^«^ «'^«f^ «nb yard; eg entflanb jJi^fKn S fcnc nnh'^J "^1 g'^^'den is tho tjiere arose a quarrel between the man A ^7 ^"" *"'" <^*«'^ Me Accusative : cx fefetc ben ^f,M ?^-?^ "'^c *^'^ woman. With put the chair between the twn I ^m ^^'^'1''" *"<^ *«'t>cn iTifdic he <^tc(nc, the ring dr:;^ amonrthe^'stn'es'" ^'"^ <^^^ «« ^'^ woL^ wiAr'£aL?on"^'°"-^ ^^^ -^^^^ - one Ex.: "'^'''^ ^^ Accusative of the Article om instead of an beni ons — —an bus jum — — gubcm »cm instead of tnjn be m furs f,-,j5,3 hem (,w^,„, ! I i il u 50 CHATTER IX. OF ADVERBS. f 78. Tho Advcrba are diviJeJ into three principal clasBCs ,' Adverbs o^j>lace, of time and of quality. 1. ADVERBS OF FLACE. SBe, where I;icr, here ba, bort, there Uicit, fern, far nii()c, near fjintcrt. behind Horn, Dcforo obcn, above untcn, below trgenb^tJO, .'uiywhiTe, somewhere nin^cnbwo, nowhere libcrad, everywhere gurucf; backward «cnrart3, forward fcit«art5, sideways ruiftuartS, backwards linfs, on the left rccl;tS, on the right, Ac. 2. ADVERBS OF TIME. 5!Bann, when l^cutc, to-day morgcn, to-morrow iibamorgcn, the day after to- morrow gcflcm, yesterday , „^.„,^ ooracftcrn, the day before ycstcr- irfjon, already day fruf), early jc^t, now fpdt, late t{)cmatS, formerly gtcict;, jogtctcf;, directly, 4e. bamatS, then, at the time eft, often tlic, never jmoctlcn, sometimes immcr, always Jinior, before 3. ADVERBS OF QUAITTY OR KIND. 3Bic, how fO; thus gem, willingly gut, well frf)lc^t, badly irarum, why bctna()C, almost gwar, indeed, although gcivig, certainly HtcUeid;t, perhaps, (to. This last class of adverbs is the most numerous; it comprehends all adjectives, which can be employed adverbially, and which in English take the termination ly. Ex.: S^'tefcS '^caxi ifl nett, this house is ucw ; btcicS <§au3 ift ncu angcftridjcn, this house hns hwn newly painted Bi'^ fffc 57 and servo to form n ,v,,«„f ^^^'"s or with prepositions, Ili'mn. fiinnli ,!„«._ ^. ^ .*-«*•• Ijcrab, f)inaB; down I;crauf, ijinaiif, up I;crcin, Ijinciii; in Imaiis, l)i\ums, out tm\)cx, l)kxfjin, this way mcr, t>af)in, there Portf;cr, fccrU;in, from ti.ere, there adverbs. Ex.: ' '''''° *^ ^"^"^ compound fjtcran, by this I)icrauf, lieroupon ^tcrbct, hereby I)icrburd), hereby l)icrau3. out of this Ijiixin, in this ^tcrfur, for tliia W^tQin, against tliis baran, by that* baraiif, tlicreupon babcf, tiiercby baburd;, by tliat baraus, out of that i)mn, therein bafiir, therefore bagegcn, against it. ^^Tl. adverb n,o, where, is combined in the same Sf,^;!;'iieh ^f^^'-^'y ^ovaus, out of which 1 ' ^^ ^^'^7'<-''i i«crin, (n whieh n I "'foT w.''^"""' tooH whereby S * „r7 ''S • . . t frp- Q ^ woiiad^, after whicli.f Ihe simple form of the Superlative in eft ,'<, ^\H^. *e ^adjective, preceded b, L^poti'^nf LTr/ + WI.«T, *«- ;r u- ""^^3' •'^^■0 ToweJs meet. 58 om fvatcftcti; Mont : a„f baa gcuau^flc, most minntelv j om ortcitcn, ultcnust ; auf fcaa flcfcl)iviiibcf]e; uiost (juickly. T' Superlative sometimes also takes the ciaXm^y cii« Ex. : o < frulKflcns, ftt tlio soonest ; I;i>c^flcn«, id tin n.ost. The following adverbs form their degrees of coinpari sou irregularly : . ° t- 8uL well ; tcffcr, better ; am beftcn, best , •Id, much ; mi)x, raoro ; flm tnciftcn, most ; balb,80on; c^cr,80oner; am clKllcn/soonest ; 6ttn, willingly ; Utbtx, more willingly ; am licl)|tcn, most willingly I iir CHAPTER X. OF CONJUNCTIONS. § 76. The following is a list of the principal cott junctions. i 1. SIMPLE CONJUNCTIONS. Unb, and ; cbcr, or; «bcr, aUctn, but ; fonbcrn, but (after a negation) ; alS, when, than ; bcnn, for ; ba, as ; tucil, because j icenn, when, if; oh, if, whether; Xoann, when ; bann, tiieu • ta^, that ; fcod), yet ; c^c, before ; oifO/ thus, consequently. 2. COMrOUND CONJUNCTIONS. Damit, auf bag, in order that ; cbfllci^, obfdjon, although ; iiacljbcm, after; inbcm, while ; mitljin, consequently ; cntttcbcr. . .obcr, either. . .or, iPcbcr. . .ncd), neither. . nor; fottJO^l.. .0(5, as well., .as; Jute. . .fp, as. . .as; ie...bc|io, the... the. The conjunctions are followed now by the Subjunctive md now by the Indicative Mood ; some of them change the construction of the sentence, others do not change it (bee the following Chapters.) 59 CHAPTER XL OF THE USE OF THE MOODS. 1. INDICATIVE MOOD. infinitive ana Prcscu'^'nioi^le";!. uLV'eIT"^' "" \Sf,l*'« """"""*((".« I b. ■!.,.. ,,i„ „ t, ,„ „„„^., ja'S;,™,"^!™'"'' ^'6 " ^;, -r f,.„.a ,a,„ .„ .peak fmi ^<«m'«» uillc, Smno o,,., tavelliug iu U„,m»i,y, 3*.Wc M acM,,,, aU id, wtbcU r ..» it in pa,,i„g. /x. .1, , ^ speaking the truth. ^ m ai^, nebcin, lucmt.) ^^'' conjunctions, bafj, ba. ^ I)cit bct^o me^r. ^ ' "''' f "^^' '^■''' '^ ^1 the value of lienlth e(;c man rcbct, mug man bcntcn T'.f ? '""'"'''■, • Sometimo. tL T • '^'"'''°^' >'"" '""^t ""■na- tive Cr Ex.! ^"P^^^*^^« i« ^^Placed by the Indica- 3t;vfonuntl|)cr! Stay! Come here! 2. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD \K' mir, b„5 cr tanf gc^cn He .„H „,e «,at he W be™ iU. ^m fr agtc tcrianb antrc ivcl cf;C5 Uttfcr SJa. They asked us, ^vluch country. was otur n Vl' 60 I'l ; ' I I thought he wns ill.* We beard the train had started. I might be rich. I should be happier. I sliould have more friends. ?iA) nIauBtc, ba^ cv Tranf \mxt. 'Mx Ijovtcii, bcr 3u9 jet augcgangcn. 2. After the conjunctions Iwcun and oh, if, when the verb is in the Imperfect or Pluperfect tense. Ex.: SBcnn Sic djtx gefommcn tearcn. If you had come sooner, aiicnn Id) Diclc Srcunbe Tjattc. If I had many friends. Sd; fragte if;n, ob cv cS Wiiptc. I asked him, if he knew it. 8. In exclamations and wishes, where the conjunction 18 understood. Ex.: ^attc iA) ®clb ! If I had money ! S(d;, Wixi id; gefunb ! Ah ! if I were well I 4. Instead of the Conditional Mood. Ex.: Sd) fonnte reic^ fern. 3d) tvarc 9lucflid)cr. 3d) f)attc mcl)i gvcunbe. In general the Subjunctive Mood is used to express a thin^ of which we are not quite sure, and sometimes by using either the Subjunctive or Indicative Mood we show our belief or disbelief of an event or a circum- Btance. Ex. : 3c^ ^abe gcprt, t)a^ bcr ^om'g an--^ gefommcn tfi. ' I have heard, that the king has 3d) I)aBe gcJ)6rt, bag bcr ilonig an-- ( arrived. gefommcn fci. J TCan r)at uns gcfagt, bap bcr Svicbc) gcfdjfoffcn ifi. f Tiiey have told us, that the pcaca 2«an I)at uns ge[agt, bcrgrtcbc fci f is concluded. gefd)loficn. ; In the first case we express our bel-'ef of the news, in the second we merely mention it, without believing it yet ourselves. 3. IMPERATIVE :uiOOD. § 78. The Imperative Moc3, as we have seen, haa only the second person of the Singular and of the Plural. When we wish to express a command to a third person, we make use of the present tense of the Subjunctive Mood, or of the verbs \oikn, shall, and mofjcii, may. Ex.: * Tlie Subjunctive Mood is likewise used in expressing the opinion we had of ourselves, but which we have no mure at the time we art ■peaking. f. 61 ®i fommc *3i fommc 1 ^r ^r fon.fommcn. \ ^^ ^'^Y °^ s^iall come. ei« mogcu fommcn. TJiey may come-Iet theu. come Sing. JagunggcrKn. )^ . ^.W^^maj also saj: gcfjcn lt,ir; or: luir luoKcu ocfjcu, w^3 4. INFINITIVE MOOD. th!ltoI^on^tT?, Infinitive is used with or without me preposition 3U. It is used without gu : 1. When it is the subject of a preposition. Ex • ^.'cr trfnfcn i|i ungcfunb. To tri^c much is unwhoksome. ,«n7;.« f ?r^ *^® J^""^^ ^"^"ff"' ^onncn, (affcn, ini5cw;n JDu fantifi fcl)rci6cn. (Sr mug arbcitcn. SBtr Ijijrcn if;n rcbcn. a^tr fa^cn ftc tatijcn. a)icmS3rut)crlcrntgcicl;ncn. I may hope. Thou canst write lie must work. We hear him speak. "We baw her dancing. My brother learns drawing. f , " ' ^J "wtucr leuiua urawing. pre;osuLntr eIT ""^ '"'^■'"'™ '^ I"-'-^"-! ''y "'« JSr n)unfrf;t mit Srjncn ju ^rcc^cn. JUSir r)oftcu morgcn cincu »Bvicf lu «« Ijaltcn. " 2d) mc Sfc, cincn Jfttgcnblicf anim-. ficfjicn. "' Scl; furcate cs tr)m ju fagcn. tSiS ift tvaurig, fcine grcunbc lu "^mait" "''^^ ^"' ^^"^'^ i" ^^^« ^"^^ ««" "-ec miles to go. nFnll\''''^ ^'^ indicate precisely the object, the motive of an action, um is added to the prep. 3U. "^ Ei. : -iO) fommc, um -■■■ '^^ fprcdjcu He wishes to speak to j^ou. We liope to receive a letter to morrow. I beg you to get up for a mo ment. I fear to tell it him. It is sad to have no friends. mit Sr^ucu gu I come in order to speak to you SBii- iVUcii uid;f, umiucffcn, fonbcvn We d toix cffcn, um' ju (cben but o not live in order to eat we eat in order to live. if 62 Every German Infinitive may bo taken substantively, and be preceded by the article. Ex.: ins 2'rinfcn, drinking ; baS S^anjcn, dancing. H i i « 6. PARTICirLES. § 80. The present participle is mostly employed as an adjective. Ex. : JDcr flcrbcnbc ®rct3 ; the dying old man. 2)ie Icibcnbc aKcnfcl;^cit ; suffering humanity. ,T)aS Ic[enbc ^tnb ; the reading child. There are, however, cases, where the present Parti- ciple is also used in German to unite two sentences into one; which, however, can only take place, when the two sentences have the same subject. Ex. : 3itternb fagtc er mir He told me trembling (Srrctt)Cttb »or ©djam cntfcrntc cr Blushing with shame he with- ftd). drew. § 81. The past participle serves not only to form the compound tenses of verbs, but it is also very often used as an adjective. (Sin gcfrontcS ^aii^it; a crowned head. ©05 gcUcbtc ^inb; the beloved cliild. 2)cr angcfangcnc JBticf ; the commenced letter. The past participle replaces sometimes the Imperative, the Infinitive, and even the present participle. Ex.: ®ctxitnfcn, gcfpictt! Let us drink, play ! S)a5 I)Ctgt Qcavbcitct (instead of: That ia called working. orbciten). dx lam gclaufctt, gc[vtungcn. He came on running, jumping. Sometimes also the past participle of those verbs the Infinitive of which is used without gu (§ 79), is replaced by their Infinitive. Ex • M) fjabe Ujn aufommcn fcl^cn I have seen him arrive. (gcfcfjcn). Gr Ijat bcjafjlcrt mtiffen (gcmii^t). ITo has been obliged to pay. aBic Ijabcu it;n fuigcn t)ovcn (gc= We have heard him sinK. (£ic Ijat C5 if;m nid^t [agcn biirfcn She dared not tell him. (gcbuvft). In rhetoric style, the past participle also serves to connect two sentences and to render the expression more foncise and distinct. Ex.: ii* " tantively, ™g- ployed as 3nt Parti- mces into Q the two i he with* ■ to form cry often iperative, Ex.: jumping. ;^erbs the replaced 5 pay. iug. serves to ion mor6 63 lion fcmcu ^vcuiibcn VctTat(;en, Hon Icmcn Weiiibcn vcvfcluh cutflcf) ^5fKniif}oflc5nart)S|5crfic„. ^ »ic llnfdjulb ift t)cr ecck ©Imf- ^inrnal mfdjcrgt unb aufnegcfccii, 11 .T* ^i""^ ii» ganjeia'cbcn, Unb kiiic SRcu' briiigt fie giimcf. Letmyed by his frienvi^, perse. cuteu by his enemies, Tiiemis- tocJes escaped to Persia. Innocence is tJio happiness of the soul ; once forfeited and lost, It will leave us for ever, and no repentance can recall it. CHAPTER XII. OF THE USE OF THE TENSES. 1. PKESENT TEXSE. § 82. The Present Tense is used in German a«? in English, and in addition in the following ease'Xere tl e anv f^n H ^^^^.^t'^ted in English ; viz., tvhen ptk „. of We have heen living in tliii house for five years. The, I- .incle has been dead these eleven years. I have had it from my childhood. How long have you been licre ? I have been waiting for you this hour. including it. aBtr hJoTmcn fctt fijnf Saljrcn I'n oicfcm JQnuic. ^l)x pijiim i\t [d;on elf Saljre tott. 3rt? fjjihe cs fd^ctt fcit mcincr Jfiinbf;cit. ^citnjannfinbSicrjicr? M) Wartc itxciUs fcit cincr Stunbc aiif <£ic. 2. IMPERFECT TEXSE. § 83. The Imperfect Tense is used in German, 1. In historical narrative. Ex • watt, and, *ic m»mml "'■ ,s.':L''l'■:i^«'' "■"' J* *n(6, «l« bii tanin. i ,,.,, „,.:,;„„„, *tL™* '■'•'" '"' "< " ^" '","r,;:'s^Jr.rc:,„ " ' ' ' slept quite soundly. 3= To narrate events, of which i eye-witness. Ex. : ■ f ■/ ; ■■ ] I- .' ilili; narrator 64 p.- i'^ I ®cflctn cvcigtktc ftcfj cfn fonbcrbarct a^orfaU uiitcr Jiicincm 1^cn)lcr. 2^cl• *4)vofcf)or ijidt cine (aucjc Oiebc, imb wix bcglcitctcn U)n nad; .^au c JUVUff. Yesterday n slrango accident happened under my window. The professor made a long speech, and wc accompanied him home. 3. PERFECT TENSE. § 84. The Perfect Tense is used 1. In relating events of which the narrator was not an eye-witness. Ex. : (Ss r^at ftctj cm fonbcrbarcr aSorfafl crctgnct. ^cx ^rofcfjor fiat cine fanac SRcbe geljalten wnb fcinc 3ul;orct Wcrbcn fie brudfcn laffcn. Xcx ^crgog ill gcficm in S3, ongcs fomnicn. A strange accident haa hap- pened. TJie professor has made a long speech, and his auditors Avill have it printed. The duke arrived at B. yester- day. 2. In expressing any definite past time, without -c'ference to mother (when in English the Imperfect Tense is used). Ex.: 3cl) Bin Ijcutc in bet ^irc[;c gcWe= I was at church to-day. fen. SBir ftnb gcfiem angcronimcn. 3d; l;abc bicfen iDiorgcn jucinc 93ricftafd)c »crlorcn. Ttdn jjrcunb f)at tiorigcs Soljr cine gvope Sfteifc ^cmadjt. Sinb eie gcjlcm im .fton^cvt gcs njcfcn ? § 85. The Pluperfect and Future Tenses are em- ployed in German as in English. Ohsermlion. In English there are three forms for the Present and Ii, Iterfect, and two forms for tlie Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses • viz • I work, I am working, I do work, I worked, was working, did work • I have worked ; I have been working ; I had been working ;— but in Gorman they are all supplied by the simple form : id) avbcitc, id) Mt Bcitctc; id; Ijabc gcavbcitct, id; r;atte gcavbcitct. We arrived yesterday. I lost my pocket-book 1 .? morning. My friend performed a long jo- ney last year. "Were you at the concert yester- day? %f CHAPTER XIII. OF THE CONSTRUCTION. § 86. The German construction differs in several points from the English. There are two princiDal roles to be observed: 1. that the word, expressin« ii^' 66 the principal idea, is always placed after those words v\liich express only accessory ideas- 9 tl^^f ViT Btood, IS always placed at the end of the sentence PARTICULAR RULES. 1. The adjective is always placed before its sub .tantive^and preceded by alf tho'se words which depend %.tfr ^'^'""""" ^^'^'^^'' A man, polite to everybody. ^'aoS,? '''^'^'''' «"3cfcf;imcn The goods sent to you the day O rri! -n belore yesterday. ^ 2. The Dative generally precedes the Accusative ex- But: I give them to you. They told us so. He vote it to me. 9Wan fai^tc cs un§. (Sr fc^rieb cs mir. _ ....... ,ue. the'nour^Ex': '"" " ' P^'"^^"' ^* ^« ^^^^^^ ^^f-« ^^fiLn.'"''""" ^"""^' "''^^^ ' ^^^'^^^ '"'^'^ it t« ™y friend. Set; Ici^c 'bir mcmc gcbcr. I lend thee my pen SKorncn Fommc ic^ nfcljt. Sort r;abcn wir langc gcwoljnt. SflctfT) tfl cr tiidjt, abcr cr;rrid). G"^. "l«''!'e Svcuubc rjabc id; ijiclc ©cfaUiflfcit. ©ie Saulcn fann tc^ jucl;t axis-. S^en WlaM)cn fJcfjl tic eittfam. tctt an. To-morrow I shall not come. We have lived there for a long time. ° He is not rich, but honest, lor my friends I have much courteousness. I cannot bear idle folks. Modesty is becoming to girla. r' 'M i >^M»'. !l h 6Q There are, however, some conjunctions which do not cause the transposition of tho Nominative, such as ixwh. bciiit, abcr, aUciii, ba, nm in general all those wordj which cause the verb to be placed at the end of thj sentence. (§ 90.) 4. The Nominative is also placed after its verb, in a sentence which serves as compic;nent to the one pre- ceding it. Ex. : cr ©cnii cr fommt, <\d}c id) fort, ain-ius '6ic cs bcfc(;lcn, jo mufj t^ tljisn. 3c mctjr iii) txhU, fccflo burjhiicr hin id). 2Bcitn bic (Sincn (^cwasiic.!. k i>cr= Itcrcti btc SlnOcrlu When 1' > comes, I go ji'/ay. If you comuiaud, lie luiet 'Ik it. The more I drink, tbo luo'-e tliirsty I am. Wlien oue party gains, the others Jose. 5. The Nomifjati '1, is pla;3cd after its verb, when rho conditional paiticlo iucim is suppressed. Ex.: Slvbcitct it}x ti:d)t, fo JscTommt ii)X If you do not work, you do nM ""«) «'» ®clb. get any money. ^ijt bit ni(l)t Pcigig, fo marljfl bu If thou art not dilieent, thou feme gcil!cl)rittc. wilt make no progress. 6. Interrogative sentences are formed without the help of any auxiliary verb, by merely placing the verb beforo Its Nominative. Ex.: «''\')cn Sic l)eitte att§ ? y3i!iii^cn Sic cs nidjt'i Jtomnit bcv iDiann nict;t wicbcr ? Do you go out to-day ? Do you not approve of it ? Does the man not come buck again ? Negative sentences are likewise formed without tlie help of auxiliary verbs. Ex. : Scf) hJcif? iS nidjt. I do not know it. ©V fommt nid;t. He does not come. 7. The Nominative is placed not only after the verb, but also after the adverb and other words depending on tlie verb, if the sentence begins with the neuter personal pronoun cQ. Ex.: ®S fam (icflcrn 3cmatib. Somebody came yesterday. • c "i'ii"\'^nf*) "ttlit aUc 'XHQC cine Such an opportunity does uo<. told;c (SJcIcgciirjcit. happea every day. i 87. The Germans v>,.;ce certain words at t. s plI of the sentence, which .- its kaij, and without ? h)d< the sense would not be understood. These words uu : 67 1. Tho attribute of the subject. j. Ihe adverb referring to the verb of the subject S. The preposition with its regimen or in its Xo fl.- ^latire particles barau, bantm, Ic ^ '' ^^'' fi* T wi^'ll* I^articiple and the Infinitive. n 4u *^^ i^® ^^^^ ^f the subject. i; Wlien the sentence begins with otip nf flio «^^- tliat, Damit, in order that; hmx, cfic, before- afs 11 when; iDdlH-cnb, while; uadjbcni, after; brintl' 2( 3) when^-rr'' •'" ^'?'"^ ^^'^ - relatl;e pr'onou .'ani V rfcd^^^^^^^^^^^ interrogative pLoun or ad- ^xu, proMUea that the interrogation be indirect Examples. ^jik^SCSra Srtctmaim r,6f, Be polite to every one. i" lrLS?l'iJ-'''f''- ■f '■• Sent ,. better. • ^*s.iT* '""" "°* "'*'*'"■ ■ f7 -' yot eaL .„;;Lg \S ""■* " *""" "«°l'«2''«.led „y re™i,„o„. ^tu';;f;K?"' ""■*3«"™ f J«ve the .„n„r .„ „I», ,„„ 6. aScnn^jc^ 93uc^er «„b ^eunbc If I had booWd fnonda. . Sdni^ci^ r,(cl;t, c6 cr glucflid, I do not know if he is happy. ^« ic§ if;« a«.u crilcn ^n«alc When I saw him for th« firsi ' ' time. ■^l 68 2DiU)rciib cr aitf bem J?aubc umr. M) fllaube, bajj cr fc!)r gufrtes ben ifi. Wliile lie wn8 in the country. I believe that ho is very happy 2)crjcni(ic. n^ctdKr jufricbcn i\i, He who is contented, is happv. ifl glucfdct). ^ * •' jBiffcn ©ie, Uvr bicfcn JBvicf Do you know who wrote thi: kttorf Ifcrf 11 II try. y ^^m>y Lappy. rote this TABLE or ALL IiniEGULAIl FOKMS OF DISSONANT AND IIUIEGULAR VERBS. 77ie fust column contains the irrrrr„r^^ r 0^/ a0c fciicffi, badt banb; baiibc Iiat, bate, bc|c[;l|l, bcfictjlt bcilt^, bcpt|'|e Bcffiffcit bcfoijlm bcgann bcgonn, Bcgonnc cegonncit bewog, bciwge BcttJogcn bin, btti btrg Jirgff/ bi'rgt mi bt|]e biaiefi, blast. biieb, bttcbe fcttcs, blicfe bog, boge \m, bijrllc bot, bote 6ra(^, bracl;e ^racJjtc, bi-ia (e brauiUc Imp. Ind. and Subj. Prcs. Ind. 2d and 3d pers Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Past part. _ do. Imp. Ind. Imp. Ind. and Subi. I'ast Part. Imp. Ind. and Fubi Past Part. Pres.Ind. Istand2dpers Imperative Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pers Imp. Ind. and Subj. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imp. Ind. and Subi. do. '' do. do. do. do. do. Imp. Ind. Pros. Ind. 2d and 3d pers cJTcn, to eat bacfcn, to bake btnbcn, to tic bergcn, to liide bitten, to beg bcfeljlcn, to command 1ttf;bcflci^cn, to apply one's self. '' do. bcfc^rcn, to command t'lijiiuicii, to begin, do. do. bciwgcn, to move do. fcin, to be bcrgcn, to hide do. beigcn, to bite • blafcn, to blow ^it\\)i,\if to remain blofcn, to blow biegcn, to bend bcrpen, to burst bicten, to offer brcd;en, to break bringcn, to bring brcnncn, to buru biaten, to roast 70 If Sri: txiiti l)iicl;fl, htcl;t bviet, brictc i}aA)k, badjtc barf, tavfft braiifj, biangc bvifd; briiilHf , briWjt brojd;, brofdjc burftc, biivftc eiiivfa(;l ciitpficl;l|}, cm nd)U cmvfoljl; cmvf'.^U cmvfcl)lcn crbliri), ciiU\t;c cvblic^cn crlifc^ crliidjc^ crlifd;t cvlold), crl6fd;c cvlojd;cn crfd;c((, crfdjcKe crjdjollcti ciid;tar; crfd;rafc cvfrf;ri(f cijd;rirft?, crfdjtiift cvfdn'orfcn cvwogcu faljrft; fdt;rt im, fa«t fanb, fanbc dngft^fangt 'mtj m d, flcjc ng, finae tcl;tfl, fiid;t fllc^t, pdjtc Jog, jloge 10^, flo^ H, pptTc odjt, fed)tc • raf, fraie rov, frijvc vifj vi|ic,u/.frtfi ful;r, fu()rc gaB. gaBe gait, galte I'lv '. Ind '.;o .-»iiU iJd pera Imp. ind. and Subj. do. I'res. Ind. Ist and 2d pera. Imp. Ind. aud Hubj. Imperative Pros. Ind. 2d and 3d per Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. Imp. lad. Imperative ' Fres. Ind. 2d and 3d pcrs Imp. Ind. aud Subj. Past Tart. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Paat Tart. Imperative Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pcre imp. Ind. and Subj. Past Part. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Past Part. Imp, lud. and Subj. Imperative Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pcrs. Past Part. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Past Part. Pres. Ind. 2d and ad pers. do. Imp. Ill and Lubj. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d i)er8. do. Imp. Ind. ;) v' Subj. do. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d i)er8. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. do. do. do. Imperative Pies. Ind. 2d and 3d pers, Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do iudjtn, to break do. Bratcit, to roast bciifcu, to think biivlt'ii, to daro brtngtn, to press brcfd)cti. to thrash •lO. do. burfcn, tu dare cnivfc(;lcn, to recora mend do. do. do. do. erBlcid;cn, to grow pale do. crlofd;cn, to extinguish do. do. do. erf d; alien, fo sound do. erfd)rc(fcn, to be fright eued do. do. do. crivagcn, to coiuddor do. fal;rctt, to liive (in a carriage) alien, to fall imbcn, to find fangen, to catch iedjtcn, to fight aUcn, to fall i.ii.fcn, to catcii ped;ten, to braid do. Ill , :., to fly itcl)rn, to flee li- ^cn, to flow .n, to fight iji.n,toeat(ofanimaU rtcren, to freeze reffcn, to cat do. fal^rctt, to drive (in a carriage) gcbcii, to give flcltcn, to be worth if-' gcbacfcn lobar, gcbdrc rfcbctct flcbicr flcbicvtl, gcbicil ficbiffcii ficblafcn flcblicbcrt flcbegcn Bcborcn flcbovijcn flcbovjlcii flcbotcu 0cbract;t gcbraimt flcbratcn fli'bvccl)cn fli'bunticn ni'bad}t Qcbicf), gcbitOe gebic()cn OcbrcKictt 0cbrun;,> I gcbuiigctv gcburft gefa^rcn gcfaHcn gcfangcn gcflort^tcn ficffo^en flcfloffcn gcfodjtcn flcfrcffcn gcfrorcn gcfmibcn gcgangcn gcgcbcu gcncffcn gcgliriKrt gcglitten flcg(ommcn gcgof)rcu gcgoltcu gcgoffcn gcgrabcrt fltgnffcn gcl;aUcn flcljaucu gclictgm gc&obcn I'ast Tart. Imp. lud. and Suhi I'list Part. "^ fiiipcrativfl I'rcs. Iii,l. 2(1 and 8d I'ast Part, do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. uip. lud. and Subj. I'aet Part, do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do, do. do. do. ha(tcn, to t)Ake gebdrctt, to War bcfcH; to pray gcbarcu J'crs ncbdrcit, to hear bcifjcn, to bito blafcn, to blow bleibcn, to remaio bicgcn, to bend gcbaren, to bear crgcn, to hide bcrftcn, to biw at bictcn, to offer bnttgcn, to bring brcnncn, to buru ixntm, to roast 6rccl)cn, to break btnbcn, to tio benfcn, to think 9cbci(;cn, to prosper do. brcfdKtl, to thrash cringcn, to press fcmgcn, to bargain bmfcn, to dare faf;rcn; to drive (in a carriage.) UUcn, to fall fangcn, to catcli flcd;tcn, to braid flicacn, to fly flt'e^cn, to flee fliegcn, to flow fcd;tcn, to fight frcffcn,toeat(ofaniniaIi fnevcn, to freeze fin ben, to find gcr^en, to go gcbcn, to give cffcn, to eat glcld;cn, to resemble gWtcn, to glide gltmmcn, to glow f\ii)xen, to ferment geltcn, to be worth gtegcn, to pour grabcn, to dig grctfcn, to seize IMten, to hold Ijmicn, to hew Jjeigcn', to be called iKben, to lift ^clfcn, to help 72 /icfannt floflommtn flcfiiiffcrt flcfommcn (icfcimt fiofrcdjcti fldabcn nclatifl, gclaiigc gclafjcii fiolaufcn fldcncii (jcli'ion Oclittcn gclogcii flcliingcn gcmal)(cn gcmcficn gemieten gcmpcl)t Ociuolfcn flcmugt gcnannt nciias, gcniifc gcncfcn gcnommcn flcncffcn jieno^, gcncf[c gc^jfiffen gcpilogcn gcvricfcn gcqucKcn gcraimt gcratl)cn ficricbcn gertffcu gcrittcn flctorfjcn gcronncn gcrufcn gcruitgeit gcfanbt ficfd)affcn qi^djal), gcfd;a^c 3eirf)cr)cn aeid;icbcn gcidjicljt gcfd^lcnctt Past 1 art. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Imp. Ind. and Sabj l*u8t TurL. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do do. i do, do. do. do. do. Imp. Ind. and Suhj, I'aat Part, do. do. Imp. Ind. and Suhj Past Part, do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Imp. Ind. and Snbj Past Part. do. Pres. Ind. 3d pers. Past Part. do. fcniicn, to know flinuncn, to climb flingcn, to sound fncifcii, to pinoli fcnimcn, to come roinicn, to be able fricd;cn, to creep Kibcn, to load ficlingcn, to succeed a||cn, to Ifftvo laufcn, to nm liegcn, to lie (down) Icfcn, to read Ictljcn, to lend vcibcn, to suffer liigcn, to lie (speak an untruth) gclingcn, to succeed mablcn, to grind incffcn^ to measure mcibcn, to avoid mijgcn, to like ntcifcn, to milk muffcii, to bo obliged ticnncu, to name gcitcfcn, to recover do. ncf)mcn, to take gciiicpcn, to enjoy do. Vfctfcn, to whistle Vllcflcn 0Rati) a.), ta consult ))VCifcn, to praise (JucUcn, to spring rcnncn, to run ratljcn, to advise rcibcii, to rub tcigcn, to snatch tcttcn^ to ride (on horao- back) xk^cn, to smell rinncn, to flow rufcn, to call ringcn, to wrestle fcnbcn, to send fd)affcn, to create aejdjc^cit, to happen do. f(f)clbcn, to part gcfc^cljcn, to happen fc^cincn, i. .cm fdjlafcn, to sleep fliiiltmii'fcn ficid; molten et!|(t;niftcn (|t]ci;iic&cn Bm}cbcn gffft'oKcn flolcliorcii ficlrtivicbcii flt'irtnicm flcfdjrittcrt flc)d;unbcit floid^uiicfien fli'fd^wcl'lcii flctd}irioinmcn flcfdjwuni^cn flefefjcu flcfifon flcfonnen flclottcu fli'fvicm flC)pJi|tcil flcivoiiiicn flcfprcdjcii ncfvnuicjcn ncfianbcit ncjlodKii Ocjlcljlcn ncfforbcn flcfto^en flcftrtdKn ficftrittctt Sdlunfcn flciunacn flcfunfcn flct()art gctragctt flctrctcn Hi'trieben 78 Past Part. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. d0. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. dc do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do Wn^cn, to brat id«l''idjcn, to mvak |d;Icifcn, to wliet |d;Icigeii, to split fd;licgm, to sliut fd;lin(]cn, to devour d;mci^cii, to throw (1;iliclictt, to inelt djnctbcn, to cut rtiiiaubcit, to snort fi^icbcit; to push |fl;cltcn, to scold !d;crcit, to shear d^ic^CTt; to shoot cl;rciOcit, to write fl'vct'crt, to cry fclncitcn, to step fd;iiibcn, to flay fd'UH'ineit, to bo silent fd^uicdcii; to swell |d)Wtiiimcit, to swltn fri;Uiorcn, to swear frt)tt)inten, to vanish fdnciit(]cn, to swing fcf)cn, to seo ftfecn, to sit faufcn, to drink (of ani mals) fiiincn, to m.';ditate ficbcit, to seethe IViicn, to spit fplcificn, to split fptnncn, to spin fprcdtcti; to speak jprtcgcn, to gerniiniite fpringcn, to jump ftd)cn, to Ptaud l^cifjcn; to ascend rtcd;cn; to sting ftci)ltn, to steal fJevben, to die ^c^cn, to push ftiCidicn, to stroke jircifcn, to contend ^inkn, to stink fingoii, to sing ftntcn, to sink tf)itn, to do tragcit; to carry tXitcn, to tread ~-'bcn, to di' f irci f to drive tvcffcn, to hit 74 I'l m w •i I getregett fjctntnfcn (jcn3a|ri)cn gcwanbt gcwann, gcWannc gcwadjfcn gcnjcfctt flewiejcn getuogcn gcivonnctt (icivorbcn gcnjorben gctoorfcn gcivorrcn gcivunbcn gcivnijjt gqtcTjett gqogm gcJtoungcn gib, gicb gibft, gibt giltil, gilt 9,m, giitgc glict), glidjc glit, gfittc glomm, gtomme gp^r, Qbi)xc go(t, golte gofJr gofje grabf!, graBt gviff, gviffc grub, griibc l)a(tt}, (;alt r)atl, {)at l)attc, pttc ()icb, Ijicbc f)ic(t; Ijiclte I)icf5, ]^ic{?c I)ilf(^/ r;iift m l)oB, I;cBc if? •ffefi, m am, fame anil, fanuji faimte, fintntc ftang, flange flomm, flommc friff, fniffc tommil, Fcmmt Past Part. do. do. do. Imp. fnd. and Subj, Past Part, do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. frnperative Pres.Ind. 2d and 3d pers, do. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. do. do. do. Pres.Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. Pres.Ind. 2d and 3d pers. do. Imp Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. Pres.Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imperative Imp. Ind. and Subj. Imperative Pres.Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Pres.Ind. Ist and 2d pers Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. da. Pro.s Ind. 2d and 3d pers tvicgcn, trugett, to i« ceive. trinfcn, to drink hjafdjcu, to wash ivenbcn, to turn gcwtnncn, to win Joad;[cn, to grow fctn, to be iDctd^cn, to yield tfcifcn, to show iuicgcn, to weigh gminncn, to win tvcrbcn, to enlist h)crbcn, to become hJcrfcn, to threw Jttirrcn, to entangle ioinbcn, to wind itJiffcn, to know §cil)cn, to accuse. jic^cn, to draw jwtngcn, to compe' gebcn, to give do. getten, to be worth gcljien, to go gleid)cn, to resemble glcitcn, to glide glimmcn, to glimmer gafirctt, to ferment gcUcn, to be worth gicpcn, to pour grabeu, to dig grcifcn, to seize grabcn, to dig lelfcn, to help fjaltcn, to hold i^abcn, to ha , I? do. Ijaucit, to hew fjaltcn, to hold ^cificn, to be called t;clfcn, to help do. f)cbcn, to lift cffcn, to eat do. fommen, to come fonncn, to be able fcnncn, to know flingcn, to sound Fd'nimcn, to climb fiicJfi'it, to pinch fomiucn, to come 'III to i< fonntc, fonntc froct>; fvod;c iM, lage las, tdfe lief, liefe lies icl'cfl, ricft tc^, iic^e Mt, litte leg, lege lub, lub mag, magfi map, ma^c inicb, mtcbc miffcfl, migt mo^te, mij(l;te nnig, mupt inujjte, mutjte naf)m, natjnic nannte Miinm nt'minil, nimmt V?ff/ ^Jfiffe ma, pj!oge pn'c«, vricfc quia qui '01, (luiat quofi, auoKe tang, rai ,0 rann, caiine raitntc ticb, rtcbc ticf, riefc "etf), rietrjc '^i^/ rtfic titt, ritte rod), ro(f;c faO, fa^e aiibte aitg, fangc ant, ffiitfc faiin, faiinc iaufil, fauff fc^alt, fci;a(te 75 Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. Prea. Ind. 2d and 3d pera do. ^ Imp. Ind. and Subj. Imperative Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pera. Imp. lud. and Subj. do. •' do. do. Pres. Ind. lat and 2d pera Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. Imperative Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pera. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Pres. Ind. 1st and 2d pera Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. Imp. Ind. Imperative Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pera. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. Imperative Pres. Ind. 2d and 3a pera Imp. Ind. and Subi. do. •* do. Imp. Ind. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pera. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do, do. do. do. do. Imp. Ind. Imp. lud. Subj. do. do. do. Pr€8. Ind. 2d and G.I fcnncn, to be abla frtccl;cn, to creep licgcrt, to lie (down) rcfcu, to I'ead Ia)7en, to leave laufcn, to ruu do. Icfon, to read do. lafjcn, to let Icibcn, to suffer ti'tgcn, to lie (speak n) untruth) labcn, to load • mogcn, to like mc))cn, to measure meibcn, to avoid nic)7cit, to measure do. mogcn, to like mu)|on, to be obliged do. ncr^mcn, to take iicnncn, to name wcfjnun, to take do. Vfeifctt, to whistle ^Nctt (SRatO JC), to consult ^rcifcn, to praise quellcn, to spring do. do. ringcn, to wrestle vinnen, to flow Xinnen, to run tat()en, to advise rcibcn, to rub rufen, to call xatijcn, to advise reigcn, to snatch rcttcn,to ride (on hora4 back) ricdjcn, to smell fcf;cn, to see fenbcn, to send ftngcn, to sing fintcn, to sink (tnncn, to meditate jt^cn, to sit {•era. faufcit, to drink (of • r rn p Ind and Subj. am mals) frfjcltcil, to 3C0lJ fdjicb, f(t)fcbc fri;^cn; fdjicne Wm, fcl)ilt mm, fdjlaft ffl)Ia3|l; fcl)ldgt fdjlaun, fcijlaiige WiA), fd;Uri)c fri)licf, fdjlicfc fd)liff, fd;lif{e id;lif}, fd)lif|c fdjlojj, fd)l6|fe ui)litj], fd;Uige iiliiiiif), )"cl;mii7e icluiicl^, fd)mo(jc Idiiiitt, ld;nitte Icbiiob, ]d)nobt ici)L>b, fd;obc titalt, fd;oUc id)or, fd)orc fd^ofii, fd)of)c fd)viclj, fd;rtc6e !d}ric, fdjrice fd;rttt, fd)rtttc (dntf, fdjiifc Id)U>ainin, frf;ivaiuiue Id^ivanb, fd;i»anbe fd;iiMC(^, fd)Wiec}c fd;wtllft, fd;wiat id;iui(l fd)wcll, fdjircfle fdjwor, fd;t»ore fd;wor, frijworc fd)Jvan(^, fdjhjaiige \(i)\mx, idjmixc fief) foff/ foffc fott, fijttc fvann, fpannc fpte, fvicc Plifi, fptific prvid), fpvad;c pvaiif^, fvvdiif^c Vridjft, fvvidit prid), preg, fprojjc ftad), flddjc ftaf, fiafc fta^i, ftdljlc 76 Imp. lud. and Subj. do. Tres. Ind. 2d and 3d pers, do. do. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. do. do. do. Imperative Prea. Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Prea. Ind. 2d and 3d pers Imperative Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. fd)ctbcit^ to part fd;cincn, to seem . fd;cltcn, to scold fd;Iafcit, to sleep fdjlagcn, to beat fdjlingcn, to devour djleic^cn, to sneak d)lafcn, to sleep d;(ctfcn, to whet djlcigcn, to split d)licfcn, to shut fdjlagcn, to beat fdjmcljcn, to melt do. c^meifcn, to tlirow djmd^cn, to melt ^ntctbcn, to cut djmubcn, to snort d;icbcn, to push djcltcn, to scold fdjcrcn, to shear fd;icgcn, to shoot fdjrcibcn, to write fd)rcten, to cry torciteit; to step d;affcn, to create d)>utmmcn, to swim djiumbcn, to vanish djlivifjcn, to be silent d;wcllcn, to swell do. Imperative I'res. Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do do do. do. do. Pres, Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imperative Imp. Ird. and Subj. do. do. do. do. do. d)\5)arctt, to fester diUHH-cn, to swear d)tvingcn, to swing djWcvcn, to swear cf)cn, to see do. faufcn, to drink (of ani- mals) faugcn, to suck ftcben, to seethe fpinncn, to spin fpcicn, to spit fvlcigcit; to split |prcd;cii, to speak fpringcn, to jump fpvcdjCtt, to speak do. fpricfien; to germinate fkd)cn, to sting fif(fn\, to stick ftol)(cit, to steal l|i to part to seem to scold to sleep to beat to devou? to sneak ;o sleep to whet to split to shut ;o beat to melt do. to tlirow to melt to cut to snort ) push scold shear > shoot to write I cry ) step create f to swim to vanish to be sileut o swell o. o. ) fester > swear .0 swing > swear 8 ). "ink (of ani. !uck ethe spin )it ijtlit speak jump speak germinate ting iek teal ffanb; flanbc (ianf, ftanic i^iixb, ftiixbe fM) ftiec}, fitege • ftWii, fticfjK (lief; fttcge fiivbl^/ ftivbt m Par)f, fiafifc ftrirt), ftT(ri;e rtfitt, jirittc funb, ftnvbe (f)at, tijcik tini (c) timx tf)ttt M, tvafe tViiiili/ tva^t traiif, trante twit, tvati! trk'b, fxicbe triftll, trifft nittft, tvitt tritt tvoq, tv5(]c tntfi/ tn"if)c I'crbavb, Vctbiabc Dcvbirb I'crbivbiT, »crbiv6t Dcvborbcu Dcrbvcfjcn vcvbvof!, iicrbvoffc ecvbarb, lu'vbfivbc iH-rnaf), ucvgajjc ticvjicffcn ycr(;cl;fcit t'cvlorcu teanb; luanbe n^atibte ioar, ware timrb Waicl)c!l, u'aidjt ivcijj, n-ciil 77 Tnip. Iiid. and Subj. do. do. Imperative Tres. Ind. 2d and .3d pers. imp. Ind. andaubj. Imperative Trus. Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Pres. Ind 2d and 3d pers. imperative Imp. Ind. and Subj. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. Imperative Tres. Ind. 2d and 3d pors Imp. Ind. and Subj. Pi-es. Ind. 2d and 3d pers Imp. I«d. and Subj. do. ■* do. Imperative I'res. Ind. 2d and 3d |)frs do ^ Imperative Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. '' do. Imperative Pres. lud. 2d and 3d pers Past Part. ' o do. Imp. Ind. and Subi. do. •' do. Past Part. Prcs. Ind. 2d an.l 3d pers. Imperative I'ast Part. do. Imp. Ind. and Subj. I'res. Ind. 2d and 3d pers Imp. Ind. and Subj. Imp. Ind. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Imp. Ind. do. Imp. Ind. and Subj. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Pi-es. In.l 1st and 2d p,.r3. jlcf;cn, to stand ftinfcn, to stink flcibcn, to die rtcd;cn; to sting do. fieiqcv, to ascend ftcI)lcn,"to steal do. flofjcn, to push ftcvbcn, to die do. ftcl^Icn, to steal ftogien, to push ftxdA)m, to stroke ftrciteu, to contena fJcrbcn, to die tl}m\f to do do. do. trcffcn, to hit haocri, to carry trinfcn, to drink h'ckn, to tread trcibcn, to drive treffcn, to hit do. trctcit; to tread do. tnij^cit, to deceive tnij^cii, to carry iv'vbcvbcn, to s])(>il do. do. do. Vei'bn'cfjcn, to vex do. I'crborbcn, to spoil Vcr(3c|7cit; to forjret do. do. do. yerr)cf)(en, to conceal i'crlicvcn, to lose do. Umdjfcn, to grow Unnbcn^ to wind ivicnbcn, to turn fcttt, to be ivcvbcn, to enlist Jucibcn, to become ircrfi'ii, to tlirow >vafrt!cn, to wash >vit"|cn, to know Yoks, icicjc h,nvbfi; wttfct tvnvf ivivffl, Wtvft U,nvf!, tcivb too(^/ tupgc h)itcf)§, tviidjfc hMrb, Wurbe \mvbc, juiirbc Juii§tc, Wii^tc f-i-'fl/ SiJgc iWauQ, gtvdnge 78 Imp. Ind. and Subj, do. Prea. Ind. let and 2d pers. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pers. Imperative do. Pres. Ind. 2d and 3d pers, do. Imp. Ind. and Subj. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. H)cici)ct1, to yield tvcifcn, to show iviclicn, to be willing tocrben, to enlist do. tBC~fctt, to throw do. ttcrbcn, to become ivtcgcn, to weigh hjactjfen, to grow iccrbcn, to enlist hjcrbcn, to becom* lBafd;cn, to wash iriftctl; to know gci^cn, to accuse jiebcn, to draw iWingcn, to compel yield ihow je willing enlist 0. throw become veigh grow Jnliat 3ecom« ■wash now iccuae raw compel PRACTICAL TART. ALWIABETICAL LIST OF ALL TIIOSK W'OnDS WHICTI AHE MKT WITn IX TTIF iv PTT-pma,- Sfacfjcn ?lbcnb Sdualie 8(Vfcl 9lvjt VluffjaBc 91113'cnblicf 93alc ^iau lit S3 erg 53tcr muitt a3ict 53lcifiifi 53 fume S.3ricf a3rcb 93nibcr 53vuffct a3u(^ 2)1113 JDiiitc ©orf S)uvft !Du^cnb (Sifcn 6f(e ©Item tSmilic (tnalanber »..>:'.„ >^ebcrmcffer 1. SUBSTANTIVES Welter ?»Jar 5i5avter H^fJaume ^Kffer HJfunb Quiver fRcAjt 9iegcntd;trm ^lin(^ Sdjwcftct ed)urter Sdnicibcr Sdjreinct Q.dn\i) €d)lcg i I" I If' ^ Edjinfcn eri;iilc 8djuJcr £rl;raiif 8cnf eilbcr (tonne '|V'i,y'cvgang etai)l etcKc flit Qn;^cncl)m arm bcicl;cibcn bofc beutl'd) faitl ficifsiq flcfddifl (icfdjirtt gcfunb flhut'idj gclbcu flrog fiut cttn'cifcn abfcl)rctbcn adjtcii anflctbcn rtnfontuu'U anhvcrtcn an^icl)cn an^iinben anwcnbcn avbcitcn aufmadjcn atifftcljcn an^gc()cn au6vuf)cn bcfcf)lcn '^ifnbcn, jid; fceljaltcn (Etinimc etmt Stvafjc Strumpf unnlurfltd) iiniotilcnb unwoljl vovtvefftid; tvarni jaf)tveidj Sufiiebcn gn'ifleu l;aben l;a(ieln l)etfjen I)ungcrn ivveii, ftd^ faufen fennen fcnunen fennen ladjcn legcn Iciljen lefen (icbeu llHH'U lugcn 83 no i) 5 niart)cn Jiiuficn iicOmcn ratOcii rcgnen ancti (l;amcn, fi^ ti;ciiicn d)iifcn ffi;nci&cit fcljnctcn fcfjrcitcn ciu i&cn piclcn Vvccl;cii 'tcllcn irafcit abcln an^cn tijcilcn toijtcn trinfeti wnterOalfcn, firt; »cracl)tcn fcrbictcn Serf ail fcit VcvUcvcn lH'rfvrcrf;cn iuartctt ivciiicu ivcvbctt ^vfcbcifc^cn Uiiffcii ivimbern, flc^ Un'inf(l;cn jcvbvvcfjcn gcvrci^cn jumarijcrt Sururfi^cbcit jitrmftoiiimen gurmfirijicfcn jtvcifcJn DETEllMIXATIVE ADJECTIVES AND PEONOU.Xa ber. bie, bas bicfcr, jcncr nicin, bctii, fci'tt, n. teinigc, ntcinigo; jc. omicic bicjcnigc, ic. iljn, ft'iv c^ aicr, fonbcm al5, fur oaf, axis, an tci, bis ebon, focbcn ba, bavon, bamit, jc. i>uxd), babuvcl) djcmals gcftcrn, Ifjeutc eft; immcr fcitcn, fpat fru^, fvufjer 0«m, gcnug ntir, niic^, btr, bid) mis, cuclj, i(jncu »vcr, Was loeld;cr, UvM^c, \x\M}tS man, nicmanb fcin, nidjts jcmanb, mcfjrc 6. rARTICLES. cicfaf(i(]fl, range ijicv, bort Ijerab, l;crein, jc. ^inab, ^inaus, jc. in, bavin, wmn tnit, bamit, jc. ja, iicin nod;, nidjt pb, obcr, nuv of;nc, nad) Hh fo fci:;r fd)on, fcit (inbcrc, dk cin, einjicj Jtvei, brci, ic. crflc, jtucitc, )c. ganj, l;alb «"b, untcr t'icl, gu Did u^iericl, fcin'cf Ivcnif], lucuigcr Von, vor ivn'e, iuanim, Weil Wo, Wofjin, uiof;ct Jcouon, looniit Uioran, tvoju, jc, ivann, ircnn ju, jufawmea EXERCISES. i; I'. t ' I i% A'i ™''^' 1. mother, btc yiadjt, the niglit ; uovifl, last ; h'fljjcn, to possess ®ie OJofc ift dnc fcpnc ratine. ^]or)anii ift cttt faiifci paDc. Coin c i|t cm flciBiflcS yj^abrf)cn. Uufcre ®rof;mut. ^r ift cute a te m'aii. ®cr .^imb ift clit iul<.acf)cs iljier. Lr ? ;- r^^'^l"^'^^^ ^11 "^''''" ^"^"^' <^^''^""^' 2:f)crc[c ift mciue lUitgitc ecfjiucftcr. ^cr ©raf t)at ciitcit tanbcn eoliii nib cute bltubc ^oc{)tcr. •]f,r 9kcl)bai: bcfil^t ciu [djonci C)au3 2. per 5?cbicntc, the nuuv.., ,.vant ; bcr ©cntdj, the smell; bfc enmrfie he anguago; enc, hid,, J::ngli3h ; frauicfllcl French; KlioS to inhabit; tcmcn, to learn ; Wiebcrfinbcn, to liud again. *""^''"^"' *^ You have a bad pen. Henry has a gooa father and a good_ mother. We have a faithful tman-) servant. Our neighbor inhabits a very small house. This flower has an a-reeable smell. We learn the German Ian- page. My son has read a French book. My uncle has received an English letter. My sister has lost her Jiack cat. Louis has found again his little do'^. The ^maid-) servant has made a good fire. ° 3. ^etn, no, none, not any, not a. ^min ^Svubcr triuft !ein «icr itnb fctiicn mdn mr tm ficutc Jcine ©itppe iiub tcin 5^-fcifcf,. ^nbcn \m fciii ©tcfcr §crr x]t tcin O^ransofc. Sicfe ®an e ift fcinc C; an cm Mti DnM ^at foinc iiinbcr. Sd IZmuI \P4 r, the grand- less. ■ ciu faitfci ' ®rof?imit< cfjcs 2:1) ier. SJarfjt Wat \c ift iitcine <£of)u iinb cwc^ncn, to atlier and I servant, lis flower man lan- Ij uncle 3 lost her 3g. ^'^ The in. mx Mm fcln e3 :33rob. cine Gng=» adc fcine i\ mdtt 86 4. 5^a« SBcif, the work. «-oraan drink, no bocr Tifii .1 """ '1° ^""'- ™' Eh-lish wLf ? Kentlcraan does not speak Tl,isy„„„f°rf ,":-fi„V'J™ "" >™™ »'k a".I paper no more cinl.lren Til ■ '"' ''°°'' ""'""''• ''■'" My .on roat't:;„ro'j^r.,isr:.o;ks;'"' " ''■"^"'"'- niit mcincin «ntbcr hi bic Q Irk h hm s .^ ^ ^'^^. ^'^^"^ ^^r i^?SS*'T'f'»"'-»^= i.1) .mil ir,m du Wto'SmI K.' ' ' ^" "'" '" "*' ^ - 6. I'le? Is tlie m-Li.I 7«^r f • ? o"""'""-'" in the sta IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) k A V ^ <^ ^

'i tl^« tavern. Where do you como horn at present? We come from a Avalk. My aunt l'n/T,f; ^°"' ?^^^''J^ "'^""^ ^"<^ «^' t^e garden. h>fn t "? "? "'^^ *^^' ^"'^^^■^^ ^^'^ t^"s table-cloth mto the cup-board. Do not go out of the room. 7. laud, Wt.3,mag.uficent; Ijcvrlid;, spleaJlid ; axbmJXdXioZ ipabcn eie S^cii^iiilgcn nitf bcm Canbc gclia&t? Sabcn abcr mc(e m-c.mbc. JJ?ciu 9?«cf)bar rjat ®c(b unb ^SS ^- If bocf; ml)t sufrtcbcn. ©icfcr junge 3)?ann M l^i en a^cvftanb unb bicte ^fcnntutffc ; cr i|^ fcf)r befXibe, S £,bcrnmnn gcacbt nub gcfobt. mdn hij'm befit gvoftc filter, prarfjtujc ^^araftc unb rjcrrticrje ©iirtcn. . ^n unS l^anbe gibt cs groBc etabtc, fdjcinc ®orfer, iridic 1LrS avbcitfamc ^aucrn unb uortrefflidjcn Scin. ^ ^^""f^*^"^*^' 8. STaS ©duf, Cgood) luck, happiness ; bcr gScrbntii vcvifinn f,.,.„M. Uiighiif, bad luck ; c§ lit mogltd), it may be. - ' uck? We have had bad luck; we have lost every- t ung. If we had money, we should also have friends. w/?V 'TA'"" ^f\ 'T^^'^ ^'''' '''^^^ ^ot be so gny We should have had pleasure, if you had been will, us It may be hat you have knowledge, but you arc no modest. If this man had had good luck, he^ would cute us'' ^""'' '' "'"'^ '' ^^"'^ '''''^'''' ^'^^« P«^««' 9. the gold ; veil Oclb, i^olbcit, of gold, ffoldeu • ber fiivfff tl,„ i ii ' * See ^ 82. good 87 Austria , taiiild), Russian ; DcTOafjrcn, to preserve. «^e|iHm;, .^cinrirf) fjat fctitc gotbcnc lUjr miovcn. 2o\m hat ihrm f I ^Ppe gcfcficii. ©ebut etc mir incine (cincncn ©triiinufc bqtcu ut cincr Ofcicntcu ®ofe. C^abcn ©ie bie Sr ac C ^^a^^^t iSe^ ''"" "^^"^ ^^^''^^- ^^^ ^"» 10. lo piorer, movgcil, to-morrow. vvijin;ui, rJoi^^TI^'^^ if '^ ^^^oIen stocking.; I prefer cotton (ones) Tins hall is adorned vith marble statues. Mv uncle ha^ given me a gold chain. I am tired; I wiU rest a little on tins stone bench. Do you prefer silk or metal buttons? Iron tools are more sdid than wooden (ones . Our servant has lost two silver spoons 1 like to-day's play better than yesterday's. (To-dav's play p eases me more than yesterday's.) To-morrow's ball will be very splendid. We like the French wines and the Dutch cheese. The Spanish ambassador is prouder than the English. ^linuassauor is 11. ?sv7v.' vf '''' '"'"' '''"^^' • ^'' ^'^•^•f''^f^^'^' <''« pocket-book. 8cn|djti-m gcttcl)cii? il^ou idciu Ijabcit ^tc bicfc rmfifrf;.! 4"' - c [djonc lUji ? abcifcu ftuib lit *ranf? ia?c|Tcu md) ift bic^? ■'i& !'•!■ sw c(. Ti ' f 88 mvn itt bic kfte? Scrcf;e5 t)ou bicfcu ^inbcrn ift ^,i ^lubci? 3Borau bcnfcit Sic? SBomit (laricu ©ic bicfi flcmadjt? Soburcf; ift bcr mann fa iniatiiS; oc2bc„f '' 12. pie 33cniMnft, reason ; baS ®cfect;t, the battle ; bcr 3c!(r)nenrcrir<.r flcjcnyo deliver; fcmmcn buvdj, to pass by, CS ift' bic SRcbc, they a\^ Who Is that man? Who arc these ladies? Of whom tlZkCf\v^\''^'f do you write? Of what a™ you talking? Who has done that? To whom have vou vou se'^^^^'wl For M^om do you work? What" do vou Hlpn^> wi^^. ^-'"^ ^'^ ""'}''''' y^'^? What have you taken? What is man without reason? Where is Louisa? Doe^ she not know that the drawincr-master \\ ho has been in my room? To whom have you told it ^ foT.^'tVT^r- tr^ ''' ^y ^'l^ieh towns ha-o you passed? In which battle has your brother been wounded Which of your brothers ^is arrived? With • [ ^L, ^'^ gentlemen have you been in Paris? a winch of these servants have you delivered the letter? 13. • ^, iui;uuii, lo Doast tfcrocn, to die: aniuntmii.- > fn n,„^tiA^. jubrtngcn, to spend; abbvcdKi,', to b'reak do^uT ba miLyi^wn tS: ^//! j^ bcr iiingc ajinuit, bcr bn§ ^jub unfcr3 gjacfiLara Ocrcttct^at 2>ci^_.^au§, ivcldjc^ (Sic ba itntcn fcfjcn S .uciiicr 2:antc. ®ic i^imincr, mldjc id) Ociuoli ic f{ ib ch Ocramntg. ^cnncit (Sic bie ^ml mx bcr u,ir & „J ^^0 i|. bcr armc £nabc, bcm (\Q ^fcrb pridjt Ofji EJic bicfc^ )orbeu? c»;nciilcf)rcr, iind; ubttt c, they are 3f whom what are lave vou rVhat do at have Vhcre is 5-mastcr »t here ? told it ? ns have 3r been ' With is? 'I ittcr ? it, \alor, Iftein, the :cl;unegcr» 9; rcttcn, cuTifide ; vn there. incfjliavd nh \cf)t irccljcii ? Ijabcit ? ift nicfjt ■ bcffcn i3fevfei( idjbarg. 89 ^er^cmr)aiibfcr, belt ©ic bci mlr ocfcr)cu IjakiUjat inii flc[d;i(ft l)abcn, tmb ju brcit. ^k 2:aoc, tuctcfjc irfj mit Orincii ^igcbrac^t Ijabe, ftnb bie angcncfjinftcu iiiclncs ecbciiS nciucfcii ??/r s^^??i""' "".**^^* ^"" ^^^"^ ^'^ ^f^ au.^gcritljt l)abc.t. ^' cnf"" <5Jcr)tcmc, bcrcn Scrtf) id; iitdjt fcmic. §icr ift bas a«ci|cr, beijcu epit3c .^arl nbocbrodicn fjnt. ©a3 flub etc ^cmn, bcncit luir bic ??adjrtdjt mitgctfjcia (jabcn. 14. 2)ie 5?eid;tt3rcit, facility, oasc ; bic SRcdjtlidjfcit, honesty. There is the little boy who writes so well. This is a youn^ lady Avho speaks with much facility. I do not like (the) chddren who speak too much. This is the physician that I have seen, the lady whom you know. Ihese are the books which vou look for. Wh(^)r is the letter, of which you speak^? This is a man whose honesty I know. This is not the merchant of whom we have bought our ribbons. Tell me, to whom you have g.ven my cane. Do you know to whom this beautiful garden belongs? I do not know of which garden you speak. Are these the children whose father is dead ? 15. 3^as ms, that wliich, Avliat; bcr .Rummer, grief; i^ie ©chmtficit hoalth; bccjonucn, to happen; mla.ujcn, to ask, demand; £„lo .ear i occjrcircn, to conceive, to understand ; VcnnetOcn, to avoid ; fchr KIO tiinWf to give great paia. ' '^ eagcu Sic mir, mQ S¥m m bcftcn ncfalft. QviMm ejc iuir,U)a^ cv pTjncii gcfagt l)at Qd) lycif? md)U \xm @ic woitm. ai'Mfcn eie, luiu^ O^jnt bcgcgnct ift? (S5cbcii Sic imr, uia5 eic mir ucrf)norrjcu fjnbcn. eancii eic img m^ eic baooii bcnfcn. CS3tnubcu Sic iiidjt mc<<, mQ cr f.iat. Gr fjat mir fcincn 5?unnncr nidjt aiiDcrtraucu mikn, m^ imr fcl^v (cib tljut. §tcr ift, iua§ (£ic ticrlauGcn. 9Jct). men (^tc, m^ eie uioireii. Qv fpridjt m\ mkin, m^ cr Ijovt. 3:)a« i|t e^% uioriibcr id) mid) frcite. l^aQ ift ci iiidit, luovciiT id) bciifc. ipabcu eie ocl)ort, wm cr flcfnnt Iiat? ^corcifcu eie, mQ cr bamit faqcn un((? il^cl•meibell eie immci- bav\ iyno bcr (S5c)imbl)cit fdjiiblidi ift. epFcheu ®i< lite Don bcm, mi Sic uidjt nerfteljciL B} It '« i!'- nd' 4 h • r ..t 90 16. 93ctru6t ubcr, f^.-ioveJ at; ficl; bcflanct u6cr, to comj-laiu of. 1 have understood wliat you have told ino T «l,„ii o in WL ?' ^'^.^''^iy^^ ^l^at has happened to Jum/ \\ e do not speak of everything that we hear which t"";' f'l'f^' ''^r^'^'"'' ^« ^h^^k"- That i ali of h.t I snVki ^Tr ^'-^'"^ ^"^^^ °^ ^^'^••^^ I think This t i. Jf . 1 • 1^ T ' '^ '''■ ^^?^^ ^'^"^'^ ^^-^ rejoice Dl n Tl.f \'^- ^T ^"^ ^.""'^"^^ ^"^ «f ^vhich I com- plain, -iluit which IS beautiful is not always useful. 17. ...far:!:; tr^Siti?!!;?' S:rCj \ ^"' f ' ''" ■' '- ^'-^-u UHicrc i^crumnbte flnb a(uicrcift. 21 fc btcicnta?n u M. r irr immci; baiiclbc Qd) ^attc ben nmkm mZk idjmZ ba« 9?am tcf;c tf^nit. mm eie mi? Don bcm ben S iHMi ber nainacrjen ^einuumb. ^.(r Ijahm crbZdbcn tS' ntann gcfdjtdft, berfetOen .^-rait e^ qefaqt Gr r a f rf m S clben ^.ib.ofaten qeu^nbet. Qclj Uk% fe( f 1 ?t S 'I'ciben c^ 30.tcn [c(5ft tu-incjen.' feage. Aie e^'ff fdOR 18. All is lost. Tl'e whole country is inundated The whole fanuly are (,s) in the country. All ni. are mor! tal. All my friends are arrived. I see you every d Tv Wa have seen It ourselves. The king hlnLlf hu7 plen of t. It IS the same man and the same woman. The v are the sanin chi dro'i A^V '■•.!, oi^if *i """i"- -^ncy are . L-i..,u(„i. \, c uihabit the same houyo. Vou are 91 aU'ajs the same. I have bought of the same ink of the same pnper. I have given it to tlie same servant iJ^ar^?r's'seTr ''-'''''''''' ^^^^ «-^ -^ ^^^^ 19. mere ^upfcrftidjc unb I'aubfartcn. 'gjfci e It'b ift fo n^m 9cii)cfeu, bajj bu clue 53c(or;minq Dcrbb.T 4, ha mil )o cif cut, a(xJ Sic. ,Sf,rc ^djiucftcr kt cbcii fo fcfidiic cibcr, ar bie mci.t gc. yj^nnc ebfjnJ arOcitcu u?d, f J flhiuOc, cr Ijat bcrcit jiicrji: a(^ ncun. ^ouife hat idc liacr mxmibuincn, alQ C>cnricttc. SlUr finb hcutc fr iri cr Z >„ al^ gc tern ; imr l;abcn jlKt ^^(uf « ct^ cf, gSft '^^^^^ )aOe met ©cbiKb, abcr eic fjabcu bcrcit itod m? Vjciitdd ¥t f;ctttc mc)r at^ jcfjit ^rlcfc abgcfdjricb t ^ eiffd itn tfjin jttd;t luciilQcr aU siuci ^I^ntcr gcbctl. 20. ewJ;'jc?;iS,S^i:?'""''' ^^f^^f''^^ --I.loa, busy; flcfc^icft, TT."^M°"' ^'°^^''f "', *"^^ ^^^ ^- II« ^« "ot so tall as you. n! l^n ; V? ^°?-'^ ^''" ^'''' ^« beautiful eugravin-^s as you. I love hnn as much as you love him. You do not ove me as much as I love"^ you. Your cousin was so busy, that he did not sec me. Your phy4i ia very rich, he has more than thirty houses. This Bta'morf^;? "%^^««J^-'^ --^ dollars.^ The child ha hlhleT T h.r'' ''Z ^''T' , ^^"' Sardcner has many children, I believe that he has more than nine Wa have done to-day three exercises more. ft': I i . II if \l 02 21. treatment; nadnuttia ii .lu Lmw. .^v.,,. •■ -^^ '. ''' ^'^f^l"'>'"'■•'^/ H'« Oow ;' fc„)l, formerly. ^'^''•••'*" Lave a grudge against; „un man Ij.cr tadjt, bcfto nicl)r ipc ..ft b.ific mer;^ n mfi bin r nmutcit bid) bcr grebe ,n iibciiaffct b c f t f) " r ft b i bi ^ [0 fc[jr lyeine.i iuarf;t.-5Icfj; lieber OnfeL J e tuif en S md|,ui.bjentcrjr id) ilber bie 53ef,anba.,tg nac^b ,f^^ ilc.be, beito luei.iacr fanu icf; kgreifeit, U)a^ [ic i tir li ac^oaen iw".!""/-- f ^ ^airfnd) id) a.,f beut eanbe\Mr fo SS rf) blind) m bei- etabt. eo nad)iid)tig eic fo.ift ii)«m fo e^ ITmu &~^f ^^I\"ie Sufriebe., S S mnidjtbqto mxitbmv ift man ^c arta- n aiH t b e.^o 22. lc^.^4;..rt.v;Sus^i;s:^; s:r^;iS;ic!»' ^"^^^""^^- As happy as we were in the country, so unhannv are we m the town As diligent as this y^un^ maTfs S Kile IS his brother. As instructive as^ are%ood bo^k ' so hurtful are bad (ones). As extravagant af is Mz- N so avancious is his uncle. The mor? money one has' the more friends one has. The more he drinks the more he is thirsty. The softer (the) pens are t e worse they are The less desires^ne has, the mo e oTit^Thc l.^'^ """i°"? '^S« ^^^-' the lesn he is Tl o r.i Z""""'^, ^'' ^'''''^^'' "^^'^ economical 23. 3ct)er ever ever ■y one; cinuK, some; fcaS mUx, the age; til f^4' en, to ru- IlUtl the the t)ir 9S fJHanje, 1,1.0 plant; bcr WcWcr, the fault; baa 53ifc, the evil • faftm tM c.«t ; ,rfuUcn, to fultil ; fjc^cn bicibcn, to step ' ' ' '"''^'"' '' 'Jain muf? jebcit 2:aG gut mnucnbcn. :5Dicfcr i^mk bfcibt b^Micbcm,.rpaufcftcr,en. .^ebcr I)at [cine gd^fcr ^ aO 5)amcn? Ocf; fcmte cimoc Don bicfcti ,r^crrcii, abcr id) fci nc cine Doii btcfcn ©amcit. (Sncii eic chiioc «in,cn. ©aS N^onc5(cpfct; QcOrn ®ie mir cialoc ^cmanb Ijat mir g f ^)0|e^ icbcit Orf; faim c5 btr uirfjt gcbcn, bcim icf) fiabc cd ^ cnmnbCcni) Ucrfprod^cn. 9iicmaub iDcin, bajj etc )t r f nb mc net ^iirf^vn bcrlorcn. OdJ V?bc nid;ti u tfiu S 24. Jlicr etanb, the station, the state; bcr Surft, the prince- hrr llnf.v t^an,the subject; bcr Stubcnt, the student ;bar0SdV the nok^^^^ trlclKcrfcn, to Ir.ghten, terrify ; 'cinmal, onee, some day ' ' ^ Every station has its pleasures.. Every noise terrifies him. r have told it to every boy and every girl. Everv one must die some day. iheVince spifs to te { one of his subjects. Lend me some pens. We have seen some students. Some of our friends will coine hLTr^J ^ "^''^^ w' '°T f y^"^ ^«°ks. Nobody ^lows It. I know nobody. I shall tell it to nobody None of my friends will come. Do you know some of those ladies? I do not know any of the^ I have spoken to none of the gentlemen. I speak of some one, whom you have not yet seen. I have lent mv umbrella to somebody who will return it to me Z norrow. "^ 25. 2)cr (Sine, the one; bcr 9(nbcrc, the other ; 93cibc bofh- .;«.»s one another; mchvcrc. several- n.'*«;B ll^f • • C . ' ""«»OCl, m i-'i I) ' *'], 94 h)cbcr bcr (5lnc norf) ber 5(nbcrc fjnt fie Dcrbicnt. Qcf) fiaOt mx ^ycibcu Slbfcljlcb flcnommcu. ©icfcr ®o at hat & m. cr trcnncn ©cbcu (Sic inir clnc.i anbcru .^ut i ib anb r |anbfcr;ur)c. 53cncibct iiid;t baS ©aUf 3(nbcrcr. ®prX fcftcn, bap iitan nicljrcrc ercunbc U ^rfndirbc bh ci c 26. tiofchSi&"'' P''"'"'^' ^'"^ ^angclvcUc, ^oarinoss, ennui; ivo^ltf,^. mo^ so ^ril"° ' ^ "1 ?'^ '''*.''^^- -^ ^^^^^^'^ ^«y l^^s tola sciiool-boj My father knew nothing certain of it vet Several of my friends know it. I°have received C day several letters I have heard it of several persons t?r Z ""If"'' '^'''{ "^^ ^*^^^ «t^«kings. oL says' tins, the other says that. Have you no other ink, no a eir^'r ^I'^'V' ^°J« love one another; hey are both diligent. Men must love one another. These two friends think often of one another. E;ery one who IS rich ought to be charitable. Whoever Is T dustnous has no ennui. 27. fat^'iS!^?^'"'*' "'\"PP«'-t»nity; ^cW^t, accustomed; biff, tl.iok ftm r^mgeoanGCu. Qd) mv nod) nicfjt ba. © e fiabct nm bahd Qmonmn. Qd) tDcrbc mid/brei iaqf bort aS partem SBir r^aben bic diadjt bort sngcOradit f cf, 10^ 3 I in ^crfprocjcn^uub id; tvcrbe baran bcnfcu. ^ m&!uml ttm^m bid; id) l)ahc ciit iDcuio Staffer basu gcaoff^ %% tc fid; aiif biefe ^anf I \d)v, fie it 1)011 ciu* tub aiibcrc iilrijts (^f# IjaDcii c8 Gd ift c bti* cine : ntcl)rcrc III {J-cbcn, tfjcibigcii, Ocftrnfcn, lias tokl certain ■ it yet. ved to- sersons. le sajs ink, no f; they These ry one is in- f, tliick, fic^ auf fjOU gc* ^aOcit irt aiif- )al)c c3 :tc iDar 95 fcM ^a, tfl; luia initfj barniif fcl^m Qft or,,. «,.,.. «, . I'll ,8inimcr? s);,,;,, .,. :k „;,, .' r^." ' >v^ ^'^^ -pcrr 35iitct i:^ tt: a ■'»*^ *""• ^'« "'^ '£: knuC *■ ®"* ''' '"" 3"tc (i>clcaci,l,cit, W, wcrtc fie 28 Il"y™u7b7„S "an'v"]?]., 'ttT ^'""''' ^ ='"« "o™. Irast^l,„„ I°„y J "J,'"'V' . "^ '""^ »<""«, I'O has none. Ilavo those gLSS anVhrsosT'TLv"!," ""' ''"^- they have none ITn«j vm,,. „ V^ • ^ ^^^^ ^o^e, twof Has tl .yciusin boJa to 11.01.",';? T'V ^''" ''"^ there. Is /„, unele ^^c nto the t ,„frv° n"- ' '''"" there tis mornincr Vni xi^ , "^^- ^^e is gone shall think of T°' W. il T ^^•'''^ '^' "^y ^ff^"-? I wine is too s rot;^po\r a it§r.r^' ^ •^^- '-^^- ">any faults have youCado^ T t '' ?'°. ^^- ^^^^^ t% spoken of tl;l;^r\s^J::;\^:^^^ 29. toid)U(\, important- I jrfi.VlVrfi ^^; i • i '^ ' ^'^^ ^Icnb, t he rniscrr ■ I'lte to slander; Vcv<]cTcn, to foS- S n 'to ij 1^*^'"'' *« ^'''^' mutOen, to suppose, to presume S',£E,(^ *\^"".' *** ^'"^tch; i,er. liiiii C3 ncfiiierit jSm iff sir'v'^^''.'"''''''^^'™ ®'t"l"'t. mun Iflftcnt. (Jr Oat niuf, bicfci- Za^]c Don bc» liul^crrirf;. l^cifoncn ii3ofc« flcfnQt iiitb fid) ben cnrtcfrfjnincftcftcn 5b"cv M)icrf(lcl)|tcn (5fcnbc flcrjffcn !)abcit. ^a« bctriibt inirl) inclir, Cj »)t ind) fo l.o.M;aft, aid eic Ocrmntljcn. 5::cv rcditlidjc fiJi'nim [pndjt iiidjt anbci\% a(iJ cr bcuft. 80. cu^c, ltd; cuuncm, to reiuciubcr; gclVoI;ulid;, usually, gencnilly. , My sister sings better than she plays. You arc hnp- pier than rou deserve. The ladies sneak r^cneral v ZM^\^'''1& wf"- J"'^ ^''' ''"^^ «°«"*^^r than J[ W^f I h ^- i' **^^ cleverest physician (that) I know. Mo speak of the cleverest physician of the to^vn. Thcv accuse him of the most friglitful crime. He has given mo the most positive promise to write to me. Wo shall take the shortest road to go to S. I remember still the most important circumstances. I have been at N yesterday; It is one of the most remarkable towns of ii-urope. )^e have rescued our friends from the most unhappy situation. ©ct^cu eic [Id; mhm mid), gcfcn '"' '" '■^I'™'' »"« » "tlfl fi* JujiclKn, to ft bcmicntgcn unbcfaimt, ber M; «i kfdiaftiacn Llfi^ ^.h )ute hid) m bcm UeDcrmut^. iDcr Binb lent U- ji r ,V fommen gutcS ^Better, mien ©ic S n.ci la iui' Stl; iJuifc suGcsoocii rjal'cn, loemt \m baS gctfjan Ijatteu. 86. Wash yourself. You are not vet wiqliP,! T 1,0 wjj,shed myself this morning Wi^uTot t sh yt" We rejoice at your happiness. I cannot rejoice mC' My sisters intend to go to the ball. This dog has loS are you busy/* I am busy readmg. You will incur ro preaches if you do not go there. Beware oFdo n^thrt My cousin will never mend. We have been verv rnn^i; amused yesterday. Louisa is not yet drS. Care mistaken, she is already gone to church. 87. ®cr Dfcn, the stove ; KiS SHcii, tlie bed • Kta rWv^* *i ©e^e bid), irtcm f inb. ^c^ 6in nidjt mube ; id) fcbc mid) ms auf biefc ^ant fcfecit. gouifc'uub C)cS V^mmt mib to-ac GC|c,|w,t, ;c^ tamx nid)i mclji- )i^cu. (i^ ift mir immo- ':!l^ r UcBennut^, intend; fidj •; »crirrcn, to midjcuj to Sd) lucvbc f)CU? Sd) 2«an ift Wjtfctbft; ; U)ir Dc* 3. ADtcfcr un§ S3or* I have ish your- eing you. ice more. ts lost his At what incur re- ing that. ;ry much You are licgen, to fcfee mid) Ttmt unb ftabc .;5it ' immog^ 99 jut ben Ganacit ^ng au %n. So ift bclii fflnthPrP f?, fte^cn ©te, ntcine §ciTcn? ©cfecn (Sic f rf K f. ? )ter Gcf anbcn,um auf bid; au irartcn. 4 if b S^^^ ,^^^'^9i^)."^tcrbcmOfcn. a«cin Setter ka 01^^^^^ 88 roo^m" ®^''' *^' "'""■' ^'^ ^-^<^-'imcn, between; fccr ^afc, th, , Sit down, if you please. I be^ vou to «'* r7nwn t «ittmg already. I s^it down wher? I ZdV .Will vou not sit down? I shall sit do^^l by your side mT room, that this gentleman may (canf sit down V ^"^ not sit comfortably, (well,) Misl ^'^^if not rcomforta- ^ll wV ^ ^^"' ^'^^ ''''^S between your two 2 ters. Where were you sittin| at church? wlwere 89. pieSrs SSKi^cr Vi?i;e f/f "' ^^^;'^"^^' ""f^^^"-' *« ^^i- »(« in to ,©,Jm g,f„t,r £« I /p'^J?^^^^^^^^^ 'mania rcbcm ©J„„ci(,(, id/,mll uMjk mct°t baboTpi",; ':»■: ,1^' m len 40. were you born? I was born in the month of :4 Sim' 100 September. Corneille was born at Rouen. We are 1 like this ady very much. I do not like it in the country. I hked it much better in the town. Do you like this place? We like it better here than at our me. Be silent. My aunt cannot be silent. We are silen when ladies speak. I shall not be silent T bn?« been silent too long Why have you been silent? If? had been silent, I should have done better. 41. $i>,A i. J- , ^aA), after, appeara'n'cs; fp^arcnTto econie tiuie, measure ; kt 5lnfc^cin, the pcmc eitern fiitb m^ @ott beinc grojitcn SoMtliiifer a>od]cn n^tcbcrfoiitmcn. ^d) mld)ct ©cite mufi marncficn 5a)cnbc)|cn 3u Of^ncti fomincn. 5Dicfe6 mi iftna^ ber Cur uacT) ber (gac oer!au t. 5f)r 4Bruber flcibet Mi intmcrS bcr a}?obe. ®ic tanscn nitf;t na* bcm STafte ^Tuh^Jl "f^^?" ®«rtcn gerjt. 9Mrf; bcm, )t)a« ^f,r%mb r n^^^^^ bcm imr cmc etunbc gciuartct flatten, 9i"U Si fori. ^' 42. S?ct, with, at. L,-5 ,'c "" b? ■ If'f r"'"-""* fci bcrein&uni, — rfl.".? l..«v'/6ut,Cl fufj ilCUtClilKI^ Hci kilt JSraifte IMtS We are unhappy It in the Bo you m at our »t pleased are silen I have nt? If I same; crft, Ji'fcrait; tie ttfci^cm, the ofjrtl^iiter. nac^ brci an gc^cn, tad) bem •er 9^atur Gcfvagt. fSflmxcv arc tokb mcr nad) f)ah bir Jt)crbcft ; tube, bic ibcr ntlr 92acrj-- StlCl; til acJ)t, tiio jcvftcf;cnt, &cgc(jncn, t amhxa "anbtcn. nib unb ter nac^ 101 Jci. 2Bir irerben eg Ln be f^tr Vl'^^^ ^"^ ^"^"^ ^f)ca» b ianiarcn Dei ©cite; irf; j,^ ' 1 p"ff ?- ^'^3^« ®^^ ""r f^^ovtm Drntf; er in &Sien ^.' ,V"".^.^^ «" bie n f«!"mcn, Dei ^ag unb D St W,^''' ^"'^^■'^« ""^er " ¥it Dei ben dmmn khlu^^ .^^ ^^'«^* cine oftc (3mohl ov^ wremo i;nt mirf; m t ciitcn VCfU r ^^"i^'^^ Ocfaben? •^^n- 3"frieben niit i^ n k .S "^^' ^''^'^^ ^^^an ift ®n- ju„ac ^M;;f ri rs, '^^f ■"" »?»"■"•« 5 : e.mc3. $„i,c„ eic be fi "fifs"' '" ?«©<")« Ws ^w fcOluarjcii Sdiocu o Win 2 m ''? O'^K"' ^Jofc iinb 8»fc f)ot mir mit Sfirii ,„ M f v » ' *""^ ^ i"'- mm mt, mi 11 tilt mit In- ^Xlt '-"™til)»ft It 111 t bciii ffltJi. ®cffr;n,f iiiifit' .1 0, tannic iiff *"*; ^rf; faiii, bfc ' i . i einen; 'III \m 102 44. 9(US, out of, from, of 35ie (Srfajntni^, experience; bic §(bfic^t, the intcmion; fccr iAcib. !!!l^\^ r'-t.'"^'. '^1^° exercise ; t)ic Strafe, the punishment; ba« £ldjt, the lu?ht;iJcr;rob,_ death; bic Surdjt, fear; bet W tho throat; fonfi, otherwise; iibcr[cftcn, to translate; 3a^r aug, 3a6t tin, trom year to year. » •« hv 3Ba8 macfjcn (Sic? ^cf; iibcrfct'c aii3 bcm 5:)cuaab, nub idj lucrbc aufiS )la\\b gcr)en. ®c(jcu Sic fic^ ouf eiuen ^tn\)l unb ftcigcn @ie nid}t auf bic Scitcr. 3Bir fiaben ifim bicfe Summe auf feiu gutc5 ©cfidjt gelicrjcn. Gr fam auf mid) (ot% unb luoatc midj siuiugcu, if^m gu forgen. .^di tiiirc ^arm cuf bcr Strrtf3c; man tjat eiuen S)icb auf frifAcr Zhat ertapp. r.ciM Wlntkv ift brei 93iertc( ouf ficben Ufjr a&. gcrci|t. ^li?ie ijcijit bicfc Ai3(umc auf bcutfd;? ©iub Sic bofc 103 ^«"G!te lucrbc id hi^ mm mZZflL r f • ' ^""'^^- ^^^f'^ ccf;ncu irmicfjt. ^ ^' ^"^ "' '^"r ""^•'/ "Wjt ml)v si 46. T>>* /a. •., Wf&t^r^ over, above «"rf;ern. m\^any. L I '"^'^ iJcitanbig iibcr feme f^mii ricr/ „& "i'i,;!!" 1".^'', ^™- "or striven in ©criiitbm T,nain!i,\ ■ f*'^*' •"« ' *« bic 3"ire art. Sicfca'a^'Nl'" J , *^' '"•"'.» M iS nni()cn ubcr bipfn ^f»fi "r ' . ^'^^^ ^^^^ii- fire t. 2lUr ^rJItfrnrtnad t p3^^^^^ ^SJ^Jnicfe. ^cf; irei-be ml ^"t^erg; Q^ vcm iv^^^ «orf; nirf;/ after 47. carry; beimMibcnt, to admire »«;n"-T^'^^*'3' c''«"tablo; uJ^x Z 104 Jptig gcQcn bic ?(rmctt. Govlotaii lunr itnbnnfbnr ncacii fcin a>atcr(anb. _ Gr ift frcigcraffcii iuorbcit Qcc^m [ctu 5i5crf prcd cm m Sttub mcljt imcbcr 311 ktrctcn. Qd) IjaOc if)n gcocu Quit, tmto bc^aljlt. Odj it)cttc ^cljn GCQCii cim, baf? cr uiclit Juic. bcrfoumtt. ©tcfcr ©icnft ift itirfjt^ ocflcu bcnienigcn, bcit |tc mir Qctciitct Ijahm, ®icfc§ ®orf licgt gcocit sjiorbcn. I2r jdjlicf gcgcii giuct Uf)r ciii, unb ftanb acgcn ncim llhr yicbcr nur. ^Dicin Gnfcl luirb gcijcn Gubc bc^ Sinter^ au= loimncu. 48. aOcnn, if, when ; ob, if, whether ; h)ann, when. fflctl, because; Wdf)rcitb, while, during; bcr SRat^, the advice; Hurt wise ; untcrtjaltcnb, amusing ; mbicten, to forbid. 3rfj tucrbc ir)n gciuif? ktoljucu, uicim irf; mit iljin sitfricbcn nil. 3cf) iDcrbc e§ Ofjncii fagcn, lucim eie 311 miv fomnicn. I'aiicii iicic mid) luificit, uiauii Sie lonimcii lucrbcn. Scnu il)r oiuctncTj [cib, fo crilmcvt cud; bcr ©icnftc, bie luir ciidi Gclci|tct fjabcn. 2Bcim id; luitj^tc, lyaiin cv suritdliime, fo wuvbc idj c8 3T)ncn fngcn. Senu iiiciue ®dnycftcr !(itq ij^t, fo iDirb fie nteincn dlati) kfolgcii. Scnn fie filter fcin U)irb mtb cttvas ntcfjr erfar^rmtg ivirb crtaiigt Ijahcn, fo luirb fie Tuiben, ba^ tdj 9Jcdjt Ijabe. ^dj luci^ nidjt ob t^aQ mhv ift. CiT fragt, ob ©ie niorgen Qbrcifcu luci-bcn. 3d) faitn nidit aittsgcl)cn, h)cit bcr 2lrst c§ mir tjcrbotcn ijat ^d) \m Simcn em uutcrljartenbcs ^nd) Icir^cn, njcif <2ie nid;t nuSgebcn toiu ncn. er orbcitct pcipig, rval)vmb fcin ^nibcr fpasicren gelit. tSr unrb tdgtid) t)on fciiicn 2ct)rern gclobt, tunbvcub fcin ^ru. bcr ftct^ Don il^ncu gctabctt luirb. 49. Sa, as, because ; alS, Avlien. Set etaat, the state ; onncI)incn, to accept ; cinlafccn, to invite ; »or. tecnen, to reproach; aufwcrtcit, to awake, to rouse ; trcr.Rcn, to se- bred ; funftig, in luture ; Icifc, low, soft. a v / ®atd) ^cittc fcincn^cfud) nidjt anncr)nicu faun, fo unfl Id; tljn auf fiinftigcn eoiintag einlubcii. SDn idj niorgcu nb. rcifcn mu^, fo bin id) gcfommeu, urn 9(bfdjicb Don Olincn 311 neljmcn. ©a niciit ^atcr fran! ift, fo fami id) nid)t fpnsicrcu gcljcit. SDcit luir fiird)tctcn, (2ie aufsmncdfcit, fo r)abcii luir Icqc gcfprod)cn. ^a \m gclroljnt luarcn, mit ciuaubcr sit Icbcit, fo Ijattcii luir incle yjtiiljc, vm 311 trciuicii ^U^ 105 feme tuibcr Oiiitcrrnffc Anhnm-flfV s' r ^ X ^"" '^^^^'^^^ i^^Ucn, to be -"'-.; fonncn to be able, to know; laffcn, to la «obc„ m,i cine Snbe.ri ,fl' Sll r ''^? "?'■ f™*",' tfjim, njcim wiv m r timrf^.t ' «;>• ' . ^''*^ ^^"»cn Diet mel;r untentc^mcu" n^t cif"^^^^ S S. l^^f r"^^^^^^ "'^^^ mil cin Daoi- uciie «> S' "1 * '?, ""ll' mrfjr. Qcf, r,a6« 106 DIVERSE EXERCISES. 1. THE CANE-PIPE. (The vocabulary is to be found at the end of the exercises.) Gin mici \)attc mm (Scfjatsmclftcr, bcr [icf; uoni .^irtcjt. Jtabc 3u bic[cin Jmif;ttiicn Sdutc cmporgcfdjimtnncn fiattc. ©er ^d)(imci]tcv jmu-bc abcr t u bcin ^toiiigc mUaqt, ba^ cr ben tpntglicf^en edjai^ kraiibc itnb bic gcraubtcn ^oftOarfcitciv in [^[^^j" ®ciyoI()e I3crbcr|]c, bn^ mit cincr cifcntcu Zljiiv m^ ^cvmim kfiicfjtc belt ecljaliinciftcr, hc\al) fciiicu faMt iSf. 1 ''e"" ^r'.'^i''"' -^^''' ^■'^'"' ^^'^^^^^^ "•' f'<^ sit orTneiu m ber iloitig Ijtnenitrat, mv ci* nau.^ crftaunt. (Sv fafi mcljt3 al3 bic dtcr m'dnbc, ciiteit (niibricfjeu '^iuii nub cinci etror;[ep. ?aif bent ^ifdj rag clue .f)irtenf(otc, cin §lrtcn. )taO nub cuic ^irfcntofdjc. ^ i / e^ , 2)cr ©crjalimciftcr aber fprad; : ^n melncr 3n9cnb Mkk id)^ bte f tfJiifc. ®it, £onia, ^ogft mid; an bcinen C)of. ^icr m btcfcnt mmu Dradjte id) feit ber ^cit tcigridi cine ©tnnbc 3n, cnnncrtc mid) mit ^rcnbcn meinciJ uoriacn ©tan* bc§, unb iDieberfprtc bic Cicbcr, bic idi cf)cma(3 xnm ?oDe bc3 fdppfcxQ fang, al^ id) fricblid) mcine §ccrbc hittctc. Hd) H^ "1!^}^^*^^'^^' Snriidfcljvcn anf mcinc uatcrrid)cn gaivcnriuo Id) glndad)er \mv, ali on bcincm ^ofc ! v.^'^L^''"^^ ?"'' ^^^^^ '^^'S»^'"t iiOcr bicienigcn, uierd)c bci eblcn dMnn ocrrcnmbct ()attcn; cr nmarmtc itni nnb hat iriii bet tr)m 3n OieiOcn. '' 2. THE THREE ROBBERS. 5)rci 9?aa6er morbetcn nnb pliinbcrten cinen ifanfntann ber mit nner i-OZengc @elb nnb .^oftkrfeiten bnrd cinct! \lbalb rci|te. ^ic bradjtcn ben gcranbtcn ©dja^ in it)rc ®er 107 3. faote bcv ^pirgcv, fo' Lili id, Tu r „ , !! ^'^ S""',' Jii, Btifcljtc bcr atiitcr " ' -^-"^ OcSc ictj -wSJf" "l,.^'"' ^i'f^«2*'^ii? Nate bcr fsinKr iiliiiil x|l)r im ipmnncr cine cluiac SBnfi.i.t.ia crfnurtcn '(^ -": na^m bicfe ^orte jn §er3cnro^.a^S;y; S i^ unb imtrbc riir btc {yolae iorjlttjatia cr ficgcn b- )(rnicn. cr fctnc mttc 108 I THE llOBIN-REDBREAST. ^ (Sill ^;iotf)fc()fc(jcii fant in bcr etrciiqc bc^ 9}^sintcr8 nn tn|j <5tiiitcr cnicvj frommcn \^iitbmninK% aii ob c5 ncm Iiiuciii modnc ^a offiictc bcr l>nnbiitaim [cin ^cnftcr nub lafi aj .ittnntlifrjc 3:()icrri)cit frciu.blid) in [cine 3i4r,iiunn. iJhin pic c c« btc ^rofaincn iinb mmljm nitf, bic ooil fciiS iiKfjC^ ftcrcit, unb bic ^ciiibci- bc^ l>anbinanit« ricDtci bn3 *»onlctn fcf)r. ^cnfcr, imb bcr flcuic ©aft cntffof) in bciQ mhcmMicn iin baitte [cin 9icft iinb fang ciu mid)cQ l'icbcf;cn ^ ' l^ib [tcfjr nr§ bcr SBintcr imcbcrfctjrtc, ba fain btu^ <)fotr). c ) cf;cii aOcrmatS tn bic aBor^nitng bc3 ?anbmainK% itnb f)at e fanj&cibcrjcu imjgcOracfjt. 5^cr fanbinaim abcr unb cin timber frcutcn firf; fcf^r, aU fie bic k'ibcn Zl)M)cn ulZ tc fo mtvauM) innrjcrfcf;autcu. Unb bic fiinber f« n :m i6oncW;cn fc^eii nn^ a^ al^ ob fie nn3 ctiua^ fagcn luoiacit ©a antiuortctc bcr ii^atcr : mm fie rcbcn fontttc t fo 6. THE YOICE OF JUSTICE Gin rcirljcr ?J?ann, ?^amcn8 e^vl}fct% qcbot feincn fJnrrfi en eincarmc2lUttiuc;amn.ttf)rcii ilinbmi urSrS im 3U t)crtrctbcn, mii fie ben gcu^oDnlicOcn ^inriirfj a )(en dermod) c. m^ bic S^icncr famcn, praf ba§ S ib ?% Dcrstc^ct cin ^Dcnig ; Dieffeicfjt, ba^ ci c W fXfcr* crbanne; ic^lmll 311 iljm gcl^cn unb iljn bitten.'^ ^ ^ ' inci ituibein cuts (ag {ran! barnicber, unb atlc flcbtcn fie mcf; SU t^erfto^cn. GOr^fc^ abcr fpracf; :' m-ine K^^^^ 9(bcr G^n;fe«3 luaubtc fid; lucg uon itjuen unb ging in fcin 109 '^Vii-tcii(jaii« iiiib (ciUc fill) niif hn« q^nfrf... 6. rr- o V '^'^lE PEACHES i 9* [o funft Don ®c|cfjmiul ^d; ^abc :•:', ^ eiiicti no ^irbcu ^tciii foiYiinmuimmljrt uiib :uiU mir ^^^lll3 JPffum cr^icijcit. ^r55atcr. ^a^ I)ci";/ t)au^()a(tcn[rf) fiir bit ^iitmirt Hi|. mU, uuc c^ bcin Vaitbiitaim nqiciiit Jd) \)a[K\^ic luclninc fodciifj niifrtcticffcn, ricf bcr 3intaftt% tub bcii J"\bcr fcl;niccftc [o [iiH unc cine i)M. mcv ;ncntcn Jnir[ifl) Ijak- vi) ocrfnuft unb footer (Mi> bafitr crriar* en bnf5 tcT), jucna id) nnrf; bcr etabt fomntc, )doM nuijlf ba* fnr faitfcn faitti. / ; ^ ^ .| uu ^cr ilsater frrjiitteftc ben ,^opf nnb faqte : mm ift ba« juittiv _al)cr ftnblid) nnb natilrlidj luar cc* nidjt. AiJciuafirc bid) bcr ApimincI, bnf? bn fein ^tanfntann Juc-bcft 1 Unb bit, (ibinnnb? frantc ber^ater. llndcfainicn nnb often aniuor etc (Nbmniib : Qd) Ijabc nieincn ^|.^firfici; bcm ®ol tic unfers 9cadjlnu\% bent franfen (^3corn, bcr ba.s jyicDcr fint ne* In-adjt Gr luoUtc ilyi nid)t ncljutcn, ba fjab' idj ifjn if;ui anf bas^^ctt ocleotunb InnrjinuiCGncgnniicn. 9titn, ftiiite bcr il^tttcr, uier ijat benn moM ben bcflcn (Sk^^ brttitdj Don feinent ^^firfirf; ncntnrfjt ? ®a ri<:fcn fie nlfe brci: S^a3 Ijat ^^ritbcr Gbmnnb netlinn ! — (i'bnuuib nber fd)uncg ftiU. Unb bie iUJitttcr nniarmtc irin nut ctncr 5:f)riin' im t'dtge. ' THE DESERT ISLAND. (Sjn rcidjcr, onttljiUiner mmn milk einen fciner eCfancu jliufhd; inadicii: cr fdicnftc i()in bie ?3-rct(ieit nnb licO if)m cin edjirr nut mcfen foftlidjcn ili?aarcn an^Jriiften. ,,®cr)/' fnatc luarf, baf3 c»^ fc??ci; ;djtff gegcn cine ^Utppe ^ic f?,\iid)cn iliniarcn Ucrfnnfeii tin ccr, uUc jciite G3c|iii)rtcn famcn nin, nnb cr feldft crrcidjte ill mit flrnaiicr vhMlj bad lifer ciiicr 3nfcf. i^-^niuMiA. mm iiiih fu I liu^l uf, aiv5 cr 1)011 fcrit cine nvof;c ^m ci-lXicttc, anl b .()iunncii)cVMinc tS mU)ol)ncr n.it flro,;em (^k'fc()ui u'rt u It. ,„\icU unfcnu iioiiluc!" ricfcn [ic i()nt it fcotc i( pu iia.tcr aurcntc, ctn ^labcin u.u fch.c slint (uinb u b l)'t cmcii Holbcucu 5:(,roii k'ftcuicii lk% m Sl>o icf, nt rate, imt .()„ r,cr, ficfc, uor i()m nicbcr nub ft^iu i, 'Jiflutcu bcvJ flan',cn il^olfcc^ t()in ben tiib bcr Xrcuc >crjicite iioni^ (,(aiiDtc Vlnfaud.^ n((c biefc\f)crrru-I)feit ^i en. ,c oner 2;nimn, bl^ bic Jyortbaner feinei (sU U f nc)r .pueiretn lietl ba§ bic im.nbel-bavc ^k.^-Denr e I) ^tc linen n.cfjt, U)er id; bin, fraflen nid)t, luo id) hei" i c •lib [elH^n ,mu) nnf ifjvcn JOron I '^ad ,• b,, 1^0: [onberc ^itte in biefcnt I'anbc?" ' 8. COXTINUATION. eo brtcfjtc cr nnb lunrbc fo nennierii], bic llrfadic feiiier G.1)ebnno 3n unnen bail er [id; cntfd^fof, einen .olt b n^^S ! t Ijaicn an [cineni .Spofe, ber if)ni ein lucifcr DJiann ui fein fdjien, nm btc 3lnf(i)|nng biefcd dmijicU n fn a ~ '' e ,;|^;r " rcbetc cr ifjn an, „tMrnn. Ijabt if)r mid :n cnmn omjc Gemadjt? i^ie fonntet ifjr unffen, ^ kjau Ijnic an^e onnncn [ei? Xlu^ m, Unrb enblid n.it .n r r! ben?"--„.\^crr!" antiuortetc bcr il?cucr btefc flmVf »nns fcnbcn, bai5 cr lie res]icre. ^cv mUnM)tu]c hat irirc ^itt angcominen, nnb ni|;t affc 3af)rc, an ben. ni n.lidc f^, fine. ?J enfdje.t a., if^rer ;lnfel (m.bc.t. ®ic (vinuoZ-r e n.' {)..., line bn ocfcf)en f;aff, frc.bi, entqcqen nnb crSc fnr . ren oberljerrn ; aber [cine Wm.ng banert , ( ' t^Xl'-t V"^"^}''}''..^^ '"'^^J' HMncr iil?iirbc cntieiit : man ^uuhb; u)n beo bniniidjen ^djnincfcv^ nnb leqt ilim ffMcdite ^'(c.ber an. Setnc ^ebicnten tra;]en i!,n .nit 4uHitt aliS life. 112 Q* ^ •tub rcncn iljit ill cm Ocfonbcr^ ba^ii cicbaim ^dilff, baQ ihv nu cuic nnbcre ^ufcl bringt. ®ic Onfcl ift im/,-t^,„bob c ici, bci nod; uonDcuiflcu ^aocu ciii mcicljtiocr »ig iuar ?Iitnnbc. piicnmnb nunmt an fctncni Ungtiufe 3:()dL nnb cr mii^ in bieicnt imtftcn ganbc ctn tranriiica nnb fnnnncnioncS McnfnljrcniDcnn er fcln ^a()r mljtthiQ angciucnb Z Stadj bcr aJcv&aintnnn bc3 altcn fionitid gcljt baS mt b in JrrV '." 1^'" ^;\^^'^v[cf)nnn bc§ Siaincid^cn icbcr^. ? oljne ?Iu.snn[),nc fcnbct, anf bic ociuoljnadje fccife cntqcaen pnto uiarjrcnb fcmcr ^tcglcrnng aufljcbcn mnn." - „einb bcnn and; mctne ^organgcr/' fragte bcr ^onig uicitcr/ „Don b^fcr hti-scn yancr ifjrcr ^oljcit nntciTtdjtct gciucfcn^" -! „kcincm Don ifjncn/' antiuortcte bcr ^c;icr, Juar bic c5 ©cfcM cr ^crgangrid^fcit nnkfannt: akr lin g li^ n ' c^^ bcin^fansc bcr if)rcn 3:f,ron itingaO, Hcnbcn : fie u Waafc fun. saibcrc Jcraufdjtcn fid; in bcr ©ilf?{gfcit i(; rcv^ ©Ulfc^ ^^t'J '^""'^/^"^^^^f'^'t bc^ gcgcnluartigcn ©cnitifc^ sn D tern; nnb Jo tannicftcn fie. luic 3:riuifcne, am cincr gic bembicanbcre 6i^ ir^re ^,lt nm luar nnb fie in a3 pd; rr geiuurfcn imtrben. a>enn bcr nngrit^fadie tan faut [tngen 2a(e an, fid; ^u Iieffagcn nnb i re Sleti in " 1 gf ur3cn ; a&erjtnn mv c3 su fpiit, nnb fie imirbc olin ^d;onnng bcnus-rcnbc iitcrgcbcn, m fie criMrtctc nnb ben lie bnrd; ^^ci.ljcit nid;t I;attcn Dorbcngen mUmJ 9. CONTIMJATION. ^icfe (vr^aDfnng be3 ®ciftc5 crfiiKte ben £onig niit Jvnrc&t rjc aiiber e uor bent ©d;icfia( bcr uorigcn ^Ccinige irf 3 mmfd; e, tf;rem llngaufe 311 entgcDen. Qv faf, mit e rrict bat? fd;on ctnuK ia>od;cn Don btcfcin fnrjcn ^lafire uerroff UHU-cn, nnb bai? cr eilen iniiOte, bie iihigen iaae f ii Hce giernng befto Oeffer 311 nni.en. „^i5eifcr ^e5ieiM'%rcr • bcni (S)ci|te, bn l)a|t mir ntcin fiJnftig 5 ed;icffal nnb bi iJl ^aner nteiner foniglid;en madjt entbetft ; akr iS Dit e d, [asc )mr and), m^ uh tijnu inu§, iuci u id) hJiiZ n d! r, e m fa lu, ni ', bciS ifjn llllb Obcj oniij luar, men nod; \l, uitb cr Mibet ^ai. SBoIf bein bc3 ^a()r cntgccjcii gen, aiif. bao fciu — rrSinb tcr, „uon fen ?" — [icfj Don Ucrgn|3Cii lucife 311 ®akfcd ; !cii, ait^ u)'fc« 311 u§ cincr : ill ha^ ao fam, ibuito 311 )cn oI)nc wwh bcui iicf imb rfjrccfcn, :rffc|"fcn Iter i)Ce:> cfj cr 311 ic fur^c tc hki), lib inei. 113 mats jmirffcfnxii ffs r, Iff? '^" ¥mmt\)m uiib iiic bcnn bic ic ? iff f . " 51^- "^^'? nitgcnitlit Doriibcr ncVn • beiitc ,5rclf)cU iDic' ci Vl ^'r ^"^^ ""^^^ 10. 5iiiSi?5?«s 114 nitucrinciblidjc ecfjiff Qchxadji, ta^ iijn mirf; [ctncnt Zkxhm* nmfovk fuf)rtc. iiaum mar cr abcr am Ufcr bcr nciicn ^m gefanbct, aii iCjm bic Glinuoljitcr init g^rcitbcn cittgcqcii ciltcii, lip nut groj^cr &)xc empfimjcit, iinb [clii ^aupt ftatt /cued 2)iabcuKS bcffcu |)crrlidjfctt imr ciu ^afir imilirtc/mit ctiicm itnycnrclflicfjcu ^rumenfranse fcfjmiicftcii. '3^cv mu mcinw I'ctorjiite fcliic aUcu^fictt • (Sv gab ifjut bic llnftcrb» lirljfcit [cuter Uutcrtljaiicii imb luadjte ifin m ilivcm ciuincii 5idmgc. / / J * 1)cr rcuTjc, moljrtrjatigc a}?anu ift G3ott ; bcr effanc, bcu fcttt|)crr fortfcnbct, ift bcr imcnfrfj bet fciitcr &dmvt; bic pn[c[, lyo cr antanhct, ift bic 2i5c(t ; bic Cvimuoljucr, bic ifiiu frcubtg cutgcgcu fommcit, fiiib bic ^v(tcrn, bic fiir beit nadkn ^bcimibcu forgcii. ®cr S3cs{cr, bcr ifjii mx bcm traitrigcii ^djicfiaUaS iljiit bciiorftcfjt, itiitcrridjtct, ift bic SBcit^ticit. 43a3 ^aljr fcmcr Dfcglcrung i\t ba^ mciifrljafrjc Scbcn, itnb bie imi)tc_ Oufct, luoljiti cr gcfitfjrt imvb, bic fihiftigc Sett. S)tc 5IrI)cito(cittc, bic cr baljiii fcubct, fiiib bic giitcii aScrfc, btc cr luilfjrcnb fciiic^ 2cl)cn3 Dcrritfjtct. 5Dic Honigc abcr, UieWjc nor irjin baljiugcgangcn fiiib, ofjitc ilbcr ba6 Uiigritcf, ba3 il)ncn brofjtc, narfj^iibcufcit, fiiib jciie tljoricbtcu aiJcnfrficn, btc ficf) t)fo5 niit irbifcfjcii ^rcitbcii bcfrfjciftigcit, orjiie an ilir Vclicii iiaci; bcm STobc 311 bcufcn ; fie lucrbcit mit ciuigem li-lciib Ocitraft, uictf fie Dor bcm 3:fjrouc bc^ ^^lauuicritiacu mit ipaiibcn crfdjciiicu, bic an gutcii mxkn fecr fiiib. VOCABULARY. ^d)afemcit}cr, d-v.-isurcr ; Jpivtcnftab, sliqilR-nrs-stafr; ii|mt „nioo • ruh m\m]([)\m^(u to rise ; vcvllancti, to accuse ; tcraubcu, to roh ; t3rt,ah. treasure ; ilc\lb"'^''y; ®'^f'A K';."t; K,vcf,ncn, to inhabit m',tst\Zl^' .^-ty; ,„f,ebcn 'atber; ^i,„mcl, heaven; cwh etc ,-1 .vi.'i ' ^^'vV'l'"''^ ' ^'^'^^'^^ ^v'"'Js; U^c(;l4atfa,chaH[abk..^''''^^^'"'^" ^"•^^^"- f'l' tic gcldcafto llild), bushes; fic^l bclauBm 1^1.. fr ^l'"ng; Vanb, country; @c= crtflic^cn, to fly aVay tauen o b, iir^)';.*'''"''''^^'^^ with leaves; toicbcvfcr?rcn, to^ return'- aSma .^ Zf' ^^t' ^''^> ^'-^^m, joyfvU witl'one; I mficrfrfiai en tolSn'l^^; "' ?V^^""3cn, to bring alon.J conHdene^; -JS^'S'J^;:^^ ^^^lljj, .-J^^^Jo look at; 3^....^ Oaniicn, to have ,.itv /r,nf t' ■ !' ^"a'^^^""/ to tarry, stay; cv to flow, to run. Gtrmn r /^' '^'V^ I'ot; fcirfit, close, by. fiff.,,,,, c.H.lnes;; etilj ^.^rSft Vir^ iSJ'^v"''/" ^P-<' ; i^^hln i tinual ]is,,i„g; '(iri,i(f rml ' 11 ,? i ^ V'^'l'^ *" "'"'■^'5 t^^Jclispel, en- 5..c.toWn;„,^^i^^^^ ••H.rc;Stnmblic^;end r^Si, S^'tot"^'^?' ^ ^'"^ ^^'^'^^ '! ''i''W)en, A to U0I8U 6. >cmaI)UMi to ..'..... '?,' f"' ?^'"'"' ''•"'^; ovqfam, carefully ; SiS^I kuSe^^ c,CS^;"Lo':a;:"U,/^'"''^^^"i'^' economic J ''f""i 4?i-vr®s.,^~fl^^^ ''f-s™. 7. aye,,,,, cJo^r™ ;. j,r/o.,!s,t%„t tLJ.; i't^^^^ i'liciii-jicvii], cm-ions : 8. runsi; -govcrnniont; hiitcnt. to ]a le:a,?"ce ^ ^^ .^Sir'' •^''^^"'"''^l.'r ' gcbcn, to deliver; mbaui'm, to prevent. ^ ' ^''"^' ''"''''^'' "^<='^ want; h'ofjcn, to ill^ol^'S^^^^^^ mcid)cn, to fer'ilize; fccfcfeen to fi I '»?.S.^' * '' *** ^"y^ ^''^^nbdx perfect'; qcf;ci|am, .be !, ?'. %b. f'.fSf '",' *'' P"i""^' ^"'"f'^mmcn field; ilnLl to b uikH imitfiS f n^ ®^'^^' ^^^^^^ ^ ^{rfcr; l'onibcr(]cl;cn, to pass iitZS^ ^ If^'^o?', *« I'repare; %»l}nmci habitation,' dwSin|!' § , ZVr'«f'' ^^"^f' ^"^^"'•^'' bc-bcn, ruin, destruction • VcmSL fn^r^^ ^''^; residence; ^Ber^ tion;|(;JS'aetiVi|ts%T"v" work; Sifcr, zeal; flcficn to be ' Sl^ li ^'^ *« «^^^ *« bcffcn 'unnk^tct, notSlsSLd /.gf '1 ii,S"'to"^rile^^ ^"^V'" ' cultivated; "luocwaubtC; relations. "''"^''^"'"' ^^ ^^^^"t; ansjobaut, 10. ItnterbcflcU; meanwhile; naUcr fmnrnm f^ „„ i tremble; iHl^cnblirf, n.on'ent^^ 1,1^5'*.*° KT'' *'^^'"'' *« with impatience; bcftimiiit lived .rfH,«'^ C'its3cgenfcf;cn; to await last; 4ctfon, tl S^ 't^ubi, StSe^^'^SSnf '^' '' table; ajcrbaunimj^sort, exile ; ^aiM he-id .\«r,l LI ",''^^' "'°^''- ludflid), never-fading; ^Bauncnfmni wreSh'nf h'''^'"' ^"^ ''^^> ""^"■''•' adorn ;'belor,nen, tol^va;3^U S(iS ^^^'""*"' ^^ everlasting; fcrtfenbcn, toLndaSy^^^'^ei rbhif.* m^{ '''"]f' toeincn, to weep; bcyoiflcficu. to iwnii^. ,mf,v,"i'^ . J "^"^'^ world; work ;'.crr:cl)tc!t to .i^l ; X^^^nf^M ^ E'&^ ^^Im'^' '-^^^f' worldly; bc|rt;aftu]cn, to uecujy. i',,r, c'mpty ^ "'^*' ^""^''^'i '^''^'1*' 118 COLLECTION OF MUCH USED nillASES. i'^ ThanL's to God ' I owe it to you, Gnd forbid! would to God I very well, I agree to that. directly, presently, Ly and by, this minute, to-morrow, then I as quickly as possible, as soon as possible, at the latest, at the most, to have done, never mind, come for it, send for it, all in all, by the by, just in time, iniportunely, about nothing at all. not by far, have done with it! by degrees, by little and little, by ourselves heedlessly, by turns, it is my turn, by snatches, to my taste, methinks, in my way, 1. ©ott fci Sanf! id; wcrbaiife cy biv; tciral;re Gott! iDoIlte ©ott! gut, ba5 Iaf5 id; gcltcn, jc^t glcid; ; fcglcid; ; ten 2lugcuHicf; auf morgen ! fo fd;nell a\S mogHc^ ; auf'S cl;c[tc; fpdtcftcn^ ; I;Dd;fteni3 ; fertig feiu; bag tl;ut nid;t:3 ; I;orcn rt; gem; id) Inttc; anfrid}ttg ; gutcr Saune ; iUHcr Saune ; fo gut man fann , immcr mel;r. 4. in mcinem Sebcn, Don je I;er; unucrgcjjlidi ; auf cinmal; hJirHic^? im (^niftc? urn fo mel;r; fecner ; 5on ©rnnb au§ ; munblid; V I oon ganjcm .^erjen; 121 whiit are you about? what is the matter ? by name, by sight, for want of money, of time, you have no reason, Well, what are you talking about ? anew, every year, every day, by writ, by rote, (to be) on the point (to be) going, on the very spot, in the first place, in the se- cond, in the last place, in the mean time, in some way, on the way, on the road, in return, in the open air, in broad day-light, in the open street, The other day, excessively, topsy-turvy, here enclosed, sooner or later, confusedly, whether you like or no you have hurt mo, far from the point, on purpose not by far, to be sure, what is still worse Wai l)ahcn Sic tocr? tra^glbt'^? ms i|t ro)3? bem Xiamen naci); toon 2(ufef;en ; aii§ manQcl an Oclb, an 3dt, Sic l)ahcn nidn llr)acf;e; nun, njccon ift bie i)icbe? ocn Sicuem ; jiil;vad;, tag(id); [cf;riftlicl}, aiiijiiicnbig ; ini 33ctjviif [cin ; an Ort unb 8tc[(e; ' 5um Gi-ften, sum Qmlkn, |inn SetUen ; imtc;)ef|"cn; einigermaf5en ; untcriDcg^^ ; bagegen, gum (?rfat\e; in ber frcien Suft ; am r;c[Ien Jagc; auf freicr 8tral"jc. 5. neuHct) ; iikr alle 2)^if;cn ; nnterftju okrft, fovffiber; bcifolgcnb, iultegcub; liter f urg ober lang ; bur(f}cinanber; man mag wolkn ober nidjt ; Sic l^abcn mir n^cl; Qctfjan ; Jreit gefel;rt; abftdjtlid^ ; bei hjcltem nicfjt; gemi^; \m§ ncd; fd^dmrner \^; 122 nothing of consequence, somcwlierc, anywhere, nowhere, not anywhere, olsowhcro, . nro we going anywhere ? Boincthing hurts me, vrhat is your pleasure ? If you please, it is of no moment, what does it matter? (lone I in what do you amuse your- self? I amuse myself in reading, I like fruit very much, he likes wine better than beer, nor I neither, I Heaven be praised, to pass in a carriage, on horse- back, that does well, that will not do, he is to come home, you arc very much to be pilied, there arc my scissors, Bome one rings the boll, he has done you no harm, that is what he told me, thus did I answer hiin, that is just what you are, in this way we can arrange it,. I am cold, warm, hungry, thirsty, what ails you ? what is the matter with you ? md)ti tocn Scbeutung ; irgcnbiuo ; nirgcnb:^; nnbctijiDo ; " Ger;cu loir Injcnbluo I;iii? ca t()ut inir ctiuaio lucf;; tva$ bclicfct? fcin Sie fo gut; cS ift nid;t \)cn 33cbciitiing ; toa^ fd;abct e^? tcpp! abgemad^t! hjomit tocvtrciten Sie fiii^ bit 3cit? id) iintcvkiUc mirf^iint £cfcn; id) cf|c fcl;r gcni Obft; ci- ti-intt licbcr Scin a(^ .Wcr; id; and) md)t. 6. Sicm .^intmcl fci S^anf; ijovki fa[;rcn, rcltcn; taS gcljt gut; taS gcl;t nid}t; er foil nad; ^aufe fommcn ; eic fmb ircl;l rcc^t ju betlagen ; ba ift Titeine (3d;ceve; man flingclt; er r;at ^l)ncn md)U ju Sclbc getljan; ba§ fagte eruiir; eyoIgcnbeS nntiucrtcte id; if;m, fo fiub Sic ; fo fonncn Jnir ci3 mad)cn; mid; fvicrt, mir ift Wavm, tiiidi ^ungert, mid; buvftet ; m?^ fcbft ^\)Mn ? 128 i; ill? itiing ; e fiit» bi'e t £cfcn ; ncn ; 311 2cit( i) U)m, rt; vm, mli I am sick, lie has a competency, I am much concerned about it, to have something on one's mind, you have but to speak, he needs but follow me, you have but to come for me about six o'clock, I cannot but praise him, you may depend upon it. niir i|"l lUu'l; cr I;at fcin i.'(iK'fo))imon ; C'i lieat mir am .^cr^cn ; ctioa^ aiif bem .0cr3cu Ijaien Sic bfu-fcii nuv rcbon ; cr barf Jiiir nur fdcjcit ; cnuiiift 311 bringen, gibt ca etms ed;cncvca aU bicfcn G3artcn? ei- ift ein 2)iann lion 2Dcrt; meiiie 3:cd;ter kfam goflcrn bay ^yicber; icir licfomnicu gcmif) ciii ©g, unttcr : 124 ho has had one, and you shall cr U thi Mmmn unb Sie liuvo ono likewise, follcn ami; cin^ Ukxx ; I have but glanced at it, id, 1^,,^ nur cine.i i)lid barauf gciucvfcn. 8. Thoy are alroa.ly gone for it, man bcfcr^t c5 fctoii; how far have you got ? ^jic iDcit finb Sic ? I do not know .ac I am xi) ipcip nirf;t, luoian id; tin; about, you have hit at the right point, Sic Mcnc^ flctrcf-fcn- that IS too much, ba^ gef^t 3u lucit; It IS the same with all animals, fo i|t n mit alien ^f^imn- It will bo of no use, g^ ipa-fc „i,^^ta f^^.jf^,,. 1 have said so all along, ic^ r;a&c ea imnicr gcfagt; what IS to bo done ? , hja^ foil gcf(f)cr;cn? i do not know, which way to id? hJcifi nid;t, iuol;in id; mi* *"^"' tDcnbcnfcU; come along? fomm mit! what do you want, roai hjollen Sic? wliat is the name of that ? n)ic r;cif3t ba^S ? what is the meaning of that ? hjai? r;ci|jt ba^? ?".^'^^"*' c|)nmdd)tig twcrbcn It IS not to mo, you must say mir miiifcn Sic ba3 niAt **'^<^' fagen; It IS, because I have been ill. ba,^ mad;t, lucil id; fvanf gc« luefcn bin ; cr fanntc i()n ja nid;t. why, he did not know him, 9. I am very glad of it, I am sorry for it, I am very comfortable, I fool very well, I feel very ill, to bo well off, he has pjud him a visit, e^ iftmir fcr;rncb; e^ tl;ut mir leib ; C'3 ift mir red;t idoI;( ; mir ift'3fc^rcd[;t3u2IIutr;c; trol)ll;oknb \dn', er ^at if;m eincn a3cfucft au mad;t ; 125 ti imb <3ie 'cit; lid baraiif d) hin; rcn; It; icf; mid) 3 \ud}i ant ge* wo liavc boor, to seo Mr. N. who is ill, 'ic is coming directly, it is goiug to strike twelve o'clock, lie lui3 cnliHtcd, what things aro those, ho was just going out, what shall become of you? Jon't believe it, have you finished the book? how do you do ? how arc you getting on ? ingots on well, that is a matter of course, I am going to tell you, what aro you about ? lie does not succeed in it, my honor is at stake, I shall come to sec you, docs this suit you ? this conduct docs not become you, go to irtcct somebody, leave me alone, to bo circumstantial, 10 »uif ImOcii .Cicnii % tc\ud)t, bet fiant ift ; ci- luiib glcid) tcmiiicn ; CO luii-b glcid; 3iui'lf fd;(a,]cit; cr ift Solbat gciucvbcn ; wai fur Sad^'ii finb ba-r^ cr luolltc cbcn l)inaus ; \\}iVi foil am ^l)ncn iwcvbcn ? glaubcnSic c^ janidH; l)ahm eic ba^S Sad; mix^gclcfcn; iDic gcf;t'^? »uic Qd)t'S 3r;iicn? c^S Qd)t gut ; ba.3 mitcr;t ricl^wnfclt'ft; icf} iDiH (mufO ^I;ncn fagcn, lua^Sfangcn Cican? CiS gclingt il^in nidjt? mcinc Gf;ve \td)t babci auf bcm epicle ; id; ivcvbc 8ie tefuttcn ; ftcfjt 3r;ucn ba^au? bicfc^ 5i3ctragcn gcjicmt cud nid}t ; S^onanbcm cntgcgcn gclien ; gcf/ nub h\] wkl) jufvicbcn; ctma^3 l;aarf(eiji crjal;tcn. d) att II. INSTRUCTION BOOKS FOB STUDENTS OF MODERN LANGUAGES, PUBLISHED BY D. APPLETON & COxMPANY, 549 & 551 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. A II N ' S IXTnODUCTOR Y PRACTICAL COURSE to acquLo the French Language by a Short and Easy Method. Translated and ar- ranged, and supplied with a pro- nunciation of English Sounds. By J. C. CEnLSCHi^QER. 1-imo. Price 6.5 ct«. "The pyptem of infitmction of Ahn IS simple and natural, and inan v who have acquired the lan"ua"-o testify to its advantages." ° ° Integral Method of French In- struction. I. NEW AND COMPREnEN- SIVE FRENCH INSTRUCTOR based upon an Original and Philo- sophical Method, Applicable to the Study of all Languages, with an Introduction explanatory of the Method, and a Treatise on Frencu Pronunciation. By Stephen Peakl AwDUEws and George Batciielor lvol.,12mo. 4G9pagcs. Price, $1.30. PRACTICAL PRONOUN- CER AND KEY to Andrews and Batchelor's New French Instructor Containing the Lessons of the In- structor, with a phonetic rendering in parallel columns; a French Translation of the Exercises, to- Rcther with an Appendix. 1 vol. ISmo. 3-17 pages. Price, $1.10. It is chimed that the labor of teaching and learning ttie Freiiri, angusgo is iminenHorv reduced by thitf jiow method, and the euccesa of II, thn pnpil placed upon a fooiim of mtamty never heretofore mM. I no g.jiioral chiiractori-tics of thn system for which this claim is made are as follows: 1. The j„ Sa tice '"rm '°" "/ ^^'"'y and Prac' ticc Rule and Exorcise, in their Jiist proportion to each other 2 A new Analysis of the Elements of Language. .3. The presentation of y Pan(5ramic View of the French J.anguago as a whole. 4. Teacliin " one tl. ng at a time, and proccc ng hy Inductive Steps. 5. The llior ough examination of Complex Sn [a,f''y,'« peculiar iSrce and r uutions of Connect ng Worda fi Kev to7i;r." i'^' "'■ f«!comr,le{e a SeS;:iii"'^^^^^'"^-'^« BADOTS'S GRAMMAIRE ANQLAISE d'apr^s lo Syet^me d Odcndorff, k I'Usago des Pran- 9ais. Par Ckarles Badois, 13mo SS2 pages. Price, $1.30. The want of a condensed Oram- Fn'li h'l ^"''"''""= Frenchmen tb« I-.n-hsh language, long cxnerienc d y residents as well an trave Hers in this couiitiy, has been met bvM Badois with this clear and praaiMl Treatise, on the Ollendo^i^an in the course of a few lesions the learner is so familiarized wili, o ifUoms that he can readily exnress jvi.h an-interlim'aV'^nnSJm which render.- tlu" volume co S"' un makes it all that the Kg i> '1 CABINET DES FEEsT^Ee- crcutive RoadiUKs, arranged for the esprees UHO of Students in French. iJy O. GEKAito. Professor of the J^reuch Langua^^e and Literature. 1 vol., 13mo. Price, $1.30. o4' ?,r 'p- ''^ ■',"*'* *'"' ''ook for learn- MODERN LANGUAGES. Ui^uced to read iu that ton. ;uu M CIIOrQ{JET'S COMVERS \- TIONS Ax\D DIALOGUKS By GusTAVE CnouQUET. lomo. 204 pages. Price, 65 eta. A pliraso-bonk is n«ppi,(ii] tr, euTof''n,'"""'"'>'^^"i'-'^'" easy rL. ' conversation in French 11 s'woI•^^";a^\''"■•^ "'^'T ^^"i 'ini in iiiis ^\0ik o( Chouquet s. whirh mn braces dialo.-ues on daily ocnit a" t u^a^H ''•"'l'!'^''^ topics/invulvi' '; tliose Idiomatic expressions t ,7 n OS frequently occur. 'iC author displays jud-mcnt in his ciioia of B.if to ti^;c^pn;hensi^;;^";^"j];i; y UD„. „ ,^„ ,j Kiio\vic'(iii-p () .hra.es and idioms pres,^,„"d in liueL^^d'Sui^r^'-^""^"-^^^ CirOUQUET'S GUIDE TO FREXcn COMPOSITION By GUSTAVE CnotTQUET. 12,„o. 297 pages. Price, $1.10, This volume is intfnmo. 4;W pages. $1.30. Ill the whole circle of polite lit- erature wo scarcely know of any produclion in moilem times, tiuit lias been honored with such lavisli encomiums as the celebrated work by Mad. de Stael, entitled '-Co- iiuue, or Italy." The multitude of eloquent passages and enchaiifiii" pictures which adorn this exlraoi' dinary production, do rot impair HI the least tlie interest of the tic- tioii, as the authoress has skilful- ly introduced the di«resBion only where the progress of the action is suspimded when the reader is even afraid of its resuming its ^•'ffe „»"J when he enjovs i nio- meiit of repose, so much the more because he is sensible of an ao- proachmg storm " Corinne " It^'l,'**'"^'^ adapted to all readers. Jrom Its brilliant pictures the arnst may derive fresh enthusiasm, vyith new nieans of expressing it; lue learned may acquire ingenious l comparisons and new imatreiy ; the ; J^Tii' '?,'^F '''I'^^'C land of the : Olf \\ orlc, the most important and i judicious huits. COUTAN'S Clio IX DE POESIES (Select Poetry for Young Persons). By Madame A. Coiitan". 12mo. 320 pages. Price, $1.30. Slndame Coiitan's collection, made (Hiring many years devoted to the teaching of French, embraces .some pt the choicest and best poetry in he language. While it is peciiliar- ly adajjted to young ladies' schools, there is no class of students or general readers to whom it will not prove an acceptable and instructive cumpamou. De Fivas'a French Works. I. NEW ELEMENTARY FRENCH READER : An Introduc- tion to the French Language. Con- taining Fables, select Tales, remark- able Facts, amusing Anecdotes. With a Dictionary. By Alain be J'lVAS. ICmo. 147 pages. Price, Oi) ota. XL THE CLAySlO FliENCU READER ; or. Beauties of the French Writers, Ancient and Mod- cm. With a Vocabulary of all the Words and Idioms contained in the Work. By J. L. Jewett. 12mo. 3SS pages. Price, $1.30. Tlic_ Elementary Reader, as its name imports, is for lieL-imu-rs ]r consists of short and easy |,icce-< written in familiar style, aiid of iliJ most attractive character. The Classic Reader may, with ad- vantage, Ibliow the Eleiiu'iitary, or may be used independently of it with somewhat older classes For tins work, the choicest productions ot the extensive lield of classic I'rench Literature have been gath- ered. The great names ofFenelou, Bossuct, Montesquieu, Chateaubri- and. 1 hierry, Beranger, etc., atlord sutliciont guaranty of the purity, vivacity, and elegance of the con- tents. Each piece presents a sub- ject complete in itself. By selec- iHins from the writings of dincrout literary epochs, the reader is cn- ableu to form an cnliirhtened judg- ment of each, and the work is thus rendered a faithful mirror of the bcsi French literature, ancient as Well as modern. The short bio- graphical sketches of the autlior" pivtixed to the several extracts, will be read with interest. , HI. NEW GRAMMAR OF FRENCH GR.\MMARS. Com- prising the substance of all the most approved French Grammars extant, but more especially of the Standard Work, "Graramairo dea Grammaires," sanctioned by the French Academy and the Univer- city of Paris. With numerous Exercises and Examples illustra- tive of every Rule. By Dr. V. db FivAs, M. A., F. E. L S. 1 vol., 12mo. $1.10. At once the simplest and most complete grammar of (he French language. To the pupil, the effect IS almost as if he looked into a map, so well deliiied is the course f'f study as explained by M, do Fivas. " Tfs prcririon and conciseness are admirable. We cordially rec- ommend it to teachers and stu- dents. ItscxceUenee cannot fail to secure it an established reputation." —iilunUanl. MODERN LANGUAGES. THE FRENCJI MANUAL : A New, Simple, Concise, and Ea«y Motliod of Acquirin^r a Couversa- tioiial Knowledge of the Frcncli Language, including a Dictionary of over Ton Thousand Words. Jiy M. Alpued IIayet. Eulircly re- vised and corrected from the last Kngli.sh edition, witli a new system of Pronunciation. 1 vol., 13mo. S3:.' pages. Half bound, .$1.10. '• /\ great manv learners," pavs If Vourrkr de V Emvpi'. '•mi-llr litter huvnig waded through 'the U'dious cour.«es of French liifhorto fo lowed, be al)le to exprcHs tlieiii- Belvea in a sort of half acadeiuie language bnt it would be altogether nnpoBsible for them to couver~^e on tlic ordinary topics of every-dav ]ife_. or givo an order to a servant. If J"'"; '='""liar language that M ilavets book is destined to put lieve nolhnig lias been neiileeted to eeciire that Iiappv reMilt." it is ia tlie opinion of some of our fore- pi^fi^'^'f '"f'"' i'rapiJ"licaIly the best Bystem for learning French. '^llendoriTs Frencli Grammars. FIRST LESSONS IN THE FRENCH LANGUAGE; being an Introduction to OllendorfTs Lal-cr Grammar. By G. \\\ Guhene. lOmo. 3;js pages. Price, 65 eta. OLLENDORFF'S NEW liLETrT- OD of learning to Eead, Write, and Speak the French Language. With full Paraditrm;^ of the RegnUir and Irregular, Auxiliary, Rellective, and Impersonal Verbs. By J. L Jew- ETT. lamo. 498 pages. Price, $1.10. KEY TO EXERCISES. Sepa- rate volume, x-rice, 85 cts. OLLENDORFF'S NEW METII- ODofloarningto Read, W>ite, and Speak the French Language. With numerous Corrections, Additions, and Improvements, Riiitable for iVM. Country. To which are added, Value's System of French Pronun- ciation, his Grammatical Syuopnia a New Ind.,'x, and short Models of Commercial Corre.-pondcacc. By V. Value. ISmo. Oso pages. Pricoi KEY TO EXERCISES. Sopa- rate volume. Price, 85 cts. Ollendorl^-'s French Grammart '■;V<; been hcfore the pi.blic so Ion ' d have had their merits so gcuir: lly acknowled^-ed. that it is u.me- eessary to enter into any deta ^1 J esmptu.n of (hcir.pecullaritieror iei)_diiy argument in their fiivnr Hi.iice it to say, that theyarefomm: i^d HI jiature, and follow the saZ course that a child pursues in S naiuirin^C hta native tongue. Thev teach Hiductively, uuderstjindin <' / nterestingly They do not rei.ei th(! student in the outset by obli'^' ing liim to memorize dry abstract anguage which conveys little or no Idea to his mind, but impart their lessons agreeably as well as efH- ciently by exercises, which teach the principles successively involved more clearly than any abstract Ian piiage can They give a couversa- riona , and therefore a practically nselnl knowledge of the 'language • the student is made constantly to apply what he learns. To those pecnliarilies is due the wide-spread dlrllt ^h?'"''^ rntroduction. the •1 , <■ '" ,""'"k8 named above will bo found useful for youn- be-' ginners. In it are presented" the lundamental priiicipl s of the Ian" l'-4ratVd'w[;'tl'-^ ^""°'l out,"and il- nistrateti with easy exercises it paves the way for the larger work*^ pr<"panng the pupil's mi. i fo7thei; more coni])reii,.nsivo course and kluS"!.'"^''''^*"-'^'^'-'^^"'^ Value-s and Jewctt's works are eR.-entially the same, thou-h ditlV r-' and the additions that have beeii iiado to the original. Some ist «t'il"r"' 'p'm''^'' "'•'^•'"J'' others iVe m % n\?' '' \^ believed, will w French '.?'»"■'''" »«1«ai"tane(, rn„v,rr ? •'^ ' '"".' sraramatical and conversational, by an interest in.* ;<.eess, and with but little outla? oi time and labor. "unajr NOnVEAU (LE) TESTA- MENT. Par J. T. OsTEisTALD. 12mo Limp cloth, 45 coats. MODE UN LANGUAGES. lort. Moilols of oiidcuce. By ■i pages. Pricci Sojia- B5 cts. h Gmmniarf )lll)lic HO loil;,', -•rita eoguucr- it it ie iiimc!- I any detailed aciiliaritiea or their favor, heyarefoiincl- ow tlio .-^amt! irsiica in ijrst m^nc. Tliey erBtaiidini,'lv, do not rei)d eet by ol)lii,'- dry abatnict 8 little or no impart their well aa efH- lich teach the ly involved abstract Ian- a couver.-^a- i practically le Ian£;iiago; onstaiitly to To these wide-spread f the Ollen- liiction, the med above, r yoiuia be- isented the of the Ian- out, and il- 'rcises. It rger works, lid for their Qiirse, and for further works are )U^'li difl'cr- "ran^'enu'nt have l)een iome inpti- otliers the ieved, wi;i luaintancQ latical aiKl interest ini,' tie outlay TESTA- XD. 12mo. THE ADVENTURES OF TELEMACIIUS. By F^n^i-on. New edition, with the Meaning in linglish, at the foot of each page, of the most dilUcult Words occurring in the Text. To which is added a Synoptical Dictionary of Alythologi- cal and Geographical Names. Fro'ln the edition of Charles Ic lirun. The whole carefully revised and cori'ected from Didot'a Paris edi- iiou. 1vol., l;:mo. 3'J5 pages. $1.10. PIOCIOLA. By X. K Sain- TiNE. Preceded by Eosearchea on the Employment of Time in State Piisons, by Paul L. Jacobs. New edition, revised aud corrected. 1 vol., l^uio. $1.10. TDE ADVENTURES OF TELEMACIIUS. Uy Fknklon. Standard edition. Edited by Ga- briel Surenne. 18mo. yoa pages. Price, C5ct8. Finrlon's world-renowned " Tele- maque " will always retain its popu- larity aa a Keader for French classes on account of th' ,;urity of its stvlei the interest of its narrative, and'thd excellence ol its moral. The pres- ent edition is convenient in form laultlesa m external appearance, and as correct as the editorial supervision , ot an acconii)li,^lied scholar like Su- renne can make it. K O E ]\I E R ' S ELEMENTARY FKENCn READER. With an Analytical Study of the French Language, a Treatise on French Poetry, and a Dictionary of rdiom« Proverbs, Peculiar Expressions, etc! By J. RoEMER, LL. D., Professor of the French Language and Litera- ture in the N. Y. Free Academy 12mo. 297 pages. Price, $1.30. From the N. Y. Com. AdKcrtiser. vIITJt»'^'^\''' •'^ttc'l"™ to this new Frnch Reader, which seems admi- rably adapted to the use of the stu- dent, and especially to the code of Instruction and explanation with vnich 11 IS introdueed-thu wiiole formm^, as we conceive, a book of exceeding value to both learners and teachers, and capable of irrcatlv facilitating the labors of both." PRENDERGAST'S MASTERY SERIES for learning Languages on New Principles. By Thomas Pren- BiiiujAST, Author of "The Mastery of Languages ; or, the Art of Speak- ing Foreign Tongues Idiomatical- ly." This method offers a solution of the problem. How to obtain fa- cility in speaking foreign laugua-es grammatically, without using the Grammar in the first stage. It adopts snd systematizes that pro- cess by which many couriers and ex- plorers have become expert practi- cal linguists. The following Manuals may rum be had : °^N^-,^P00K TO THE MASTERY Tm.,r^ ' iJ'''"- "" Introductory lieatise. Price, 45 cents. ^" Pw'.^^^J^^T ^^«^ES, GERMAN. 1 rice, 45 cents. ^" Prillf^^.'P^^ SERIES, FRENCH, i^nce, 45 cents. To be followed shortly by ^^^Vl^^l^^^. S^I^LES, SPANISH. I uce, 4.') cents. ■''"" P.ie^^^aT'^^T ^^^^ES, HEBREW. 1 lite, 40 cents. «-i','JT'' ''"''^ "'"* ♦'!'''•« are some wlio have given Mr. Prender-ast's plan a tnal, and discovered that in d. very lew we-ks its results had Hirpassed aU their anticipations."- ■ihe Ilecord. "The Mastery System gives in nn" °l""^'"' •''^' ">« advantages of O lendoriTs and is free fromUs dc- n .n/i Af,K ^" "'"" '"^ thorough coni- m.ind of the common phrases which the majority use exclucively and all men chierty, i, the j;„ui at whio hinlMhn'P ^?^'^"^ I'""^' ""^ 'v« hmk that goal am be reached bv IS moans more easily imd in a shorter time than by any mclliud yet mad« known."-;Vo;^4 S modehn languages. I RONOUNCING FRENCH DICTIONARY. By Gabhiel Su- BENNB, F. A. S. E. 16mo. 550 pages. Price, $1.10. Pocket edition. In the preparation of this new work, duo reijard has been paid to tlie introduction of racli new words and dennitions as tlie proffreHsive clianges in tlio language liave ren- dered necessary ; and for tliis pur- pose tlie best and most recent au- thorities have been carefully con- Pulted. It is therefore confldently anticipated that the volume will prove not only a useful auxiliary to the student, but also a convenient I'ocket Companion to the traveller, wherever the French language is spoken. A vocabulary of proper names accompanies the work. ROWAN 'S-MODERN FRENCH READER. With a Vocabulary of the New and Difficult Words and Idiomatic Phrases adopted in Mod- cm French Literature. By F. llowAN. Edited by J. L. Jewett^ Editor of Ollcndorfl's French Slctli- od. 12mo. 341 pages. Price, $1.30. One object of this volume is to offer specimens of the French Jan- Snnge as it is spoken at the present ay, and presented in the works of the modern authors of France, with- out tlie risk of sullying llie mind of the young reader by indelicate ex- pressions or allusioni". Another in to facilitate tlie task of the teacher by rendering the work attractive to the pupil. Such selections have therefore been made as will, it is hoped, be interesting and entertain- ing to the young reader, while at the same time they will prove worthy specimens of the peculiar Bty^c of their respective .nulhors. The American edition is rendered BtiU more valuable by the addition of extracts from the writings of Sisraondi and Mignot, modern his- torians of distinguished merit. Tlie vocabulary of new and diflicult words and idiomatic phrases is con- veniently arranged for reference, and considerably enlarged; while the whole has undergone thorough revision, with a view to accuracy in every particular. Tlie orthography lias been made to conform to that of the Dictionary of the Academy and the usage of modem writers. I ROEMER'S SECOND FRENCH READER. Illustrated with His- torical, Geographical, and Philolo- gical Notes. ISmo. 478 pages. Price, fl.ao. This volume, like the preceding one, presents a series of lively anil entertaining extracts, calculated to stimulate Ihecuriosity and enlist the teehngs of the scholar in favor of the language. The selections are made from modem authors exclu- sively, and bear witness to the nice hferary discrimination of the com- piler. As a collection of elegant extracts, this volume is second to none ; it has become a general fa- vorite both with teachers and stu- dents. ROEMER'S POLYGLOTT READER. Forming one of a seiies of Five Volumes. Translated from English Test. By J. Roemer, LL. D. 1 vol., 12mo. Price, $1..30, The desicm of the work is to en- able the learner to have the same wnrk in five tongues. The selec- tion are made from the best authors. SPIERS AXD SURENNE'S French and English and English and French Pronouncing Diction- ary. One vol., ISnio. 973 pages. Price, $3,25. Standard abridged edition. Prom new and large type. The First Part of this well-known and universally popular work con- tains: Words in common use, Terms connected with science, Terms belonging to the fine arts. Four thousand historical names, Four thousand geographical names, Upwards of eleven thousand words of recent orit;in, The pronunciation of every word according to the French Academy and the most eminent lexicogniph- crn and grammarians ; also. More than seven hundred critical remarks, in which the various me- thods of pronouncing employed by dillerent authors are investigated and compared. The Second Part contains; A copious vQcabular.' of English words, with their proper pronun- ciation. Tlie whole is preceded by a critical treatise on Freuth pro- nunciation. MODERN LANOUAGER SIMONNfrS MANUAL OF FRENCH VERns. Comprising the formation of Persons, Tenses, and Moods of the Regular and Irregular Verbs ; a Practical Method to trace the Infinitive of a Verb out of any of its Inllections ; Models of Senten- ces in their different Forms ; and a Series of the most useful Idiomati- cal Phrases. By T. Simonne. 12uio. 108 pages. Price, C."5 cts. The title of (his volume, pivcn in full above, shows its scope and character. The conjugation of the verbs, regular as well as irregular, 18 the great difficulty that the Iroiich student has to encounter; and. to aid him in surmounting it, M. Simoniie has applied his long experience as a teacher of the lan- guage. SPIERS AND SURENXE'S French -and -English and English - and-French Pronouncing Diction- ary. Edited by G. P. Qiiackenbos, A. M. One large vol., 8vo, of 1.310 pp., neat type, and fine paper. Ualf Mor., $4,50. The publishers claim for this work, 1. That it is a revision and com- bination of (Spiers'.'*) the best dufin- iiig and (Surenue's) the most accu- rate pronoimcing dictionary ex- a. Tiiat in this work the numer- ous errors in Si)iers's dictionary liave been carefully and faithfully corrected. 3. That Fomo three thousand new deunitions have been added. 4. That numerous defnitl'ons and constructions are elucidated by gramniatical remarks and illustra- tive claused and sentences. 5. That several thousand new P ."""^n,? «'id idioms are eniborlied. 0. 1 hat upward of twelve hun- dred synonymous terms are ex- pliuned, by pointing out their dis- tinctive shades of meaning 7. That the parts of all the irrcni- lar verbs are inserted in alphabetical order, so that one reference gives the mood, teuse. person, and num- ber. 8. That some four thousand new l^rench words, connected with sci- oii, which ti'ly (icrmad- (lill'er in j)io. on from i^uch ve Ijut'u dua- u .ks. rcl^n words, >r(aiit a pjirf, orkH, l)iit in ^■^ joiiruals, ill toiiviTsa- *h eiiijplied '■ unci (.'orrt'tt tliat in (lie itry, miiK-r- , comjnorce, fimmar, my- c, scarcely uu wautiug, lan-Enflflii^li) Jcen chiefly ; of Flflgel. » boon piiifl laration of the German 8 to render iloto. The ^•arcely find iis tiecuud )F THE es. Price, to the Ptn- lortion of .1 embody important 'f the ]an- aible coni- ! over the or work — dding, as AJl pro- tid strict- boon ex- ;nd every necessary ers. or to whom a lapted. of GreeJc, n which 1 the lan- ■oiit, body and tho ist usajjo IS, make iblo for -•ntb." ADLER'S HAND-BOOK OF GliRMAN LITERATUKE;. Con- taining Schiller'u Maid of Orleans, Goethe's I,)higenia in Taiiris, Tiuck'8 Pubs in Hoots, The Xinia, by Goetlic and Schiller. With Critical Introductions and Explana- tory Notoa ; to which is added an Appendix of Specimens of Gcnnan Prose, from the middle of the Six- teenth to tho middle of tho Nine- teenth Century. By G. J. Adujk. 12mo. 550 pages. Price, $1.30. For classes that have made some , pnmcioiicy in the Gorman langiwe and desire an acquaintance with specimens of its dramatic literature, no more charming selection than tills can bo found. Sufflcient aid is given, in the form of introductions and notes, to enable the student to understand thoroughly what he roads. The progress of tht lan- giiago is graphically illustrated by hpocimous of the literature at differ- eut eras, collated in an Appendix. A D L K E ' S TROGRESSI VE GERMAN READER. By G. J, Adlf.b, Professor of the German Language and Literature in the Uni- versity of the City of New York. ISmo. 308 pages. Price, $1.30, The plan of this Gorman Reader Is as follows : 1. The pieces are both prose and poetry, eelectod IVom tho best au- thors, and present sufflcient vf.rioiy to keep alive the interest of the echolar. 2. It is progressive in its nature, the pieces being at first very short and easy, and increasing in diiH- cnlty and length as the learner ad- vances. 3. At the bottom of the page con- stant references to the Grammar are made, the difficult passages are ex- plained and rendered. To encour- age the first attempt of tho learner as much as possible, the twenty-one pieces of the first section nre ana- lyzed, and all the necessary words given at the bottom of the page. The notes, which at first are very abundant, diminish as the loarner advances. ""iiK-r 1: 4 It contains five Bcctions. The Jlrt^l toiitaiu.s easy pieces, chiefly in yirose, with ail the words neceBsary ior translating them ; the secmj, short pieces in prose and poetry alternately, with copious notes and renderings ; tho third, short popular tales of Gnmm and others; the /ow/VA, select ballads and other jioems from Biliger, Goethe, Schil- !?'■' lill""''' Schwab, Chamisso, etc. ; vwjijtfi, proBo extracts from tho flrat classics. , ^- ^} ♦^° ^^^ i« atWed a vocabu- lany ol all tho words occurring in the book. The pieces have been Bolccted and the notes prepared with great taste and judgment, so much so hh to r(!nder tho book a general favorite with German teachers. NEW, PRACTICAL, AND Easy Method of Learning the Ger man Language. By P. Ahn, Doctor of Philosophy, and Professor of tho College of Neuss. 12mo. Price, 85cts. EICniIORN'S PRACTICAL GERMAN GRAMMAR. By CnARLES EicnnoRN. 12mo. 287 pages. Price, |i.SO. Those who have used Eichhom's Grammar commend it in the highest terms for the excellence of its ar- rangement, the simplicity of Its rules, and the tact with which abstruse points of grammar are illustrated by means of written exercises. It is the work of a practical teacher, who i?m '^?''.""'d ''y experience what the ditHculties of the pupil arc and how to remove them. ROEMER'S POLYGLOT! READER IN GERMAN. Being a Translation of the English Selec- tion. Translated by Dr. Solgkb. ISmo. $1.30. WRAGE'S GERMAN PRIMER. 12mo. 134 pages. Price, S5 cents. FIRST GERMAN READER. 19mo. 1G8 pages. Price, 45 cents. 10 MODEUN LANGUAGES. OLLENDOltrF'S NEW METH- OD ofLcaruiiiK to Kent], Write, niid Speak the Qenimn Laugiiago. By Geohok J. Aplkh, a. M. ISiuo. 610 pages. Price, $1,13. KEY TO EXERCISES. Sepa- rate volnmc. Price, 85 cts. Few boolts liavc raaliitaincd tlioir popularity in tlio BciioolH for so loiii,' a period as tlio Ollendorff ecrieu. Tlio verdict pronounced in their favor, on their first appearance in Europe, has been signally confirmed In America. The pubiii^herH liavo received the 8tronn:eti I''* department cf phlloroglcal wienoft U will appear In our catalogue," ov.oum* /-row, Mr Elbbidgk Smith, iVfnci^oi J?V« 4carf«my, .VomfcA, «. Hch J hlv °1' ?l '^ ^*'° Grammar, but one of the moat thoroughly prepare,! Mhool-booka that I hare erer seen. I have Introduced the book Into the Free A^le my, and am much pleased with the results of a month's experience In the class-room." « T u^'''^ ^^'- "• ^ ^*"'' Principal High School, Harlford, Ct. I can heartily rcc-mmend Harkness's new work to both teachers and scholar.. It \K In my judgment, the best Latin Grammar ever offered to our schools." « T>, , ^T '^'■' '• *'• ^^'^' Principal nigh School, -Warren, R. J. «„.ii ,! ""^ Harkness's Grammar the more fUlly am I convinced of Its superiof excellence. Its merits must secure Ite adoption wherever It becomes known." From Messrs. 8. Thubbeb and T. B. Stookwkll, PiMic High School, Pr« desideratum. It is phllo- .^hical inlts me hod,and yet simple and clear in its statements; and this, in my judgment, is the highest encomium which can be bestowed on a text-book." «T ♦v,^'"T ^' ^' '^' Q"^'«»'.^i>P^e«<'n Academy, New Ipswich, N. IT. .«» J u . « """'' *""'*'"'' ^ '*"y '*'•'«' 1 '^^« "o^"- I "hould be glad to ntroauce It at once." * /Vtwi Mr. II. Oroutt, Glenwood Ladits" Smtinary, W. BraUleboro\ Ft this L^Sn'ar "'" '* ^^^ Harkness's Latin Grammar, and have already introduced U Into i'-roOT Mr. Chaelbs Jewbtt, Principal of Franklin Academy. •f„ f J ^r?, "" "'^'«'^'« '^"'•^ ^nd «»>nk »t will supersede all others now In na«. ta the division and arrangement of topics, and In its mechanical execution. It U supo- lor to any Latin Grammar extant." *^ -'^''<'"» Mr- 0- 0. Ohask, Principal qf Lowell High School. ..c ^^™f- ""'•Bess's Grammar Is, in my opinion, admirably adapted to make the etndy or tbe Latin language agreeable and Interesting." . . nm Mr, J. KiMEALL, Iiigh School, Doroheat&r, Mass -It meets my Ideal of what is de.Mrable In every grammar, to wit: compression of general principles in terse definitions and statements, for ready ase; and folnenol detail, well arranged for referonce."